Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Cutera

Cutera

cutr · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker cutr
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Cutera
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
CUTERA, INC. 
2018 PROXY STATEMENT AND 2017 ANNUAL REPORT 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Stockholders: 

You are cordially invited to attend the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. (the “Company”).  The 
meeting will be held at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-
1021 on June 14, 2018 at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Time.  

The attached Notice of 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement contain details of the business 
to be conducted at the Annual Meeting. We have also made available a copy of our 2017 Annual Report to 
Stockholders with this proxy statement. We encourage you to read our Annual Report. It includes our audited 
financial statements and provides information about our business.  

We have elected to provide access to our proxy materials over the internet under the Securities and Exchange 
Commission’s “notice and access” rules. We are constantly focused on improving the ways people connect with 
information, and believe that providing our proxy materials over the internet increases the ability of our 
stockholders to connect with the information they need, while reducing the environmental impact of our Annual 
Meeting. If you need additional information about Cutera, please visit the Investor Relations section of the 
Company’s website at www.cutera.com.  

Whether or not you attend the Annual Meeting, it is important that your shares be represented and voted at the 
meeting. Therefore, I urge you to promptly vote and submit your proxy via the internet, by phone, or by signing, 
dating, and returning the proxy card provided to you. If you decide to attend the Annual Meeting, you will be able 
to vote in person, even if you have previously submitted your proxy. 

On behalf of Cutera’s Board of Directors and executive team, I would like to express our appreciation for your 
continued interest and confidence in our business.  

Sincerely, 

James Reinstein, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

SCHEDULE 14A 

Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

Filed by the Registrant ☒ 

Filed by a Party other than the Registrant ☐ 

Check the appropriate box: 

☐ 
☐ 
☒ 
☐ 
☐ 

Preliminary Proxy Statement 
Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2)) 
Definitive Proxy Statement 
Definitive Additional Materials 
Soliciting Material Pursuant to §240.14a-11(c) or §240.14a-2 

CUTERA, INC. 

(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter) 

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box): 

(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant) 

☒ 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

No fee required. 

Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: 

Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies: 

Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount 
on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined): 

Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: 

Total fee paid: 

Fee paid previously with preliminary materials. 

Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting 
fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its 
filing. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Amount Previously Paid: 

Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: 

Filing Party: 

Date Filed: 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

NOTICE OF 2018 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON  

June 14, 2018 

at 9:00 A.M. Pacific Time 

To our Stockholders: 

You are cordially invited to attend the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. (the “Company”). The meeting 
will be held at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021 on June 14, 
2018, at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Time, for the following purposes: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Elect seven directors, constituting the entire Board of Directors, to each serve a one-year term that expires at the 
2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; 

Ratify the selection of BDO USA, LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (the
“Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018; 

Hold a non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of Named Executive Officers; and 

Transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting, including any motion to adjourn to 
a later date to permit further solicitation of proxies, if necessary, or before any adjournment thereof. 

The  foregoing  items  of  business  are  more  fully  described  in  the  proxy  statement  accompanying  this  Notice  of  Annual 
Meeting. 

To help conserve resources and reduce printing and distribution costs, we will be mailing a notice to our stockholders, instead 
of  a  paper  copy  of  this  proxy  statement,  our  2017  Annual  Report  and  a  form  of  proxy  card  or  voting  instruction  card 
(collectively referred to as “Proxy Material”). The notice will have instructions on how to access our Proxy Material over the 
internet and instructions on how stockholders can receive a paper copy of our Proxy Materials if so desired. Your vote is 
important, regardless of the number of shares that you own. Whether or not you intend to attend the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders, please vote as soon as possible to make sure that your shares are represented.  

The meeting will begin promptly at 9:00 a.m., local time, and check-in will begin at 8:50 a.m. local time. Only holders of 
record of shares of our common stock (NASDAQ: CUTR) at the close of business on April 23, 2018 will be entitled to notice 
of, and to vote at, the meeting and any postponements or adjournments of the meeting. 

For a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting will be 
available and open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose relating to the Annual Meeting during normal 
business hours at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021. 

By order of the Board of Directors, 

James A. Reinstein 
President & Chief Executive Officer, 
Member, Board of Directors 

Brisbane, California 
April 30, 2018 

Proxy Statement 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT! 

YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS IN PERSON. 
WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND 
RETURN  THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY,  OR  VOTE  OVER  THE  TELEPHONE  OR  THE  INTERNET  AS 
INSTRUCTED  IN  THESE  MATERIALS,  AS  PROMPTLY  AS  POSSIBLE  IN  ORDER  TO  ENSURE  YOUR 
REPRESENTATION  AT  THE  MEETING.  A  RETURN  ENVELOPE  (WHICH  IS  POSTAGE  PREPAID  IF 
MAILED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES)  HAS  BEEN  PROVIDED  FOR  YOUR  CONVENIENCE.  EVEN  IF  YOU 
HAVE VOTED BY PROXY, YOU MAY STILL VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU ATTEND THE MEETING. PLEASE 
NOTE, HOWEVER, THAT IF YOUR SHARES ARE HELD OF RECORD BY A BROKER, BANK OR OTHER 
NOMINEE AND YOU WISH TO VOTE AT THE MEETING, YOU MUST OBTAIN A PROXY ISSUED IN YOUR 
NAME FROM THAT RECORD HOLDER. 

Proxy Statement 
  
  
  
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

QUESTIONS & ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION AND VOTING AT THE ANNUAL MEETING   

   What is a proxy statement and what is a proxy? ......................................................................................................... 
   Why am I receiving these proxy materials? ................................................................................................................ 
   Why did I receive a notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of the proxy materials instead of a paper 
copy of the proxy materials? .................................................................................................................................... 
   What is the purpose of the Annual Meeting? .............................................................................................................. 
   Who is entitled to attend the meeting? ........................................................................................................................ 
   Who is entitled to vote at the meeting? ....................................................................................................................... 
   How many shares must be present or represented to conduct business at the meeting (that is, what constitutes a 

quorum)? .................................................................................................................................................................. 
   What items of business will be voted on at the meeting? ............................................................................................ 
   Will any other matters be decided at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders?............................................................... 
   How does the Board recommend that I vote? ............................................................................................................. 
   What shares can I vote at the meeting? ....................................................................................................................... 
   What is the difference between holding shares as a stockholder of record and as a beneficial owner? ...................... 
   How can I vote my shares without attending the meeting? ......................................................................................... 
   How can I vote my shares in person at the meeting? .................................................................................................. 
   Can I change my vote? ................................................................................................................................................ 
Is my vote confidential? .............................................................................................................................................. 
   What vote is required to approve each item and how are votes counted? ................................................................... 
   What is a “broker non-vote”? ...................................................................................................................................... 
   How are “broker non-votes” counted? ........................................................................................................................ 
   How are abstentions counted? ..................................................................................................................................... 
   What happens if additional matters are presented at the meeting? .............................................................................. 
   Who will serve as inspector of election? ..................................................................................................................... 
   What should I do in the event that I receive more than one set of proxy/voting materials? ........................................ 
   Who is soliciting my vote and who will bear the costs of this solicitation? ................................................................ 
   Where can I find the voting results of the meeting? .................................................................................................... 
   What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual Meeting of stockholders or to 

nominate individuals to serve as directors? ............................................................................................................. 

STOCK OWNERSHIP ..................................................................................................................................................... 

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ......................................................................... 
   Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance ....................................................................................... 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS ........................................................................................... 

   Director Independence ................................................................................................................................................ 
   Board Leadership Structure ......................................................................................................................................... 
   Risk Oversight and Analysis ....................................................................................................................................... 
   Committees of the Board ............................................................................................................................................. 
   Meetings Attended by Directors.................................................................................................................................. 
   Director Nomination Process ...................................................................................................................................... 
   Director Compensation ............................................................................................................................................... 
2017 Director Compensation Table ............................................................................................................................ 
   Code of Ethics ............................................................................................................................................................. 
   Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation .................................................................................. 
   Family Relationships ................................................................................................................................................... 
   Communications with the Board by Stockholders ...................................................................................................... 
   Stock Ownership Guidelines ....................................................................................................................................... 

1
  1

1
2
2
2

2
2
 3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6

6

8

8
9

9

9
9
10
11
13
13
15
15
16
16
16
16
16

-i- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE ....................................................................................................................... 

18

PROPOSAL ONE—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS ......................................................................................................... 

19

   Director Nominees ...................................................................................................................................................... 
   Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................ 

20
21

PROPOSAL TWO—RATIFICATION OF BDO USA, LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 

ACCOUNTING FIRM ................................................................................................................................................. 

22

   Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................ 
   Principal Accountant Fees and Services ..................................................................................................................... 

22
22

PROPOSAL THREE—NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ............................................................................................................................................. 

23

   General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 
   Compensation Philosophy and Objectives .................................................................................................................. 
   Key Features of Our Executive Compensation Program ............................................................................................. 
   Fiscal Year 2017 Compensation Overview ................................................................................................................. 
   Summary of the Key Features of our 2017 Executive Compensation Program .......................................................... 
   Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................ 

23
23
24
24
24
25

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ................................................................ 

26

   Compensation Discussion and Analysis ...................................................................................................................... 
   Compensation Philosophy and Objectives .................................................................................................................. 
   Financial Highlights for 2017 ..................................................................................................................................... 
   Corporate Governance Highlights ............................................................................................................................... 
   Compensation Committee’s Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................. 
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation ............................................... 
   Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ............................................................................................................... 
   Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans ...................................................................... 
   Stock Ownership Guidelines ....................................................................................................................................... 
Insider Trading Compliance Program ......................................................................................................................... 
2017 Summary Compensation Table .......................................................................................................................... 
2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table .................................................................................................................. 
    2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table ....................................................................................... 
2017 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table ........................................................................................................ 
   Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ..................................................................................... 
   Pay Ratio Disclosure ................................................................................................................................................... 

27
27
27
28
29
39
40
40
41
41
42
43
44
46
47
48

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ................................................................................................................... 

49

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS .............................................................................. 

50

   Consulting Agreement ................................................................................................................................................ 
   Other Transactions ...................................................................................................................................................... 
   Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions ............................................................................................. 

50
50
50

OTHER MATTERS .......................................................................................................................................................... 

51

   Fiscal Year 2017 Annual Report and SEC Filings ...................................................................................................... 

51

-ii- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
PROXY STATEMENT 
FOR 
2018 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
TO BE HELD ON June 14, 2018 

The Board of Directors (“Board”) of Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is soliciting your proxy to vote at our 2018 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 14, 2018, beginning at 9:00 a.m., Pacific Time, which is the local time, at our 
principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021, and at any postponements or 
adjournments thereof. This proxy statement contains important information regarding the meeting. Specifically, it identifies 
the matters upon which you are being asked to vote, provides information that you may find useful in determining how to 
vote and describes the voting procedures. 

In this proxy statement the terms “we”, “our”, “Cutera” and the “Company” each refer to Cutera, Inc.; the term “Board” 
means our Board of Directors; the term “proxy materials” means this proxy statement, the enclosed proxy card, and our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the “SEC”) on March 26, 2018, and the term “Annual Meeting” means our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

We are sending the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials on or about May 4, 2018, to all stockholders of record 
at the close of business on April 23, 2018 (the “Record Date”). 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION AND VOTING AT THE  
ANNUAL MEETING 

What is a proxy 
statement and what is a 
proxy? 

   A proxy statement is a document that the rules and regulations of the United States including the 
SEC require the Company to give to you when it asks you to give a proxy designating individuals 
to vote on your behalf. A proxy is your legal designation to another person to vote shares that 
you own. That other person is called a proxy. If you delegate someone as your proxy in a written 
document, that document is also called a proxy or proxy card. 

Why am I receiving 
these proxy materials? 

   You are receiving these proxy materials from us because you were a stockholder of record at the 
close of business on the Record Date. As a stockholder of record, you are invited to attend the 
meeting and are entitled to and requested to vote on the items of business described in this proxy 
statement. 

Why did I receive a 
notice in the mail 
regarding the Internet 
availability of the proxy 
materials instead of a 
paper copy of the proxy 
materials? 

   Pursuant to SEC rules, we have elected to provide access to our proxy materials over the Internet. 
Accordingly, we are sending a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (the “Notice”) 
to our stockholders. 

All stockholders will have the ability to access the proxy materials on a website referred to in 
the Notice or request to receive a printed set of the proxy materials. 

Instructions on how to access the proxy materials on the Internet or to request a printed copy 
may be found on the Notice, along with instructions regarding procedures designed to ensure the 
authenticity and correctness of your proxy vote. 

In  addition,  stockholders  may  request  to  receive  proxy  materials  in  printed  form  by  mail  or 
electronically by email on an ongoing basis. Choosing to receive your future proxy materials by 
email will save us the cost of printing and mailing documents to you and will reduce the impact 
of our annual stockholders’ meetings on the environment. If you chose prior to the Record Date 
to receive future proxy materials by email, you should receive an email this year with instructions 
containing a link to those materials and a link to the proxy voting site. In connection with our 
upcoming Annual Meeting, if you choose to receive future proxy materials by email, you will 
receive an email next year with instructions containing a link to those materials and a link to the 
proxy voting site. Your election to receive proxy materials by email will remain in effect until 
you terminate it. 

-1- 

Proxy Statement 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
What is the purpose of 
the Annual Meeting? 

   At our meeting, stockholders of record will vote upon the items of business outlined in the notice 
of meeting (on the cover page of this proxy statement), each of which is described more fully in 
this proxy statement. In addition, management will report on the performance of the Company 
and respond to questions from stockholders. 

Who is entitled to 
attend the meeting? 

   You are entitled to attend the meeting only if you owned our common stock (or were a joint 
holder)  as  of  the  Record  Date,  or  if  you  hold  a  valid  proxy  for  the  meeting.  You  should  be 
prepared to present photo identification for admittance. 

Please also note that if you are not a stockholder of record, but hold shares in street name (that 
is, through a broker or nominee), you will need to provide proof of beneficial ownership as of 
the Record Date, such as your most recent brokerage account statement, a copy of the voting 
instruction  card  provided  by  your  broker,  trustee  or  nominee,  or  other  similar  evidence  of 
ownership. 

The meeting will begin promptly at 9:00 a.m., local time. Check-in will begin at 8:50 a.m., local 
time. 

Who is entitled to vote 
at the meeting? 

   All stockholders of record at the close of business on the Record Date are entitled to notice of 

and to vote at the meeting, and at any postponements or adjournments thereof. 

   As  of  the  Record  Date,  13,634,154  shares  of  our  common  stock  were  outstanding.  Each 
outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on each matter properly 
brought before the meeting. Accordingly, there are a maximum of 13,634,154 votes that may be 
cast at the meeting. 

How many shares must 
be present or 
represented to conduct 
business at the meeting 
(that is, what 
constitutes a quorum)? 

   The presence at the meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares of 
our common stock entitled to vote at the meeting constitutes a quorum. A quorum is required to 
conduct business at the meeting. Accordingly, the presence of the holders of our common stock 
representing at least 6,817,078 votes will be required to establish a quorum at the meeting. Both 
abstentions and broker non-votes are counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a 
quorum. 

What items of business 
will be voted on at the 
meeting? 

   The items of business scheduled to be voted on at the meeting are as follows: 

   1.  Election of seven nominees to serve as directors on our Board; 

   2.  Ratification of BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) as the Independent Registered Public Accounting 

Firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018; 

   3.  Non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of Named Executive Officers; and 

   4.  Transaction  of  such  other  business  as  may  properly  come  before  the  Annual  Meeting, 
including any motion to adjourn to a later date to permit further solicitation of proxies, if 
necessary, or before any adjournment thereof. 

-2- 

Proxy Statement  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
   These proposals are described more fully in this proxy statement. As of the date of this proxy 
statement, the only business that our Board intends to present, or knows of that others will present 
at the meeting, is set forth in this proxy statement. If any other matter or matters are properly 
brought before the meeting, it is the intention of the persons who hold proxies to vote the shares 
they represent in accordance with their best judgment. 

Will any other matters 
be decided at the 
Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders? 

   At the date of this proxy statement, the Company does not know of any other matters to be raised 
at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders other than those described in this proxy statement. If any 
other matters are, in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, other applicable 
law, or the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Articles”), properly 
presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, such matters will, subject to 
the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Articles and applicable law, be considered at the 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the individuals named in the proxy card will vote on such 
matters in their discretion. 

How does the Board 
recommend that I vote? 

   Our Board recommends that you vote your shares (i) “FOR” each of the seven director nominees, 
(ii) “FOR” the ratification of BDO as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, and (iii) “FOR” the Non-binding advisory vote on the 
compensation of our Named Executive Officers. 

What shares can I vote 
at the meeting? 

   You may vote all shares owned by you as of the Record Date, including (1) shares held directly 
in your name as the stockholder of record, and (2) shares held for you as the beneficial owner 
through a broker, trustee or other nominee such as a bank. 

What is the difference 
between holding shares 
as a stockholder of 
record and as a 
beneficial owner? 

   Most of our stockholders hold their shares through a broker or other nominee rather than directly 
in their own name. As summarized below, there are some distinctions between shares held of 
record and those owned beneficially. 

Stockholders of Record. If your shares are registered directly in your name with our transfer 
agent, Computershare Trust Company, Inc., you are considered, with respect to those shares, the 
stockholder of record, and these proxy materials are being sent directly to you by us. As the 
stockholder of record, you have the right to grant your voting proxy directly to the individuals 
listed on the proxy card or to vote in person at the meeting. We have enclosed a proxy card for 
your use. 

Beneficial Owner. If your shares are held in a brokerage account or by another nominee, you 
are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name, and these proxy materials are 
being forwarded to you together with a voting instruction card. As the beneficial owner, you 
have the right to direct your broker, trustee or nominee how to vote and are also invited to attend 
the meeting. Please note that since a beneficial owner is not the stockholder of record, you may 
not vote these shares in person at the meeting unless you obtain a “legal proxy” from the broker, 
trustee or nominee that holds your shares, giving you the right to vote the shares at the meeting. 
Your broker, trustee or nominee has enclosed or provided voting instructions for you to use in 
directing the broker, trustee or nominee how to vote your shares. 

How can I vote my 
shares without 
attending the meeting? 

   Whether you hold shares directly as the stockholder of record or beneficially in street name, you 
may direct how your shares are voted without attending the meeting. Stockholders of record of 
our common stock may submit proxies by completing, signing and dating their proxy cards and 
mailing them in the accompanying pre-addressed envelope. Our stockholders who hold shares 
beneficially  in  street  name  may  vote  by  mail  by  completing,  signing  and  dating  the  voting 
instruction  cards  provided  by  the  broker,  trustee  or  nominee  and  mailing  them  in  the 
accompanying pre-addressed envelope. 

-3- 

Proxy Statement  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
How can I vote my 
shares in person at the 
meeting? 

   Shares held in your name as the stockholder of record may be voted in person at the meeting. 
Shares held beneficially in street name may be voted in person only if you obtain a legal proxy 
from the broker, trustee or nominee that holds your shares giving you the right to vote the shares. 
Even if you plan to attend the meeting, we recommend that you also submit your proxy card or 
voting instructions as described above so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not 
to, or are unable to, attend the meeting. 

Can I change my vote?     You may change your vote at any time prior to the vote at the meeting. If you are the stockholder 
of  record,  you  may  change  your  vote  by  granting  a  new  proxy  bearing  a  later  date  (which 
automatically revokes the earlier proxy), by providing a written notice of revocation to our Vice 
President,  General  Counsel  &  Corporate  Secretary  prior  to  your  shares  being  voted,  or  by 
attending  the  meeting  and  voting  in  person.  Attendance  at  the  meeting  will  not  cause  your 
previously granted proxy to be revoked unless you specifically so request. 

For shares you hold beneficially in street name, you may change your vote by submitting new 
voting instructions to your broker, trustee or nominee, or, if you have obtained a legal proxy 
from your broker, trustee or nominee giving you the right to vote your shares, by attending the 
meeting and voting in person. 

Is my vote confidential?    Proxy  instructions,  ballots  and  voting  tabulations  that  identify  individual  stockholders  are 
handled in a manner that protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either 
within Cutera or to third parties, except: (1) as necessary to meet applicable legal requirements, 
(2)  to  allow  for  the  tabulation  of  votes  and  certification  of  the  vote,  and  (3)  to  facilitate  a 
successful  proxy  solicitation.  Occasionally,  stockholders  provide  written  comments  on  their 
proxy card, which are then forwarded to our management. 

What vote is required to 
approve each item and 
how are votes counted? 

   The vote required to approve each item of business and the method for counting votes is set forth 

below: 

Election of Directors. Each director nominee receiving affirmative “FOR” votes in excess of 
“Against” votes at the meeting (a majority of votes cast) will be elected to serve as a director. 
You may vote either “FOR” or “WITHHOLD” your vote for the director nominees. A properly 
executed proxy marked “WITHHOLD” with respect to the election of one or more directors will 
not be voted with respect to the director or directors indicated, although it will be counted for 
purposes of determining whether there is a quorum. 

Ratification of BDO as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the fiscal 
year  ending  December  31,  2018.  The  affirmative  “FOR”  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  shares 
represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the item will be required for approval. 
You  may  vote  “FOR,”  “AGAINST”  or  “ABSTAIN”  for  this  item  of  business.  If  you 
“ABSTAIN,” your abstention has the same effect as a vote “AGAINST.” 

-4- 

Proxy Statement  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
   Non-binding  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  our  Named  Executive  Officers.  The 
affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled 
to  vote  on  the  item  will  be  required  for  approval.  You  may  vote  “FOR,”  “AGAINST”  or 
“ABSTAIN” for this item of business. If you “ABSTAIN,” your abstention has the same effect 
as a vote “AGAINST.”  

If you provide specific instructions with regard to certain items, your shares will be voted as you 
instruct on  such  items.  If  you  sign  your  proxy  card or  voting  instruction  card without  giving 
specific instructions, your shares will be voted in accordance with the recommendations of the 
Board (“FOR” all of the Company’s nominees to the Board, “FOR” ratification of BDO as our 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, “FOR” the approval, by non-binding vote, of 
executive compensation, and in the discretion of the proxy holders on any other matters that may 
properly come before the meeting). 

   A “broker non-vote” occurs when a broker expressly instructs on a proxy card that it is not voting 
on a matter, whether routine or non-routine. Under the rules that govern brokers who have record 
ownership of shares that are held in street name for their clients who are the beneficial owners 
of the shares, brokers have the discretion to vote such shares on routine matters, which includes 
ratifying  the  appointment  of  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  but  does  not 
include the election of directors or the non-binding vote on executive compensation. Therefore, 
if you do not otherwise instruct your broker, the broker may turn in a proxy card voting your 
shares “FOR” ratification of BDO as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  

However, if you do not instruct your broker how to vote with respect to the election of directors 
and the non-binding vote on executive compensation, your broker may not vote with respect to 
such proposal and your shares will not be counted as voting in favor of these matters. 

What is a “broker non-
vote”? 

How are “broker non-
votes” counted? 

   Broker non-votes will be counted for the purpose of determining the presence or absence of a 
quorum for the transaction of business, but they will not be counted in tabulating the voting result 
for any particular proposal. 

How are abstentions 
counted? 

   If  you  return  a  proxy  card  that  indicates  an  abstention  from  voting  on  all  matters,  the  shares 
represented will be counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, but they 
will not be voted on any matter at the meeting. In the absence of controlling precedent to the 
contrary, we intend to treat abstentions in this manner. Accordingly, abstentions will have the 
same effect as a vote “AGAINST” a proposal. 

What happens if 
additional matters are 
presented at the 
meeting? 

   Other than the three proposals described in this proxy statement, we are not aware of any other 
business  to  be  acted  upon  at  the  meeting.  If  you  grant  a  proxy,  the  persons  named  as  proxy 
holders, James A. Reinstein, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and J. Daniel Plants, our 
Board Chairperson, with full power of substitution, will have the discretion to vote your shares 
on any additional matters that may be properly presented for a vote at the meeting. If, for any 
unforeseen reason, any of our nominees is not available as a candidate for director, the persons 
named as proxy holders will vote your proxy for such other candidate or candidates as may be 
nominated by our Board. 

-5- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
 
Who will serve as 
inspector of election? 

   We expect a representative of Computershare Trust Company, Inc., our transfer agent, to tabulate 
the  votes,  and  expect  Darren  W.  Alch,  our  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Corporate 
Secretary to act as inspector of election at the meeting. 

What should I do in the 
event that I receive 
more than one set of 
proxy/voting materials? 

   You  may  receive  more  than  one  set  of  these  proxy  solicitation  materials,  including  multiple 
copies of this proxy statement and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, 
if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you may receive a separate voting 
instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. In addition, if you are a 
stockholder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you may receive 
more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each Cutera proxy card and 
voting instruction card that you receive to ensure that all your shares are voted. 

Who is soliciting my 
vote and who will bear 
the costs of this 
solicitation? 

   Your vote is being solicited on behalf of the Board, and the Company will bear the entire cost of 
solicitation  of  proxies,  including  preparation,  assembly,  printing  and  mailing  of  this  proxy 
statement. In addition to these mailed proxy materials, our directors and employees may also 
solicit proxies in person, by telephone, by electronic mail or by other means of communication. 
Directors and employees will not be paid any additional compensation for soliciting proxies. We 
may  reimburse  brokerage  firms,  banks  and  other  agents  for  the  cost  of  forwarding  proxy 
materials  to  beneficial  owners.  We  may  also  engage  the  services  of  a  professional  proxy 
solicitation firm to aid in the solicitation of proxies from certain brokers, bank nominees and 
other institutional owners. Our costs for such services, if retained, are not expected to be material. 

Where can I find the 
voting results of the 
meeting? 

   We intend to announce preliminary voting results at the Annual Meeting and file a Form 8-K 
with the SEC within four business days after the end of our Annual Meeting to report the voting 
results. 

What is the deadline to 
propose actions for 
consideration at next 
year’s Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders or to 
nominate individuals to 
serve as directors? 

   As  a  stockholder,  you  may  be  entitled  to  present  proposals  for  action  at  a  future  meeting  of 

stockholders, including director nominations. 

Stockholder Proposals: For a stockholder proposal to be considered for inclusion in our proxy 
statement for the Annual Meeting to be held in 2019, the written proposal must be received by 
our Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices no 
later than January 5, 2019, which is the date 120 calendar days before the anniversary of the 
mailing date of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials. If the date of next year’s 
Annual Meeting is moved more than 30 days before or after the anniversary date of this year’s 
Annual Meeting, the deadline for inclusion of proposals in our proxy statement is instead the 
close of business on the later of 120 calendar days in advance of such annual meeting and 10 
days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. 
Such proposals also must comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and any other applicable rules established by 
the  SEC.  Stockholders  interested  in  submitting  such  a  proposal  are  advised  to  contact 
knowledgeable legal counsel with regard to the detailed requirements of applicable securities 
laws. Proposals should be addressed to: 

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary 
Cutera, Inc. 
3240 Bayshore Blvd. 
Brisbane, California 94005-1021 

-6- 

Proxy Statement  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
   Nomination of Director Candidates: You may propose director candidates for consideration 
by our Board. Any such recommendations should include the nominee’s name and qualifications 
for  Board  membership  and  should  be  directed  to  the  “Vice  President,  General  Counsel  & 
Corporate Secretary” at the address of our principal executive offices set forth above. In addition, 
our  bylaws  permit  stockholders  to  nominate  directors  for  election  at  an  Annual  Meeting  of 
stockholders. To nominate a director, the stockholder must provide the information required by 
our bylaws, as well as a statement by the nominee consenting to being named as a nominee and 
to serve as a director if elected. In addition, the stockholder must give timely notice to our Vice 
President,  General  Counsel  &  Corporate  Secretary  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  our 
bylaws,  which  require  that  the  notice  be  received  by  our  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  & 
Corporate Secretary no later than January 5, 2019 unless the date of next year’s Annual Meeting 
is moved more than 30 days before or after the anniversary date of this year’s Annual Meeting. 

Copy of Bylaw Provisions: Our bylaws are available on the Investor page of our website at 
www.cutera.com.  You  may  also  contact  our  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  &  Corporate 
Secretary at our principal executive offices for a copy of the relevant bylaw provisions regarding 
the requirements for making stockholder proposals and nominating director candidates. 

-7- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
 
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Current Management 

STOCK OWNERSHIP 

The following table provides information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the Record Date, 
by: 

each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock; 
each of our current executive officers (including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer); 
each of our current directors; and 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ●  our current directors and executive officers as a group. 

The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance 
with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. 
Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has the sole or shared voting power or 
investment power and any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of April 23, 2018, through the 
exercise of any stock option or other right. The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis 
of  13,634,154  shares  of  our  common  stock  outstanding  as  of  the  Record  Date.  The  information  in  the  following  table 
regarding  the  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  5%  of  our  common  stock  is  based  upon  information  supplied  by  principal 
stockholders or Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC. 

Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the Record Date are deemed outstanding 
for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for 
purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all 
directors and executive officers as a group. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to 
applicable community property laws, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and disposition power with 
respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s or entity’s name. The address for those persons for which an address is 
not otherwise provided is c/o Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021. 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner 
BlackRock, Inc. ......................................................................     
Renaissance Technologies LLC. ............................................     

Larry E. Laber ........................................................................     
Timothy J. O'Shea ..................................................................     
Gregory A. Barrett .................................................................     
James A. Reinstein .................................................................     
David A. Gollnick ..................................................................     
Clinton H. Severson ...............................................................     
David B. Apfelberg ................................................................     
J. Daniel Plants(1) ....................................................................     
Sandra A. Gardiner .................................................................     
Elisha W. Finney ....................................................................     

Number of  
Shares  
Outstanding 

2,015,640      
1,083,600      

Warrants and  
Options  
Exercisable  
Within 60 Days      
—      
—      

Approximate 
Percent Owned    
14.8%
7.9%

36,844      
33,708      
31,804      
26,194      
19,261      
9,550      
5,754      
5,550      
5,469      
—      

19,763      
—      
14,000      
10,625      
—      
14,000      
—      
14,000      
—      
—      

*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  

All current directors and executive officers as a group  

(10 persons) .........................................................................     

174,134      

72,388      

1.8%

*Less than 1%. 

(1) Mr. Plants is the Managing Partner of Voce Capital Management LLC, the holder of 197,031 shares (approximately 
1.4%) of our outstanding common stock as of the Record Date. Mr. Plants has disclaimed beneficial ownership of the 
shares owned by Voce Capital Management L1LC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, however he has 
the sole or shared voting power of the shares reflected in this table. 

-8- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
    
       
       
                                                
  
   
 
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, certain officers, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our 
common stock to file reports of ownership and reports of changes in the ownership with the SEC. Such persons are required 
by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) Statement of Changes of Beneficial Ownership of Securities 
forms they file (SEC Forms 3, 4, and 5). 

Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms received by us, or written representations from reporting persons that 
no SEC Forms 3, 4 or 5 were required of such persons, we believe that during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 all 
reports were timely filed with the exception of the following: 

(a)  Two of the transactions reported on Mr. Laber’s SEC Form 4 filed on May 30, 2017 related to transactions that occurred 

on May 23, 2017; and 

(b)  Two transactions reported on Mr. Santilli’s SEC Form 4 filed on May 1, 2017 relate to transactions that occurred June
1, 2016 and January 1, 2017. The third transaction reported on Mr. Santilli’s SEC Form 4 filed on May 1, 2017 relates 
to an exempt transaction of shares acquired on May 2, 2016 by Mr. Santilli pursuant to the Company's 2004 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan. 

Each filing was made promptly after the issue was discovered. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS 

Director Independence 

Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (“NASDAQ”).  Under  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards, 
independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. In addition, the NASDAQ listing 
standards  require  that,  subject  to  specified  exceptions,  each  member  of  a  listed  company’s  audit,  compensation,  and 
nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the NASDAQ listing standards, a director will only 
qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that listed company’s board of directors, that director does not have 
a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. 

Audit committee members must also satisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange 
Act, and the NASDAQ listing standards. Compensation committee members must also satisfy the additional independence 
criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ listing standards 

Our Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each of our directors. The Company's directors are David B. 
Apfelberg, M.D., Gregory A. Barrett, Elisha W. Finney, David A. Gollnick, Timothy J. O'Shea, J. Daniel Plants, James A. 
Reinstein  and  Clinton  H.  Severson.  Based  on  information  provided  by  each  director  concerning  his  or  her  background, 
employment  and  affiliations,  our  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  the  directors  other  than  James  A.  Reinstein,  the 
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, and David A. Gollnick, the Company's co-founder, former Vice President 
of  North  American  Sales,  and  former  Executive  Vice  President  of  Research  and  Development,  satisfy  the  current 
"independent  director"  standards  established  by  NASDAQ.  Mr.  Gollnick  is  party  to  a  consulting  agreement  with  the 
Company,  pursuant  to  which  he  is  compensated  for  services  he  provides  to  the  Company.  In  2018,  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee recommended to the Board that all directors other than our Chief Executive Officer be 
independent as defined by NASDAQ listing rules. Accordingly, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee did 
not re-nominate Mr. Gollnick to the Board. Following the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders, which is the end of Mr. 
Gollnick’s current term as a director, the number of directors constituting the Board will be reduced from eight to seven. 

Board Leadership Structure 

The roles of Chairperson of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are currently filled by separate individuals. Our Board 
believes that the separation of the offices of the Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer is appropriate at this time because 
it allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus primarily on our business strategy, operations and corporate vision. However, 
our Board does not have a policy mandating the separation of the roles of Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer, though 
one  can  be  established  by  the  Board.  Our  Board  elects  our  Chairperson  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  each  of  these 
positions may be held by the same person or by different people. We believe that it is important that the Board retain flexibility 
to determine whether these roles should be separate or combined based upon the Board's assessment of our needs and our 
leadership at a given point in time. 

-9- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
We believe that independent and effective oversight of our business and affairs is maintained through the composition of our 
Board, the leadership of our independent directors and the committees and our governance structures and processes already 
in place. The Board consists of a substantial majority of independent directors, and the committees of our Board are composed 
solely of independent directors. 

Our Chairperson of the Board is J. Daniel Plants. We believe Mr. Plants' qualifications to serve as our Chairperson include 
his substantial experience as a strategic advisor and corporate attorney, as well as his role as the founder of a successful 
investment management firm and status as a significant Company stockholder, which bring valuable skills and perspective 
to the Board in the areas of finance, capital markets, strategy and corporate governance. 

As described in more detail below, the Board currently has four standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation 
Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and an Enterprise Risk Committee. As deemed advisable 
by the Board, various ad hoc committees may be established from time to time to accomplish a specific goal or purpose and 
cease to exist when that goal or purpose is realized. The chairperson and each member of all committees is an independent 
director.  The  Board  delegates  substantial  duties  and  responsibilities  to  each  committee.  The  committees  make 
recommendations to the Board and report regularly to the Board on their activities and any actions they have taken. We 
believe that our independent Board committees and their chairperson are an important aspect of our Board leadership and 
governance structure. 

Risk Oversight and Analysis 

Risk is inherent with every business, and we face a number of risks, including strategic, financial, business and operational, 
political, regulatory, legal and compliance, and reputational. We have designed and implemented processes to manage risk 
in our operations. Our management is responsible for managing the risks we face in the ordinary course of operating our 
business.  The  Board  oversees  potential  risks  and  our  risk  management  activities  by  receiving  operational  and  strategic 
presentations from management which include discussions of key risks to our business.   

Our Board believes that open communication between management and our Board is essential for effective risk management 
and oversight. Our Board meets with our Chief Executive Officer and other members of the senior management team at 
meetings of our Board, where, among other topics, they discuss strategy and risks facing the Company, as well as at such 
other times as they deem appropriate. 

While our Board has the ultimate responsibility for risk management and oversight, various committees of the Board also 
support the Board in its fulfillment of this responsibility. For example, our Audit Committee assists the Board in its risk 
oversight function by reviewing and discussing with management our system of disclosure controls and our internal controls 
over financial reporting risks associated with our cash investment policies, risks related to regulatory matters, and evaluating 
and advising on other matters. Our business is run conservatively and excessive risk-taking has been discouraged. As a result, 
risk  analysis  has  not  been  a  significant  factor  for  our  Compensation  Committee  in  establishing  compensation.  The 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to 
the management of risks associated with Board organization, governance, membership and structure. The Enterprise Risk 
Committee, created in 2018, assists the Board in supervising the enterprise risk management activities of the Company and 
its  subsidiaries,  and  advises  the  Board  with  respect  to  the  enterprise  risk  management  framework  of  the  Company.  The 
Enterprise Risk Committee further assists the Board in its oversight of the Company’s management of key risks, including 
strategic and operational risks, as well as the guidelines, policies and processes for monitoring and mitigating such risks. 

-10- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Committees of the Board 

Our Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee, and the Enterprise Risk Committee. The membership during the last fiscal year, and the function of 
each  of  the  committees,  are  described below. On August  16,  2017, Jerry  P. Widman  announced his  retirement  from  our 
Board. Mr. Widman served as the Audit Committee Chairperson, as well as a member of the Compensation Committee. From 
Mr. Widman’s retirement, until October 31, 2017, Timothy J. O’Shea served as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. On 
October 31, 2017, Elisha W. Finney was appointed to our Board and was named as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. 
Additionally,  the  Strategic  Transactions  Committee  was  created  to  review  and  evaluate  potential  strategic  business 
combination transactions as the possibilities arise and other related or pertinent strategic alternatives for the Company (which 
may include, but are not limited to, a merger, other business combination, recapitalization, acquisition, spin-off, split-off, 
acquisition of a subsidiary, division or unit, or other similar transaction). The Board elected to reserve such responsibilities 
for the full Board and, by action of the Board, the Strategic Transactions Committee was dissolved in 2017. 

Audit 
Committee 

Compensation  
Committee 

Nominating  
and Corporate  
Governance 
Committee 

Enterprise  
Risk  
Committee(1) 

Name of Director 

Non-Employee Directors: 
J. Daniel Plants (served as Audit Committee 
member from August 16, 2017 until October 31, 
2017) ....................................................................   

David B. Apfelberg, M.D. .....................................     

Gregory A. Barrett ...............................................     

X  

X 

X 

  X* 

X 

X 

X 

Elisha W. Finney (appointed to Audit Committee 
as Chairperson on October 31, 2017) ...................   

X* 

David A. Gollnick (The Board approved a 
resolution that all directors other than our Chief 
Executive Officer be “independent” as defined 
by NASDAQ listing rules. Accordingly, the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee did not re-nominate Mr. Gollnick for 
election to the Board in 2018) 

Timothy J. O’Shea (served as Audit Committee 
Chairperson from August 16, 2017 until October 
31, 2017) ..............................................................   

Clinton H. Severson .............................................   

Jerry P. Widman (served as Audit Committee 
Chairperson until his resignation effective 
August 16, 2017) ..................................................   

Employee Director: 
James Reinstein 

X* 

X  

X* 

Number of Meetings Held During the Last Fiscal 
Year ......................................................................   

8 

X  =  Committee member 
*  =  Chairperson of Committee  
(1)  =  Formed in 2018; no meetings held in 2017  

-11- 

  X* 

X 

X* 

3 

-- 

X 

6 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
                                                
  
  
  
   
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits 
of its financial statements. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board and a copy of the 
charter can be found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com. In 
this  role,  the  Audit  Committee  monitors  and  oversees  the  integrity  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  and  related 
disclosures, the qualifications, independence, and performance of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm, and the Company’s compliance with applicable legal requirements and its business conduct policies. Our Board has 
determined that each member of the Audit Committee meets the independence and financial literacy requirements of the 
NASDAQ rules and the independence requirements of the SEC. Our Board has determined that Jerry P. Widman continued 
to  qualify  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert,”  as  defined  in  SEC  rules  until  his  resignation  on  August  16,  2017. 
Following  Mr.  Widman’s  resignation,  Mr.  Plants  was  added  as  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  to  ensure  continued 
compliance  with  NASDAQ  and  SEC  requirements.  Our  Board  determined  that  Mr.  Plants  meets  the  independence  and 
financial literacy requirements of the NASDAQ rules and the independence requirements of the SEC. Also following Mr. 
Widman’s resignation, Timothy O’Shea served as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee until Elisha W. Finney was named 
as a member of the Board and the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that both Mr. O’Shea and Ms. Finney qualifies 
as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  in  the  SEC  rules.  Following  Ms.  Finney’s  appointment  to  the  Audit 
Committee, Mr. Plants was removed as a member of the Audit Committee, and Mr. O’Shea was removed as the Chairperson 
while remaining on the Audit Committee as a member. The report of the Audit Committee appears on page 18 of this proxy 
statement. 

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, together with our Board, establishes compensation for our Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  the  other  executive  officers  and  administers  the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  2004  Equity 
Incentive  Plan  and  the  2004  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  Each  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee  meets  the 
requirements for independence for compensation committee members under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules 
and regulations, including Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Each member of our Compensation Committee is also a non-
employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined 
pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our Board has determined that Jerry P. Widman continued to meet 
the requirements for independence for compensation committee members under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC 
rules and regulations, including Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act until his resignation on August 16, 2017. Following Mr. 
Widman’s resignation, Mr. Plants was added as a member of the Compensation Committee to ensure continued compliance 
with NASDAQ and SEC requirements. Our Board determined that Mr. Plants meets the requirements for independence for 
compensation committee members under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations, including Rule 10C-
1 under the Exchange Act. The Compensation Committee has a written charter, which was adopted by our Board, and can be 
found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com. The report of the 
Compensation Committee appears on page 49 of this proxy statement. 

-12- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
 
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews and 
makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  matters  concerning  corporate  governance,  Board  composition,  identification, 
evaluation and nomination of director candidates, Board committees, Board compensation, and conflicts of interest. During 
2017, our Board reduced the size of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from six members to its current 
composition of three members with Mr. O’Shea serving as the Chairperson. Each member of our Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee meets the requirements for independence under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and 
regulations. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has a written charter, which was adopted by our Board 
and can be found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com. 

Enterprise Risk Committee. The Enterprise Risk Committee was created in 2018 to assist the Board and the Audit Committee, 
where applicable, in supervising the enterprise risk management activities of the Company and its subsidiaries and advise the 
Board with respect to the enterprise risk management framework of the Company. The Committee’s function is primarily 
one of oversight, and its members do not provide any expert advice as to the Company’s risk management. The Enterprise 
Risk Committee is composed of three members with Mr. Severson serving as the Chairperson. Each member of our Enterprise 
Risk  Committee  meets  the  requirements  for  independence  under  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards  and  SEC  rules  and 
regulations. The Enterprise Risk Committee has a written charter in draft form which, when adopted by our Board, will be 
posted on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com.  

Meetings Attended by Directors 

During 2017, the Board held 13 meetings, the Audit Committee held eight meetings, the Compensation Committee held six 
meetings, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held three meetings. The Enterprise Risk Committee 
was formed in 2018 and, accordingly, did not meet in 2017. Each of the directors attended at least 83% of the meetings of 
the Board or committee(s) on which he or she served during 2017. 

The directors of the Company are encouraged to attend the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders. In 2017, all of our 
directors at the time attended the meeting either physically  or telephonically. Mr. Reinstein, Mr. Plants, Mr. Barrett, Mr. 
Gollnick, and Mr. O’Shea were physically present at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and Dr. Apfelberg, Mr. Severson, 
and Mr. Widman joined the meeting telephonically. 

Director Nomination Process 

Director  Qualifications.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  considers  the  appropriate  balance  of 
experience, skills and characteristics required of members of the Board. While the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee has not formalized specific minimum qualifications they believe must be met by a candidate to be recommended 
by the independent members, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that candidates and nominees 
must  reflect  a  Board  that  is  comprised  of  directors  who  (i)  have  broad  and  relevant  experience,  (ii)  are  predominantly 
independent, (iii) are of high integrity, (iv) have qualifications that will increase overall Board effectiveness and enhance 
long-term stockholder value, and (v) meet other requirements as may be required by applicable rules, such as financial literacy 
or  financial  expertise  with  respect  to  Audit  Committee  members.  While  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance 
Committee does not maintain a specific policy with respect to Board diversity, the candidates for Board membership should 
have the highest professional and personal ethics and values, and conduct themselves consistent with our Code of Ethics. The 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board is committed to diversity and considers diversity among 
other qualifications, experience, attributes or skills in its process of identifying and evaluating candidates to be nominees to 
the Board. 

-13- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stockholder  Nominations  and  Recommendations.  As  described  above  in  the  Question  and  Answer  section  of  this  proxy 
statement under “What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders or 
to nominate individuals to serve as directors?,” our bylaws set forth the procedure for the proper submission of stockholder 
nominations for membership on our Board. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may consider 
properly submitted stockholder recommendations (as opposed to formal nominations) for candidates for membership on the 
Board. A stockholder may  make such a recommendation by submitting the following information to our Vice President, 
General Counsel & Corporate Secretary at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021 no later than January 5, 
2019: 

the candidate’s name; 

   ● 
   ●  home and business contact information; 
   ●  detailed biographical data, relevant qualifications, professional and personal references; 
   ● 
   ● 

information regarding any relationships between the candidate and Cutera within the last three years; and 
evidence of ownership of Cutera stock by the recommending stockholder. 

Identifying  and  Evaluating  Director  Nominees.  Typically  new  candidates  for  nomination  to  the  Board  are  suggested  by 
existing directors or by our executive officers, although candidates may initially come to our attention through professional 
search firms, stockholders, or other persons. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee carefully reviews the 
qualifications of any candidates who have been properly brought to its attention. Such a review may, in the Nominating and 
Corporate  Governance  Committee’s  discretion,  include  a  review  solely  of  information  provided  to  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee or may also include discussion with persons familiar with the candidate, an interview with 
the candidate, or other actions that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee deems proper. The Nominating 
and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  considers  the  suitability  of  each  candidate,  including  the  current  members  of  the 
Board, in light of the current size and composition of the Board. In evaluating the qualifications of the candidates, Nominating 
and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  considers  many  factors,  including,  issues  of  character,  judgment,  diversity, 
independence, expertise, length of service, and other commitments. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee  takes  into  account  professional  experience,  skills  and  background  in  considering  and  evaluating  candidates. 
Although diversity is one factor considered in the nomination process, the Company does not have a formal policy relating 
to diversity. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates such factors, among others, and does not assign 
any particular weighting or priority to any of these factors. Candidates properly recommended by stockholders are evaluated 
by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee using the same criteria as other candidates. Candidates are not 
discriminated against on the basis of race, gender, religion, national origin, sexual orientation, disability or any other basis 
proscribed by law. 

Director Nominees at our 2018 Annual Meeting. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommended the 
2018 director nominees for nomination to our Board. 

-14- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Director Compensation 

The following table sets forth a summary of the cash compensation paid, and the grant date fair value of shares of Cutera 
common stock which vest over a one-year period, awarded to our non-employee directors in the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2017. 

2017 Director Compensation Table 

Name 

Fees Earned or  
Paid in Cash(1) 

Stock  
Awards(2) 

All Other  

Compensation(3)      

Total 

J. Daniel Plants .........................................    $ 
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. ........................      
Gregory A. Barrett ...................................      
Elisha W. Finney(4) ...................................      
David A. Gollnick ....................................      
Timothy J. O'Shea ....................................      
Clinton H. Severson .................................      
Jerry P. Widman(5) ....................................      

109,500    $ 
52,250      
82,250      
16,250      
45,000      
62,000      
61,750      
53,250      

60,000      
60,000      
60,000      
149,969      
60,000    $ 
69,982      
60,000      
60,000      

     $ 

153,400      

169,500  
112,250  
142,250  
166,219  
258,400  
131,982  
121,750  
113,250  

(1)  The  amounts  reported  in  this  column  were earned  in  connection  with  serving  on  our  Board  and  its various  committees,  and

include service as Board or Committee Chairperson, each as described below. 

(2)  The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of shares of Cutera common stock awarded
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 to each of the non-employee directors. Concurrent with the 2017 Annual General
Meeting of Stockholders, directors other than Ms. Finney, who had not yet been appointed to the Board, received an award of
restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $60,000 with shares vesting upon the occurrence of the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting  of  Shareholders.  Ms.  Finney’s  award  reports  an  initial  grant  received  upon  her  appointment  to  the  Board  effective
October  31,  2017.  One-third  of  Ms.  Finney’s  awarded  shares  vest  equally  on  each  of  the  first  three  anniversaries  of  her
appointment to the Board. In addition to the $60,000 restricted stock units awarded to Mr. O’Shea for serving on our Board, Mr.
O’Shea was granted 254 Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") with a grant date fair value of $9,982 in recognition of work performed 
as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in 2017. 

(3)  The amounts reported in this column represent fees for services provided for other than serving on our Board or its committees. 

Mr. Gollnick’s fees of $153,400 related to consulting services provided to the Company in 2017.  

(4)  Appointed on October 31, 2017. 
(5)  Resigned effective August 16, 2017. The stock awards granted to Mr. Widman did not vest and will be returned to the Amended

and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Compensation of the Board of Directors for their position on the Board and its committees 

Until October 31, 2017, each non-employee director appointed to the Board earned the following compensation: 

●  $50,000 for service as the Chairman of the Board; 
●  $45,000 for service as a Board member; 
●  Annual equity award with a grant date fair value of $60,000 for service as a Board member vesting over a one year 

period on the occurrence of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders; 
●  $6,000 additionally for service as a Compensation Committee member; 
●  $7,500 additionally for service as an Audit Committee member; 
●  $20,000 additionally for service as Chairperson of the Audit Committee; 
●  $20,000 additionally for service as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee; and 
●  $5,000 additionally for service as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 

At the Board of Directors meeting held on October 31, 2017, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee after 
consultation with the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, Compensia, the Board approved certain revisions 
to Board compensation, including: 

   ●  Annual equity award with a grant date fair value of $100,000 for service as a Board member vesting over a one year

period on the occurrence of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders; 

   ●  Initial equity award for new non-employee directors with a grant date fair value of $150,000; 
   ●  $9,000 additionally for service as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; and 
   ●  $5,000 additionally for service as a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member. 

All other elements of Board compensation remained unchanged. 

-15- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
    
    
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
                                                 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Equity Awards for Members of the Board of Directors  

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the automatic grant of options to purchase shares of 
Cutera common stock to our non-employee directors. Until October 31, 2017, each non-employee director appointed to the 
Board received an initial option to purchase 14,000 shares of Cutera common stock upon his or her appointment. Each of 
these stock options had an exercise price equal to fair market value of Cutera common stock on the date of grant and a term 
of  seven  years,  and  becomes  exercisable  as  to  one-third  of  the  shares  subject  to  the  option  on  each  of  the  first  three 
anniversaries of its date of grant, provided the non-employee director remains a director. In addition, until October 31, 2017, 
each non-employee director, who is a director on the date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and has been a director 
for at least the preceding six months, received an award of shares represented by the quotient of $60,000 divided by the 
closing market price of Cutera common stock on the date of such Annual Meeting of Stockholders. These shares vest on the 
one-year anniversary of the grant date. Effective October 31, 2017, the Board revised various elements of non-employee 
director  compensation.  The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board,  after  consultation  with  its  compensation  consultant, 
Compensia, made a recommendation, approved by the Board, to revise the compensation for non-employee directors (the 
“Outside Director Compensation Plan”). Under the revised Outside Director Compensation Plan, non-employee directors are 
entitled to receive an annual grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan, as amended, with a grant date fair market value of $100,000. The Board also approved a revision to outside 
directors’ initial award in the form of a one-time award of restricted stock units to each new outside director on or about the 
date on which such person becomes an outside director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or by 
appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy. The award replaces the initial option to purchase 14,000 shares of Cutera common 
stock upon his or her appointment, and is in shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair market value of $150,000, one-
third of such shares to vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the date the Board appoints, or the stockholders elect, 
the new outside director. 

Code of Ethics 

We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of business conduct and ethics. Our Code of Ethics, as amended, (the 
“Code”) reflects our values and the business practices and principles of behavior that support this commitment. The Code is 
intended to satisfy SEC rules for a “code of ethics” required by Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as 
the NASDAQ listing standards requirement for a “code of conduct.” The Code is available on the Company’s website at 
www.cutera.com. We will post any amendment to the Code, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the 
rules of the SEC or NASDAQ, on our website. 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 

The Compensation Committee consists of the following members: David B. Apfelberg, M.D., Gregory A. Barrett, and J. 
Daniel Plants In addition, Jerry Widman served as a member of the Compensation Committee until his resignation effective 
August 16, 2017. No member of the Compensation Committee, nor any of our Named Executive Officers, has a relationship 
that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity. 

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has been an officer or employee of the Company. None of our 
executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee (or 
other Board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving 
on our Board or Compensation Committee. 

Family Relationships 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. 

Communications with the Board by Stockholders 

Stockholders wishing to communicate with the Board or with an individual Board member concerning the Company may do 
so by writing to the Board, or to the particular Board member, and mailing the correspondence to: Attention: Board, c/o Vice 
President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary, Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021. The 
envelope  should  indicate  that  it  contains  a  stockholder  communication.  All  such  stockholder  communications  will  be 
forwarded to the director or directors to whom the communications are addressed. 

Stock Ownership Guidelines 

To enhance our overall corporate governance practices and director compensation program, our Board adopted revised stock 
ownership guidelines on July 28, 2017, applicable to our non-employee directors, as well as certain members of our senior 

-16- 

Proxy Statementmanagement. These guidelines are designed to align our non-employee directors’ interests with our stockholders’ long-term 
interests by promoting long-term ownership of Cutera common stock. Our non-employee Directors are required to own the 
lesser of either (i) 5,200 shares of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock 
equal in value to at least three times the director’s annual compensation for Board membership (however paid, and exclusive 
of Committee membership compensation). Each Director has five years from the later of the date of his or her initial election 
to the Board or the adoption of the revised guidelines (July 28, 2017) to attain the required level of ownership. Once attained, 
the level of ownership must be maintained. 

As of the Record Date, the non-employee directors’ holdings and target guidelines were as follows: 

Non-Employee Directors 
J. Daniel Plants ..............................................................................................................     
David B. Apfelberg .......................................................................................................     
Gregory A. Barrett ........................................................................................................     
Elisha W. Finney ...........................................................................................................     
David A. Gollnick .........................................................................................................     
Timothy J. O'Shea .........................................................................................................     
Clinton H. Severson ......................................................................................................     

Stock  
Ownership as 
of April 23,  
2018 

Minimum  
Stock 
Ownership 
Required  

5,550(3)     
5,754  
31,804  

-- (2)     

19,261  
33,708  
9,550  

2,873(1) 
2,586(1) 
2,586(1) 
2,586  
2,586(1) 
2,586(1) 
2,586(1) 

(1)  Based on the closing stock price of $52.20 on April 23, 2018, each of these non-employee directors already held 

shares that exceed the minimum stock ownership required.  

(2)  By October 31, 2022, based on the closing stock price of $52.20 on April 23, 2018. Ms. Finney was appointed to 

the Board on October 31, 2017. 

(3)  Mr.  Plants  is  the  Managing  Partner  of  Voce  Capital  Management  LLC,  the  holder  of  197,031  shares 
(approximately 1.4%) of our outstanding common stock as of the Record Date. While Mr. Plants has disclaimed 
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Voce Capital Management LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary 
interest therein, he has the sole or shared voting power of the shares represented here. 

On  January  6,  2015,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Voce  Capital  Management  LLC  and  Mr.  Plants  (the  “Voce 
Agreement”), which was filed with the SEC on January 8, 2015. The Voce Agreement states the terms and understandings 
concerning the nomination and election of Mr. Plants to our Board of Directors and other matters. Among other things, the 
Agreement  provides  that  if,  at  any  time  Voce’s  ownership  in  our  common  stock  (subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits, 
reclassifications, combinations and similar adjustments) falls below 140,000 shares, then Mr. Plants will immediately resign 
from our Board. 

-17- 

Proxy Statement   
                                     
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
                                             
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

In accordance with its written charter, the Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for assisting the Board to fulfill its 
oversight of the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and internal controls, the Company’s compliance with legal 
and  regulatory  requirements,  the  independent  auditors’  qualifications  and  independence,  and  the  performance  of  the 
Company’s internal audit function and independent auditors. It is the responsibility of the Company’s management to prepare 
the Company’s financial statements, develop and maintain adequate systems of internal accounting and financial controls, 
facilitating the internal audit intended to evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s financial and operating 
internal control systems. 

BDO  USA,  LLP  (“BDO  ”),  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  2017  (the  independent 
auditors), was responsible for performing independent audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and internal 
control over financial reporting and issuing an opinion on the conformity of those audited financial statements with generally 
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control  over  financial  reporting.  The  independent  auditors  also  review  the  Company’s  interim  financial  statements  in 
accordance with applicable auditing standards. 

In evaluating the independence of BDO, the Audit Committee has (i) received the written disclosures and the letter from 
BDO required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the 
audit  firm’s  communications  with  the  Committee  concerning  independence,  and  (ii)  discussed  with  BDO  the  firm’s 
independence from the Company and management. The Audit Committee has concluded that BDO was independent from 
the Company and its management. The Audit Committee has reviewed with the independent auditors and the Company’s 
internal auditors the overall scope and specific plans for their respective audits, and the Committee regularly monitored the 
progress  of  both  in  assessing  the  Company’s  compliance  with  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  including  their 
findings, required resources and progress. 

In 2017, the Audit Committee held eight meetings. At every regular quarterly meeting, the Committee reviews the results of 
the independent auditor’s examinations, their evaluations of the Company’s internal controls, and the overall quality of the 
Company’s  accounting  and  financial  reporting.  Following  the  regular  quarterly  meeting,  the  Audit  Committee  meets 
separately  with  the  independent  auditors,  without  management  present,  and  also  meets  separately  with  the  Company’s 
management. In addition, from time-to-time the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent internal audit firm. 

The Audit Committee met with management and the independent auditors and discussed the fair and complete presentation 
of  the  Company’s  financial  statements.  The  Committee  also  discussed  and  reviewed  with  the  independent  auditors,  all 
communications  required,  including  those  described  in  Auditing  Standards  No.  16,  “Communications  with  Audit 
Committees,”  as  adopted  by  the  PCAOB.  The  Audit  Committee  discussed  significant  accounting  policies  applied  in  the 
financial statements, as well as alternative treatments. Management represents that the consolidated financial statements have 
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  and  the  Committee  reviewed  and  discussed  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements with both management and the Company’s independent auditors. 

Relying  on  the  foregoing  reviews  and  discussions,  the  committee  recommended  to  the  Board,  and  the  Board  approved, 
inclusion of the audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2017, for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

The foregoing report is provided by the undersigned members of the Audit Committee. 

Elisha W. Finney, Chairperson 
Timothy J. O’Shea 
Clinton H. Severson 

The material in this report is not deemed soliciting material or filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any general
incorporation language in those filings. 

-18- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                                    
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL ONE—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Each of our current directors was elected or appointed to serve on the Board for a term ending at the 2018 annual meeting of 
stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or 
removal. Each nominee for election at the Annual Meeting, if elected, will serve for a one-year term ending at the 2019 
annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier 
death, resignation or removal. 

The name of each current member of the Board (each of which is a nominee for election to the Board, except for David A. 
Gollnick) and his or her age as of the Record Date, principal occupation and length of service on the Board are as follows: 

Name 

Age 

Principal Occupation 

   Director Since 

James A. Reinstein ....................................   
J. Daniel Plants, Chairperson(1) .................   

David B. Apfelberg, M.D. (1) .....................   

Gregory A. Barrett(1)(3)(4) ...........................   

Elisha W. Finney(2)(4) .................................   

53 
51 

76 

64 

56 

  President and Chief Executive Officer 
  Managing Partner, Voce Capital 

Management LLC 

  Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery, 
Stanford University Medical Center 
  Former President and Chief Executive 

Officer, DFINE, Inc.  

  Former Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial Officer, Varian Medical 
Systems 

2017 
2015 

1998 

2011 

2017 

David A. Gollnick  .................................... 
(not nominated for re-election to the 
Board) (5) 

54 

  Former Vice President of North American 

1998 

Sales and Former Executive Vice 
President of Research and Development, 
Cutera, Inc. 

Timothy J. O’Shea(2)(3) ..............................   
Clinton H. Severson(2)(3)(4) .........................   

65 
70 

  Former Managing Director, Oxo Capital     
  President and Chief Executive Officer, 

2004 
2015 

Abaxis, Inc. 

(1)   Member of the Compensation Committee. 
(2)   Member of the Audit Committee. 
(3)   Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 
(4)   Member of the Enterprise Risk Committee.  
(5)    The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved, a
resolution that all directors other than our Chief Executive Officer be independent as defined by NASDAQ listing
rules. Accordingly, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee did not re-nominate Mr. Gollnick for 
election to the Board in 2018.  

-19- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                                      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Director Biographies 

James A Reinstein has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since January 2017. 
Prior to joining Cutera, Mr. Reinstein served as the Chief Executive Officer of Drawbridge Health Inc., a joint venture of GE 
Ventures and GE Healthcare. Prior to Drawbridge, Mr. Reinstein was the Chief Executive Officer of Aptus Endosystems 
from 2012 until its acquisition by Medtronic in 2015. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Reinstein was the Executive Vice President 
and Chief Commercial Officer of Cyberonics, Inc. Prior to Cyberonics, Mr. Reinstein held a variety of management positions 
of increasing responsibility within Boston Scientific Corporation from 1990 to 2007, including Vice President and Regional 
Head of an Asian business unit and Country Director of Boston Scientific de Mexico. Mr. Reinstein holds a BBA in Marketing 
from University of Georgia. We believe Mr. Reinstein’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his prior education and 
training, leadership qualities, and over 25 years’ executive experience in managing companies in the medical device industry. 

J. Daniel Plants was appointed Chairperson of the Company's Board of Directors in October 2016 and has been a member 
of the Board since January 2015. Mr. Plants also serves on the Compensation Committee of the Board. Mr. Plants has been 
Managing Partner of Voce Capital Management LLC since 2009. Prior to founding Voce Capital Management, Mr. Plants 
held a number of positions at leading Wall Street firms, including executive roles in investment banking at Goldman Sachs 
and JPMorgan Chase, and as a corporate attorney with Sullivan & Cromwell. Mr. Plants co-founded The Bay Area Urban 
Debate League and served as its Vice Chairman from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Plants holds a Juris Doctorate degree from University 
of Michigan Law School and an undergraduate degree from Baylor University. We believe Mr. Plants’ qualifications to serve 
on our Board include his substantial experience as a strategic advisor and corporate attorney, as well as his role as the founder 
of a successful investment management firm and status as a significant Company stockholder, which bring valuable skills 
and perspective to the Board in the areas of finance, capital markets, strategy and corporate governance. 

David B. Apfelberg, M.D. has served as a member of our Board since November 1998. Since 1980, Dr. Apfelberg has held 
various roles  at  the  Stanford University  Medical  Center,  and  currently  serves  as  an  Adjunct  Clinical Professor of Plastic 
Surgery. Since 1987, Dr. Apfelberg has also been a consultant for entrepreneurs and venture capital companies in the areas 
of medical devices and medicine. From June 1991 to May 2001, Dr. Apfelberg was Director of the Plastic Surgery Center in 
Atherton, California. Dr. Apfelberg is the author of five books on lasers in medicine and is a founding member and past 
president of the American Society for Lasers in Medicine and Surgery. Dr. Apfelberg holds a B.M.S., Bachelor of Medical 
Science, and an M.D. from Northwestern University Medical School. We believe Dr. Apfelberg’s qualifications to serve on 
our Board include his medical expertise, understanding of our products, and his knowledge of the aesthetics market generally. 

Gregory A. Barrett has served as a member of our Board since October 2011. Mr. Barrett also serves on the board of Aqua 
Medical, Inc. From September 2013 to October 2016, Mr. Barrett was the President and Chief Executive Officer of DFINE, 
Inc., a private medical device company that was acquired by Merit Medical. Mr. Barrett was the Chairperson, President and 
Chief Executive Officer of BÂRRX Medical, Inc., a private medical device manufacturer and distributer of products to treat 
gastrointestinal diseases that was acquired by Covidien. Prior to joining BÂRRX Medical in February 2004, from January 
2001 through August 2003, Mr. Barrett served as President and Chief Executive Officer of ACMI Corporation, a developer 
of medical visualization and energy systems; Group Vice President at Boston Scientific Corporation; Vice President, Global 
Sales  and  Marketing  at  both  Orthofix  Corporation  (formerly  American  Medical  Electronics)  and  Baxter  Healthcare.  Mr. 
Barrett holds a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Texas, Austin. We believe Mr. Barrett’s qualifications to serve on 
our Board include his more than 38 years of diverse experiences in the medical device industry, including time spent serving 
as president and Chief Executive Officer of several medical device companies. Mr. Barrett has held various Board positions 
with Softscope Medical, BaroSense, Monteris Medical (currently Chairman of the Board and member of the Compensation 
Committee), as well as Board positions with the companies in which he was employed. 

-20- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Elisha  W.  Finney  has  served  on  our  Board  since  October  2017.  Ms.  Finney  also  serves  on  the  board  of  Nanostring 
Technologies, iRobot Corporation, ICU Medical, and Mettler-Toledo International, Inc., and previously served as a director 
of Altera Corporation, Thoratec, and Laserscope. Ms. Finney spent the previous 29 years with Varian Medical Systems in 
positions of increasing responsibility, including serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until her 
retirement  in  2017.  At  Varian,  Ms.  Finney’s  management  responsibilities  included  corporate  accounting;  corporate 
communications and investor relations; internal audit; risk management; tax and treasury, and corporate information systems. 
Ms. Finney was named vice president, finance and Chief Financial Officer of Varian Medical Systems in April, 1999, Senior 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2005, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2012. She 
joined Varian as risk manager in 1988. Prior to joining Varian, Ms. Finney was with the Fox Group in Foster City, California 
and Beatrice Foods in Chicago, Illinois. She holds a B.A. degree in risk management and insurance from the University of 
Georgia as well as an MBA degree from Golden Gate University in San Francisco. We believe Ms. Finney’s impressive 
business leadership skills and experience in building and running global financial organizations will bring valuable expertise 
and perspective to the Board. 

David A. Gollnick (not nominated for re-election to the Board) has served as a member of our Board since our inception in 
August 1998. From September 2014 to present, Mr. Gollnick has consulted with the Company in various functions, including 
research and development, clinical development and other management support matters. From February 2014 to June 2014, 
he held the position of Vice President of North American Sales for the Company. From March 2009 to December 2014, Mr. 
Gollnick consulted with the Company regarding product development, clinical, sales and marketing support as needed. Mr. 
Gollnick served as our EVP of Research and Development from April 2007 to March 2009 and as Vice President of Research 
and Development from August 1998 until April 2007. From June 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Gollnick held the position of Vice 
President of Research and Development at Coherent Medical Group, a unit of Coherent Inc. Mr. Gollnick holds a B.S. in 
Mechanical  Engineering  from  Fresno  State  University.  We  believe  Mr.  Gollnick’s  qualifications  to  serve  on  our  Board 
include his technical experience in researching and developing products for the aesthetic medical equipment industry and his 
understanding of our employees, products and operations. 

Timothy J. O'Shea has served as a member of our Board since April 2004. Mr. O'Shea was with OXO Capital from 2008 to 
2014 serving as managing director. From 1995 to 2008, he served in a variety of management positions at Boston Scientific, 
including Corporate Vice President of Business Development from 2000 to 2008. Mr. O'Shea currently acts as an advisor to 
several medical device companies. Mr. O'Shea holds a B.A. in history from the University of Detroit. We believe Mr. O'Shea's 
qualifications  to  serve  on  our  Board  include  his  corporate  marketing  knowledge  as  well  as  his  diverse  experience  in  the 
medical device industry working for a large medical device company. 

Clinton  H.  Severson  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  Board  since  January  2015.  He  is  presently  the  Chairperson,  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  President  of  Abaxis,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of  portable  blood  analysis  systems.  Mr.  Severson  also 
currently serves on the Board of Trinity Biotech and was a member of the Board of Response Biomedical Corporation until 
they were acquired. From February 1989 to May 1996, Mr. Severson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of 
MAST Immunosystems, Inc., a privately-held medical diagnostics company. We believe Mr. Severson’s qualifications to 
serve on our Board include his more than 40 years of experience as an executive in the medical and biotechnology industries. 

For terms beginning with our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Board nominated David B. Apfelberg, Gregory A. 
Barrett, Elisha W. Finney, J. Daniel Plants, Timothy J. O’Shea, James A. Reinstein and Clinton H. Severson for re-election 
as directors. The nominees were recommended to the Board by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The 
Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  recommended  to  the  Board  that  all  directors  other  than  our  Chief 
Executive  Officer  be  independent  as  defined  by  NASDAQ  listing  rules.  Accordingly,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate 
Governance Committee did not nominate David A. Gollnick for re-election to the Board. The Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee considered the experience, qualifications, attributes, independence and skills of each nominee, as 
well as each director’s past performance on our Board. 

Board of Directors’ Recommendation 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” EACH OF THE SEVEN NOMINEES 
FOR DIRECTOR LISTED ABOVE. 

-21- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL TWO—RATIFICATION OF BDO USA, LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Audit Committee of the Board has selected BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) as the Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm to perform the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2018. 
BDO audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

The  Board  is  asking  the  stockholders  to  ratify  the  selection  of  BDO  as  the  Company’s  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm for 2018. Although not required by law, by rules of NASDAQ, or by the Company’s bylaws, the Board is 
submitting  the  selection  of  BDO  to  the  stockholders  for  ratification  as  a  matter  of  good  corporate  practice.  Even  if  the 
selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in its discretion may select a different Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests of the Company and its 
stockholders. 

We have requested that representatives of BDO be present at the Annual Meeting. They will have an opportunity to make a 
statement if they desire to do so and will be available to respond to appropriate questions from the Company’s stockholders. 

Board of Directors’ Recommendation 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  THAT  YOU  VOTE  FOR  THE  RATIFICATION  OF  THE 
SELECTION  OF  BDO AS  THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING FIRM 
FOR 2018. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

To help ensure the independence of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, the Audit Committee has adopted 
a  policy  for  the  pre-approval  of  all  audit  and  non-audit  services  to  be  performed  for  the  Company  by  its  Independent 
Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm.  Pursuant  to  this  policy,  all  audit  and  non-audit  services  to  be  performed  by  the 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee 
may delegate to one or more of its members the authority to grant the required approvals, provided that any exercise of such 
authority is presented to the full Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting. 

All of the services provided by BDO described in the table below were approved by the Audit Committee. 

The aggregate fees incurred by the Company for audit and non-audit services in 2017 and 2016 were as follows: 

Service Category 

2017 

2016 

BDO USA LLP: 

Audit Fees(1) ..........................................................................................................   $
Audit-Related Fees ...............................................................................................   $
Tax Fees ................................................................................................................   $
Non-Audit Fees(2)..................................................................................................   $
Total BDO USA LLP ....................................................................................   $

970,371     $
—     $
—     $
27,000     $
997,371     $

513,821  
—  
—  
—  
513,821  

(1)  In  accordance  with  the  SEC’s  definitions  and  rules,  audit  fees  are  comprised  of  billed  and  unbilled  fees  for
professional services related to the audit of financial statements and internal control over financial reporting for the
Company’s 2017 and 2016 fiscal years as included in the annual report on Form 10-K; and the review of financial 
statements for interim periods included in the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q within those years.  

(2)  This  category  consists  of  fees  for  services  rendered  related  to  Internal  Revenue  Code,  Section  382  and  383

compliance to support the audit and financial statement disclosure. 

-22- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
                              
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL THREE—NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

General 

As required pursuant to Section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board is asking you to approve, on an 
advisory and non-binding basis, the executive compensation programs and policies and the resulting 2017 compensation of 
our  Named  Executive  Officers  listed  in  the  2017  Summary  Compensation  Table  on  page  42  (our  “Named  Executive 
Officers”) as described in this proxy statement. 

This proposal, commonly known as a “say-on-pay” proposal, gives our stockholders the opportunity to express their views 
on  our  Named  Executive  Officers’  compensation  as  a  whole.  This  vote  is  not  intended  to  address  any  specific  item  of 
compensation or any specific Named Executive Officer, but rather the overall compensation of all of our Named Executive 
Officers and the philosophy, policies and practices described in this proxy statement. Because the vote is advisory, the result 
will not be binding on our Compensation Committee and it will not affect, limit or augment any existing compensation or 
awards. The say-on-pay vote will, however, provide information to the Compensation Committee and our Board regarding 
investor sentiment about our executive compensation philosophy, policies and practices, which they will take into account 
when considering future compensation arrangements. Our Board and the Compensation Committee value the opinions of our 
stockholders and to the extent there is any significant vote against the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as 
disclosed  in  this  proxy  statement,  they  will  consider  our  stockholders’  concerns  and  the  Compensation  Committee  will 
evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns. 

We recommend that you read the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and compensation tables and also consider the 
factors below in determining whether to approve this proposal. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives 

Our Compensation Committee reviews the compensation of our Named Executive Officers and strikes a balance between 
fixed  base  pay  and  pay-for-performance  (“PFP”)  programs  that  tie  compensation  directly  to  specific  business  goals  and 
management objectives. Our Compensation Committee designed our executive compensation program to support our near-
term financial and strategic objectives and promote the long-term growth of our Company. 

Our compensation philosophy is to ensure that our compensation programs: 

support our key financial and strategic goals and relate to our corporate performance; 
align the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our stockholders; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ●  provide  a  total  compensation  package  that  is  competitive  and  enables  us  to  attract,  motivate,  reward  and  retain

   ● 

   ● 

talented executive officers and employees; 
are based, in large part, on PFP principles, such that changes in our revenue, operating results, product launches, and
stock price, all significantly affect the compensation of our Named Executive Officers; and 
remain competitive so that we can continue to retain, attract, motivate, and reward key employees whose knowledge,
skills and performance are necessary for our continued growth and success. 

We believe the compensation of our executive officers and employees should reflect our performance as an organization, and 
their performance as individuals, in attaining key financial and operating objectives established by our Board. In addition, 
we strive to promote an ownership mentality among our employees, including our executive officers, which we believe is 
best achieved through our equity incentive program and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Also, as our Company matures 
and we lay the foundation for longer term growth and sustained profitability, we endeavor to conserve our cash resources. 
To that end, one important aspect of our overall compensation philosophy is to set base salaries that are competitive relative 
to the companies in our compensation Peer Group, in addition to equity and performance-based incentive compensation, 
which we believe best aligns the interests of our employees and our stockholders. 

-23- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Key Features of Our Executive Compensation Program  

WHAT WE DO 
 Pay for Performance: We link the cash compensation of 

our executive officers to our performance and 
stockholder interests by heavily weighting their target 
total cash compensation opportunities to the 
achievement of strong financial performance tied to a 
balanced mix of pre-established performance measures 
and long-term equity awards that align their interests 
with those of our stockholders. 

 Independent Compensation Advisor: The Compensation 
Committee selects and engages its own independent 
advisor to benchmark compensation at reasonable 
intervals.  

 Stock Ownership Guidelines: Our Named Executive 

Officers and the non-employee members of our Board 
are subject to stock ownership guidelines equal to a 
multiple of their respective annual base salaries (3x for 
our Chief Executive Officer and 1x for other Named 
Executive Officers and members of senior management) 
or Board service retainers (3x for directors). 

WHAT WE DON’T DO 

☒ No Special Perquisites or Benefits: We do not ordinarily 
provide special perquisites or other personal benefits to 
our executive officers, such as company cars*, club 
memberships, supplemental executive retirement plans 
or supplemental executive health benefits. 

*We provide our sales executives with a car allowance 
given their extended use of a vehicle other than simply 
commuting to and from the office in Brisbane. 

☒ No Guaranteed Bonuses: We do not provide guaranteed 

minimum bonuses. Bonuses are contingent on the 
achievement of key strategic Company goals.  

☒ No multi-year employment contracts for any executive or 

employee. 

 Competitive and market based compensation: We pay fair 
and reasonable compensation that allows us to attract, 
motivate, retain and reward the key employees whose 
knowledge, skills and performance are necessary for our 
future growth and success.  

Fiscal Year 2017 Compensation Overview 26 

When designing our fiscal year 2017 executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee considered the program 
philosophy and objectives set forth above and the intense competition for executive talent within the medical device industry 
and the broader high-tech industry in Silicon Valley, California. On July 12, 2017, Ronald J. Santilli resigned as our Chief 
Financial Officer and Sandra A Gardiner was engaged as our consultant Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Gardiner joined our 
Company full time as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective December 1, 2017. Included in our 
Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  below  is  a  discussion  relating  to  our  named  executive  officers  for  2017:  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  Mr.  Reinstein;  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Ms.  Gardiner;  Former  interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  (until 
January 9, 2017) and Former Chief Financial Officer (until July 12, 2017), Mr. Santilli; and other Named Executive Officers, 
Larry  E.  Laber,  Executive  Vice  President  of  North  America  Sales,  and  Miguel  A.  Pardos,  Executive  Vice  President, 
International Sales. Mr. Pardos resigned from his position at the Company effective February 28, 2018. The Compensation 
Committee’s overall objective is to compensate our Named Executive Officers in a manner that attracts and retains the caliber 
of individuals needed to manage and staff a demanding and high-growth business in the rapidly evolving, innovative and 
competitive medical device industry. 

For a detailed discussion about our compensation philosophy, policies and practices, and other corporate governance policies, 
see the section titled “Executive Compensation” below. 

Summary of the Key Features of our 2017 Executive Compensation Program.  

   ●  Our Named Executive Officers are compensated with a base salary (cash), incentive cash commissions/bonuses,

equity awards, non-equity incentives, and other customary employee benefits. 

-24- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   ●  The compensation of our Named Executive Officers is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee, and

adjustments are made to reflect performance-based factors and competitive conditions. 

   ●  We evaluate and reward our Named Executive Officers based on the comparable industry specific and general market
compensation  for  their  respective  positions  in  the  Company,  and  an  evaluation  of  their  contributions  to  the
achievement of short-and long-term organizational goals. 

   ●  Our Compensation Committee engages an outside compensation consultant to review our executive compensation
programs on an “as needed” basis, in comparison to a peer group of companies (the “Peer Group”), and recommend
modifications at reasonable intervals when warranted. 

   ●  Our  Named  Executive  Officers  have  Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreements  (“COC  Agreements”)  and,
except for these arrangements, we do not have employment agreements with any of our Named Executive Officers. 
   ●  We have stock ownership guidelines equal to a multiple of their respective annual base salaries (3x for our Chief

Executive Officer and 1x for other Named Executive Officers). 

We  believe  that  the  information  provided  above  and  within  the  Executive  Compensation  section  of  this  proxy  statement 
demonstrates that our executive compensation program has been designed appropriately and is working to ensure our Named 
Executive Officers’ interests are aligned with our stockholders’ interests to support long-term value creation. Accordingly, 
we ask our stockholders to vote “FOR” the following resolution at the Annual Meeting: 

“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the Company’s named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 
402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative 
discussion, is hereby APPROVED.”  

Consistent with the preference of our stockholders, as reflected in the advisory vote on the frequency of future say-on-pay 
votes conducted at our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Board has adopted a policy providing for annual advisory 
votes on the compensation of the Named Executive Officers. 

Board of Directors’ Recommendation 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” THE ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) 
VOTE APPROVING THE COMPENSATION OF THE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. 

-25- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CURRENT NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Set forth below is certain information as of the Record Date, concerning our current Named Executive Officers. 

Name 
James A. Reinstein .........................................    
Sandra A. Gardiner ........................................    
Larry E. Laber ................................................    

Age 
53 
52 
47 

Position(s) 

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
   Executive Vice President Sales, North America 

James A Reinstein has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since January 9, 
2017. Prior to joining Cutera, Mr. Reinstein served as the Chief Executive Officer of Drawbridge Health Inc., a joint venture 
of  GE  Ventures  and  GE  Healthcare.  Prior  to  Drawbridge,  Mr.  Reinstein  was  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Aptus 
Endosystems from 2012 until its acquisition by Medtronic in 2015. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Reinstein was the Executive 
Vice  President  and  Chief  Commercial  Officer  of  Cyberonics,  Inc.  Prior  to  Cyberonics,  Mr.  Reinstein  held  a  variety  of 
management positions of increasing responsibility within Boston Scientific Corporation from 1990 to2007, including Vice 
President and Regional Head of an Asian business unit and Country Director of Boston Scientific de Mexico. Mr. Reinstein 
holds a BBA in Marketing from University of Georgia. 

Sandra A. Gardiner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 1, 2017. Before assuming the position as 
Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Gardiner performed the duties of the Chief Financial Officer on an interim consulting basis since 
July 2017. Prior to joining Cutera, Ms. Gardiner served as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer with Tria 
Beauty, Inc., a medical device manufacturer of laser based aesthetic devices. Prior to that, in a career that spans over 27 years, 
Ms.  Gardiner  held  roles  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Vermillion  and  Lipid  Sciences,  as  well  as  three  privately  held 
companies: Asante Solutions, Aptus Endosystems, and Ventus Medical. Ms. Gardiner holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in 
Management  Economics  from  the  University  of  California,  Davis  and  began  her  career  with  Advanced  Cardiovascular 
Systems. 

Larry E. Laber has served as our Executive Vice President, North American Sales since September 2014. Prior to joining 
Cutera, Mr. Laber spent 12 years at Cynosure, a manufacturer of laser and other light-based aesthetic treatment systems, 
where  he  spent  his  last  four  years  as  the  Executive  Director  of  Sales  for  North  America.  Mr.  Laber  holds  a  B.S.  in 
Communications from California State University, Northridge. 

-26- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis explains our executive compensation philosophy and programs, the decisions 
the Compensation Committee of our Board made under those programs during fiscal year 2017 and the factors considered in 
making those decisions. The Compensation Committee has the principal responsibility for establishing, implementing and 
continually monitoring adherence to our compensation philosophy and objectives. The Compensation Committee’s duties 
include evaluating the performance and advising the Board on the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, and setting 
the compensation of our other executive officers. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis focuses on the compensation 
of our Named Executive Officers for 2017: 

James A. Reinstein, President and Chief Executive Officer 

   ● 
   ●  Sandra A. Gardiner, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
   ●  Larry E. Laber, Executive Vice President, North American Sales 
   ●  Miguel A. Pardos, Executive Vice President, International Sales(1) 
   ●  Ronald J. Santilli, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until July 12, 2017(2) 

(1)  Mr. Pardos resigned from his position as Executive Vice President, International Sales effective February 28, 2018,

however served in this capacity throughout 2017. 

(2)  Mr. Santilli resigned from his position as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer effective July 12, 2017.
His employment with the Company terminated effective October 13, 2017. Mr. Santilli also served as the Interim
Chief Executive Officer briefly in 2017 until Mr. Reinstein’s appointment on January 9, 2017. Due to his role as the
Chief Financial Officer during 2017, he is required to be identified as a named executive officer for 2017. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives 

For our Compensation Committee’s compensation philosophy and objectives relating to the compensation of our Named 
Executive Officer, please refer to Proposal Five above. 

Financial Highlights for 2017 

We are a global medical device company focused on the design, development, manufacture and commercialization of laser 
and other energy-based aesthetic systems for practitioners worldwide. We sell systems, system upgrades, hand pieces, hand 
piece refills and other disposable products, and distribute third-party manufactured skincare products. In addition, we have a 
recurring service business that includes the selling of post-warranty service contracts, parts, hand piece replacements, and 
generating revenue from the servicing of products that are out of warranty. 

Fiscal year 2017 was a year of continued investment in our business, which resulted in record annual revenue of $151.5 
million. Highlights of key achievements are as follows: 

   ●  Our research and development team delivered a new “hands free” version of the truSculpt® system with six 40 cm2 
RF  applicators.  In  hands-free  mode,  the  system  is  capable  of  treating  patients  quicker  and  more  efficiently  than
existing  body  contouring  technologies.  The  R&D  team  has  also  spent  a  considerable  effort  enhancing  product
performance and reliability.  
Increased investments in sales and marketing over the recent two to three years in recruiting an industry trained,
proven commercial leadership team, expanding the number of our direct sales professionals, and enhancing our sales
and marketing efforts, all of which resulted in improved revenue growth and profitability. 

   ● 

   ●  Regulatory approvals: In 2017, our regulatory team achieved an expanded FDA indication for the three wavelength
enlighten®III system allowing marketing of the 670 nm wave length for the removal of blue and green tattoo inks
in the United States. We also received Medical Device Licenses allowing the system to be sold in Canada, South
Korea and Taiwan for the first time. The enlighten®III is now cleared, registered, approved, or able to be imported 
for  sale  in  most  regulatory  jurisdictions.  Our  radio-frequency  (“RF”)  technology  based  truSculpt®  system  is 
designed  for  non-invasive  body  contouring.  We  registered  the  truSculpt®  3D  proprietary  name  with  FDA,  and
changed to an in-motion glide treatment protocol improving treatment efficacy. Additionally, we obtained clearance
from the FDA to market a “hands free” version of the truSculpt® system with six 40 cm2 RF applicators which we
expect to commercially launch in 2018. 

   ●  Revenue  increased  28%  for  the  full  year  to  a  record  $151.5  million,  including  51%  growth  in  North  American

systems revenue. This was our third consecutive year of year-over-year revenue growth over 20%. 

-27- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   ●  Cash generated by operations: $14.3 million, including a one-time $4 million benefit related to our facility lease

cancellation in the third quarter of 2017. 

   ●  Stock Repurchase: In 2017, we repurchased $35.2 million of our common stock through our stock repurchase plan. 

Our financial and operational success translated into superior long-term stock price growth for the benefit of our stockholders. 
In 2017, our Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”)(1) was 160% as our stock price improved from $17.45 at the close of trading 
on January 3, 2017 to $45.35 at the close of trading on December 29, 2017. 

(1)  (TSR is calculated as (Price @ end – Price @ beginning +Dividends)/ Price @ beginning).  

Corporate Governance Highlights 

We  endeavor  to  maintain  good  corporate  governance  standards  consistent  with  our  executive  compensation  policies  and 
practices. The following policies and practices were in effect during 2017: 

   ● 

Independent directors oversee each of our Board’s sub-committees. As discussed in greater detail above, we have 
the following subcommittees: 

-  Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that reviews and makes recommendations on matters
concerning corporate governance, Board composition, identification, evaluation and nomination of director 
candidates; 

-  Audit  Committee  that  oversees  our  accounting  and  financial  reporting  processes  and  the  audits  of  our

financial statements; 

-  Compensation Committee that establishes executive compensation and administers our equity plans; and 
-  Enterprise  Risk  Committee  that  oversees  the  Company’s  management  of  key  risks  and  the  guidelines,

policies and processes for monitoring and mitigating such risks.(1) 

(1)  Established by the Board of Directors on February 13, 2018. 

   ●  The Compensation Committee conducts an annual review and approval of our compensation strategy. We ensure
that  our  compensation  practices  remain  current  with  market  conditions  by  having  them  reviewed  by  our
compensation consultant from time to time. Our compensation philosophy and related corporate governance features
are  complemented  by  several  elements  that  are  designed  to  align  our  executive  compensation  with  long-term 
stockholder interests. The following is a summary of the key features of our compensation program. 

WHAT WE DO 
  Pay for Performance: We link a significant portion of the cash 

compensation of our executive officers to 
corporate performance and stockholder interests by heavily 
weighting their target total cash compensation opportunities to 
the achievement of strong financial performance tied to a 
balanced mix of pre-established performance measures and 
long-term equity awards that align their interests with those of 
our stockholders. 

WHAT WE DON’T DO 

☒ 

No Special Perquisites or Benefits: We do not ordinarily 

provide special perquisites or other personal benefits to our 
executive officers, such as company cars*, club memberships, 
supplemental executive retirement plans or supplemental 
executive health benefits. 

* 

We provide our sales executives with a car allowance given their 
extended use of a vehicle other than simply commuting to and 
from the office in Brisbane. 

  Independent Compensation Advisor: The Compensation 

Committee selects and engages its own independent advisor to 
benchmark compensation at reasonable intervals.  

☒ No Guaranteed Bonuses: We do not provide guaranteed 

minimum bonuses. Bonuses are contingent on the achievement 
of key strategic Company goals.  

☒ No multi-year employment contracts: We do not provide multi-
year employment contracts for any executive or employee. 

  Stock Ownership Guidelines: Our executive officers and the 

non-employee members of our Board of Directors are subject 
to stock ownership guidelines equal to a multiple of their 
respective annual base salaries (3x for our Chief Executive 
Officer and 1x for other Named Executive Officers) or Board 
retainers (3x cash retainer for board service for directors). 
  Competitive and market based compensation: We pay fair and 
reasonable compensation that allows us to attract, motivate, 
retain and reward the key employees whose knowledge, skills 
and performance are necessary for our future growth and 
success.  

-28- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
Compensation Committee’s Roles and Responsibilities  

Role of the Compensation Committee and its Consultant in Setting Executive Compensation 

The Compensation Committee establishes compensation for our Named Executive Officers to ensure consistency with market 
compensation rates for similar positions, our compensation philosophy and corporate governance guidelines. In determining 
total  compensation  for our Named  Executive  Officers,  the  Compensation  Committee  aligns  management  incentives with 
long-term value creation for the Company’s stockholders. 

Compensation Committee Members 

The members of the Compensation Committee are appointed by our Board. The chairperson of the committee is Gregory A. 
Barrett and the other members are David B. Apfelberg, M.D. and J. Daniel Plants. Jerry P. Widman was a member of the 
Compensation Committee until his retirement from our Board on August 16, 2017, at which time Mr. Plants was appointed 
by the Board to the Compensation Committee. Each member of the Compensation Committee is an “outside director” for 
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Exchange Act Rule 
16b-3,  and  satisfies  the  independence  requirements  imposed  by  NASDAQ.  Jerry  P.  Widman,  also  a  member  of  the 
Compensation  Committee  until  his  retirement,  continued  to  meet  the  requirements  for  independence  for  compensation 
committee members under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations, including Rule 10C-1 under the 
Exchange Act until his resignation on August 16, 2017. 

Compensation Committee Charter 

The Compensation Committee establishes the compensation for our Named Executive Officers and administers our Equity 
Incentive Plans, which are currently the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2004 Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan. The Compensation Committee has a written charter, which can be found on our website (www.cutera.com) 
in the Investor section, under the Corporate Governance tab. 

Duties of the Compensation Committee 

The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee include: 

(i)  Establishing the following for our Named Executive Officers and such other executive officers as appropriate: 

(b)  annual base salary; 
(c)  annual incentive bonus, which may include the setting of specific goals and target amounts; 
(d)  equity compensation; 
(e)  agreements for employment, severance and change-of-control payments and benefits; and 
(f)  any other benefits, compensation or arrangements, other than benefits generally available to our employees. 

(ii)  Reviewing and making recommendations to our Board, at such intervals as may be decided by the Compensation

Committee from time to time, regarding: 

(a)  general  compensation  goals  and  guidelines  for  our  employees  and  the  criteria  by  which  bonuses  and  stock

compensation awards to our employees are determined; and 

(b)  other policies and plans for the provision of compensation to our employees, directors, and consultants. 

-29- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(iii) Acting as Administrator of our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, 2004 Employee Stock Purchase

Plan and any other equity compensation plans adopted by our Board; 

(iv) Reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to policies relating to the issuance of equity

incentives to employees, directors and consultants; 

(v)  Evaluating the compensation of the independent members of our Board; and 

(vi) Preparing the report that follows this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. 

Compensation Consultant  

The Compensation Committee engages a compensation consultant periodically based on the need for additional guidance 
resulting from changes in our Named Executive Officers’ roles and responsibilities, our corporate profile relative to our peers 
(e.g.,  market  capitalization,  annual  revenue,  profitability,  etc.),  Named  Executive  Officer  turnover,  and  other  factors  as 
determined  by  our  Compensation  Committee.  Beginning  in  2011,  the  Compensation  Committee  engaged  Compensia,  an 
independent compensation consultant, periodically to advise on various compensation matters related to both our Named 
Executive Officers, the Board of Directors, as well as non-Named Executive Officer management compensation matters. 

In 2016 and 2017 in connection with the Company’s development of recommended pay levels and structures for our Named 
Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee instructed Compensia to perform the following activities: 

   ●  Evaluate and develop groups of public companies that would be suitable to use as Peer Groups; 
   ●  Gather competitive market data with respect to the compensation of both directors and executive officers of the Peer

Groups and at comparably sized/valued companies in the broader technology and life science markets; 

   ●  Assess elements of our Named Executive Officers’ compensation including base salary, target bonus, target total
cash compensation and annual equity grant values relative to the practices at the Peer Groups and in the broader
market; and 

   ●  Review and provide input to the Compensation Committee on the Company’s recommended adjustments for cash-
based and equity-based compensation for our Directors and Named Executive Officers, including pay levels and pay 
structures (such as short- and long-term variable compensation components). 

Role of our Executives in Setting Compensation 

In developing the compensation of the Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee meets with members of our 
management  team,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and  other  management  employees  as 
required. The purpose of these meetings is primarily to gather financial data, obtain their input on proposed compensation 
programs,  establish  mechanisms  for  implementing  and  monitoring  incentive  and  performance  targets,  and  gather  other 
information on practices and packages for our Named Executive Officers, other employees, and directors. 

Management may make recommendations to the Compensation Committee on some or all components of compensation. The 
Compensation Committee considers, but is not bound to, and does not always accept, management’s recommendations with 
respect  to  these  matters.  The  Compensation  Committee  has  the  ultimate  authority  to  make  decisions  with  respect  to  the 
compensation  of  our  Named  Executive  Officers  and  does  not  delegate  any  of  its  compensation  functions  to  others.  The 
Compensation Committee determines the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, without any recommendation from 
management. 

Competitive Positioning 

In  developing,  reviewing,  and  approving  the  annual  compensation  for  our  Named  Executive  Officers,  the  Compensation 
Committee, with the assistance of its compensation consultant, develops and maintains the Peer Groups of public companies 
from which to gather competitive market data. In November 2016 in connection with the development of our 2017 Named 
Executive Officer compensation levels, the Compensation Committee approved the following set of selection criteria for 
determining the companies to comprise the compensation Peer Group in 2017 as follows: 

(i)  U.S.-based companies with a primary focus on health care equipment and supplies; 
(ii)  Annual revenue generally between 0.5 times to 2.0 times of Cutera; and 
(iii) Market capitalization generally between 0.5 times to 2.5 times of Cutera. 

-30- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This set of selection criteria led the independent compensation consultant to revise the then-existing Peer Group in November 
2016 to include the following companies in our Peer Group: 

AtriCure 
Atrion Corporation 

BIOLASE 
Cardiovascular Systems 
CryoLife 
Cynosure 

Derma Sciences 
Entellius Medical 
Exactech 
IRIDEX 
LeMaitre Vascular 
Photomedex 

SeaSpine Holdings 

SurModics 
Syneron Medical Ltd. 
Tandem Diabetes Care 

Vascular Solutions 
Zeltiq Aesthetics 

In  October  2017,  in  connection  with  the  development  of  additional  compensation  assessments  that  the  Compensation 
Committee  requested  related  to  (a)  Director  compensation,  (b)  our  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  total  equity  compensation 
allocation  in  2017,  and  (c)  our  2018  Named  Executive  Officer  compensation  levels,  the  Compensation  Committee,  after 
consulting with Compensia, updated the Peer Group again based on the selection criteria referenced above to include the 
following companies:  

Derma Sciences 
Endologix 
Entellius Medical 
Exactech 
Glaukos 
Intersect ENT 
iRhythm Technologies 
LeMaitre Vascular 
NanoString Technologies 
Sientra 

SurModics 

Syneron Medical 

Vascular Solutions 
Zeltiq Aesthetics 

Accuray 
AtriCure 
Atrion Corporation 

Cardiovascular Systems 

CryoLife 
Cynosure 

Executive Compensation Actions 

Effective July 12, 2017, Ronald J. Santilli, our then Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer resigned from his 
role as Chief Financial Officer, and the Company retained Sandra A. Gardiner as its consulting Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company  while  the  Company  conducted  a  search  for  a  permanent  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Ms.  Gardiner  became  the 
Company’s permanent Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective December 1, 2017. Included in our 
Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“CD&A”)  below  is  a  discussion  relating  to  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Mr. 
Reinstein, our Chief Financial Officers during fiscal year 2017, Mr. Santilli and Ms. Gardiner, and the other two Named 
Executive Officers - Mr. Laber, Executive Vice President, North American Sales, and Mr. Pardos, Executive Vice President, 
International Sales (Mr. Pardos served throughout 2017 and resigned from the Company effective February 28, 2018). 

In 2017, our Compensation Committee, after consultation with the Committee’s compensation consultant, re-evaluated the 
compensation of some of our Named Executive Officers and recommended the following modifications to their compensation 
arrangements, which our Board approved: 

1)  Cash Compensation  

a)  At Mr. Reinstein’s appointment to the role of Chief Executive Officer effective January 9, 2017, his annual base
salary was set at $500,000 and he is not entitled to receive any board compensation during the period of his
employment. Mr. Reinstein was also eligible to participate in the Company’s 2017 Management Bonus Program
and his target bonus percentage was equal to 70% of his base salary. 

b)  Ms. Gardiner joined the Company on a consulting basis while the Company conducted a search for a permanent
Chief  Financial  Officer  on  July  12,  2017.  Ms.  Gardiner  became  the  Company’s  permanent  Executive  Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer effective December 1, 2017. While serving as a consultant from July 12, 
2017 until her appointment as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer on December 1, 2017, Ms.

-31- 

Proxy Statement  
  
                 
  
                                                
  
  
  
  
                 
  
  
                                                
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Gardiner was paid at an hourly rate of $410 per hour and was not eligible for any additional compensation, nor
benefits  typically  provided  to  employees.  Upon  her  permanent  appointment  as  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Ms.
Gardiner’s annual base salary was set at $350,000. Also, beginning with her appointment as the Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer on December 1, 2017, Ms. Gardiner was also eligible to participate in the
Company’s 2017 Management Bonus Program and her target bonus percentage was equal to 50% of her base
salary. 

c)  Mr. Santilli’s base salary and target bonus were revised as of Mr. Reinstein’s hiring (January 9, 2017) from his 
compensation during the period he served dual roles as Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer (August 15, 2016 through January 8, 2017) of $600,000 and 70%, respectively, to $367,000 and 50%
respectively, to reflect the change in his role from the dual role of Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, to the role of Chief Financial Officer. 

d)  Mr.  Laber’s  base  salary  was  increased  effective  July  1,  2016  from  $400,000  to  $475,000  and  his  variable 
commission compensation target bonus was revised as well, to compensate him at varying amounts based on
the growth rate of North American revenue as compared to 2016. The increase in base pay was provided to
reward Mr. Laber for the 56% rate of revenue growth that the Company achieved in North America in the first
half of 2016, compared to 2015. 

e)  Mr.  Pardos’  base  salary  remained  unchanged  at  $251,000.  Mr.  Pardos’  variable  commission  compensation
target bonus was revised as well, to compensate him at varying amounts based on the growth rate of International
revenue as compared to 2016. 

2)  Equity Grants.  Equity grants to our Named Executive Officers by our Board in fiscal year 2017, based on the

recommendations of the Compensation Committee, were as follows: 

a)  At Mr. Reinstein’s appointment to the role of Chief Executive Officer effective January 9, 2017, he was granted
total equity awards with grant date fair value of $682,937. The awards included an annual equity award valued
at $501,200, comprised equally of restricted stock units and performance stock units, as well as an initial equity
award valued at $181,737 in the form of a stock option award. Additionally, in 2017, after consultation with the
Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, and in an effort to bring Mr. Reinstein’s compensation to
a level commensurate with the 50th percentile of the Company’s revised peer group, as well as to recognize the
performance of the Company and the increased shareholder value built since Mr. Reinstein became the Chief
Executive Officer, the Board awarded Mr. Reinstein a special equity award on December 15, 2017 with a grant
date fair value of $4,740,000. 

b)  Upon Ms. Gardiner’s appointment to the role of Chief Financial Officer effective December 1, 2017, she was
granted equity awards with a grant date fair value of $598,027. Ms. Gardiner was granted an initial equity award
with  a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $501,520,  with  approximately  50%  of  the  value  comprised  of  an  award  of
restricted stock units, and approximately 50% of the value comprised of an award to purchase stock options.
Ms. Gardiner was also granted an additional equity award of restricted stock units with a grant date fair value
of $96,506 in recognition of Ms. Gardiner’s contributions to the achievement of certain performance metrics
related to performance stock units granted to other members of the senior management team. 

c)  Mr. Santilli was granted a total equity award valued at $501,200 in fiscal year 2017, compared to $784,997 in 
fiscal year 2016. The fiscal year 2017 award was comprised of an annual equity award with a grant date fair 
value of $501,200, which represented 63.8% of his fiscal year 2016 grant value, and was comprised equally of 
restricted stock units and performance stock units. 

d)  Mr. Laber was granted equity awards with a grant date fair value of $486,500 in fiscal year 2017, compared to 
$293,458 in fiscal year 2016. The fiscal year 2017 awards included an annual equity award with a grant date 
fair value of $358,000, comprised equally of restricted stock units and performance stock units, as well as a 
mid-year equity award with a grant date fair value of $128,500 in the form of restricted stock units.  The grant 
date fair value of equity awarded to Mr. Laber in 2017 represented 166% of his fiscal year 2016 grant value. 
e)  Mr. Pardos was granted equity awards with a grant date fair value of $250,600 in fiscal year 2017, compared 
to $486,500 in fiscal year 2016. The fiscal year 2017 awards included an annual equity award with a grant date 
fair value of $250,600, comprised equally of restricted stock units and performance stock units.  The grant date 
fair value of equity awarded to Mr. Pardos in 2017 represented 52% of his fiscal year 2016 grant value. 

2)  Established the Performance Goals for the PSUs granted. The goals established are detailed below in the section

titled "Equity Incentive Compensation." 

The  Compensation  Committee  concluded  that  the  changes  to  the  compensation  of  our  Named  Executive  Officers 
strengthened the alignment of their interests with those of our stockholders, were sufficient to maintain competitiveness with 
the executives in comparable positions at the companies in our Peer Group, promoted retention and achieved the motivation 

-32- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and continuity desired. Further, the Compensation Committee also took into consideration the fact that, consistent with our 
compensation objectives, the equity awards granted increased our Named Executive Officers’ stake in the Company, thereby 
reinforcing their incentive to manage our business as owners and subject a significant portion of their total compensation to 
fluctuations in the market price of our common stock in alignment with stockholder interests. 

Compensation Components 

Our Named Executive Officers are compensated with cash, equity and non-equity incentives, and other customary employee 
benefits. 

Cash Compensation 

Cash compensation consists of: 

   ●  Base salary; 
   ●  Participation  in  a  discretionary  Management  Bonus  Program  for  non-sales  employees  (“Management  Bonus 

Program”); 

   ●  Sales Commission Plan that pays for year-over-year revenue growth; 
   ●  Participation in a profit-sharing plan(1) for non-sales employees; and 
   ●  An auto allowance to sales employees to compensate them for using their personal automobiles for business purposes
and a housing allowance for Mr. Pardos given that he resides in a foreign country away from his home. 

(1)  Beginning in 2018, employees that participate in the Company’s Management Bonus Program are not eligible to

participate in the Company profit-sharing plan. 

Our cash compensation goals for our Named Executive Officers are based upon a myriad of principles, including: 

   ●  Total cash compensation should generally be set at or above the 50th percentile of the Peer Group; 
   ●  Base salary should reflect the individual’s experience, performance and potential; 
   ●  A significant portion of cash compensation should be contingent on the achievement of key targets and be “at risk;”
   ●  The  amount  of  bonuses  payable  to  non-sales  employees  should  be  based  on  corporate  performance  measures
established by the Compensation Committee that align the bonus payment with the achievement of specified annual 
operating goals intended to enhance long-term stockholder value; and 

   ●  The  amount  of  sales  commissions  payable  for  any  quarter  to  sales  employees  should  be  based  on  the  degree  of

achievement of revenue growth targets compared with the prior year, and other relevant criteria. 

Base Salary and Total Target Cash Compensation 

Total target cash compensation for our Named Executive Officers in 2017 included their annual base salary, annual target 
bonus/sales commission opportunity (described below) and annual profit-sharing payments. 

a)  Upon his appointment as Chief Executive Officer effective January 9,2017, Mr. Reinstein’s base salary and target
bonus participation rate for his role as Chief Executive Officer was set at $500,000 and 70%, respectively for 2017.
In addition, Mr. Reinstein earned $17,687 in profit sharing in fiscal year 2017. 

b)  Ms. Gardiner joined the Company on a consulting basis while the Company conducted a search for a permanent
Chief Financial Officer on July 12, 2017. Ms. Gardiner became the Company’s permanent Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer effective December 1, 2017. While serving as a consultant from July 12, 2017 until her
appointment as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer on December 1, 2017, Ms. Gardiner was paid
at an hourly rate of $410 per hour. Upon her permanent appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Gardiner’s
annual  base  salary  was  set  at  $350,000.  Ms.  Gardiner  was  also  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  2017 
Management Bonus Program. Ms. Gardiner’s target bonus percentage was equal to 50% of her base salary. Ms.
Gardiner was not eligible to participate in Company profit sharing in fiscal year 2017 because she was not employed
for an entire quarter in 2017. 

c)  As of Mr. Reinstein’s hiring effective January 9, 2017, Mr. Santilli’s base salary and target bonus were revised to
$367,000 and 50% respectively, to reflect the change in his role from the dual role of Interim Chief Executive Officer 
and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  the  role  of  Chief  Financial  Officer.  For  the  period  of  August  15,  2016  through
December 31, 2016, Mr. Santilli’s base salary and his target bonus participation rate were increased to $600,000 and

-33- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
70%, respectively, which reflected his dual role as Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In
addition, Mr. Santilli earned $6,620 in profit sharing in fiscal year 2017. 

d)  Mr. Laber’s base salary was increased effective July 1, 2016 from $400,000 to $475,000 and his variable commission
compensation target bonus was revised based on the revenue growth rate in North America as compared to the prior
year. The actual sales commission earned by Mr. Laber for fiscal year 2016, based on the revenue growth that the 
Company succeeded in achieving in his territory, was $561,808. In addition, Mr. Laber was paid $16,289 for an auto
allowance  and  his  401(k)  employer  matched  contribution.  Sales  employees  are  not  eligible  to  participate  in  the
Company’s profit sharing program. 

e)  Mr.  Pardos’  base  salary  remained  unchanged  at  the  equivalent  of  $251,000  and  his  variable  target  commission
compensation payments was based on the revenue growth rate in International as compared to the prior year. The
actual sales commission earned by Mr. Pardos for fiscal year 2016, based on the revenue growth that he succeeded
in  achieving  for  his  territory,  was  $211,604.  In  addition,  Mr.  Pardos  was  paid  $72,023  for  an  auto  and  housing
allowance. Sales employees are not eligible to participate in the Company’s profit sharing program. 

Discretionary Management Bonus Program  

In addition to base salary, we provided Mr. Reinstein, Ms. Gardiner, and Mr. Santilli a cash bonus under our Management 
Bonus Program in 2017. The cash bonuses payable were determined quarterly based on the Company’s performance for the 
then-preceding quarter. Payments under the Management Bonus Program are made quarterly and are at the discretion of our 
Compensation Committee. 

Our Executive Vice President of North America Sales and our Executive Vice President, International Sales do not participate 
in the Management Bonus Program, nor the Profit Sharing Program, but are entitled to earn commissions and bonuses based 
on a variable commission plan that is historically based on our sales and sales growth. 

Target Bonus Opportunities 

For 2017, the target cash bonuses were designed to reward our Named Executive Officers based on the Company’s overall 
financial performance and were established after the Compensation Committee consulted with the compensation consultant. 
As in prior years, the Compensation Committee determined that the target cash bonus for the non-sales Named Executive 
Officer should be determined as a percentage of their base salary. The target bonus opportunity is reviewed annually by the 
Compensation Committee and is based on several factors, including the scope of the Named Executive Officers’ performance, 
contributions, responsibilities, experience, prior years’ target cash bonus and market conditions. 

In 2017, the Compensation Committee established the target bonus opportunity for Mr. Reinstein and Ms. Gardiner at 70% 
and  50%  respectively,  and  maintained  the  target  bonus  opportunity  for  Mr.  Santilli  at  50%  of  his  base  salary  until  his 
separation from the Company effective October 13, 2017. 

Corporate Performance Measures 

For  2017,  based  on  recommendations  from  the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Board  maintained  for  2017  the  corporate 
performance measures for determining the bonuses payable to the non-sales Named Executive Officers as follows:  

1)  Revenue achievement against the budgeted amount; ................................................................................  
2)  Operating profit against the budgeted amount (on a GAAP basis, minus one-time, non-recurring 

expenses and benefits); and .......................................................................................................................  
3)  New product revenue (enlighten®III) against a specified targeted amount. .............................................  

35 % 

35 % 
30 % 

The Board believed that these corporate performance measures continue to align the bonus payment with the achievement of 
the Company’s annual operating goals and enhancing long-term stockholder value creation. Operating Profits was measured 
on  a  GAAP  basis  (minus  any  one-time,  non-recurring  expenses  and  benefits)  and  compared  against  the  Board-approved 
budgeted amount. Additionally, the Compensation Committee decided that performance related to a specific product launch 
(enlighten®III) would further align non-sales executive bonuses with corporate objectives given the breadth of corporate 
functions required to successfully launch a new or enhanced product. 

The Compensation Committee weighted each performance measure as set forth above, such that the given percentage of the 
bonus was “at risk” based on the level of achievement of the specific performance measure. Performance achievement of 
each of the specific performance measures was based on a sliding scale with the potential for “over-achievement” capped at 
200% as set forth in the tables below: 

-34- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Total Revenue and Operating Profit Goals 
Achievement Vs 
Budget 

Bonus Rate 
Payable 

Below 90%: 
= / > 90% to 100%: 
=100%: 
>100% to 110% 
>110% to 125% 
>125% to 140% 
>140%: 

0% 
70% to 100% Slope 
100% 
100% to 125% Slope 
125% to 150% Slope 
150% to 200% Slope 
Capped at 200% 

enlighten® III Revenue Goal 

Achievement Vs 
Budget 

Below 90%: 
= / > 90% to 100%: 
=100%: 
>100% to 125% 
>125% to 150% 
>150% to 200% 
>200%: 

Bonus Rate 
Payable 

0% 
70% to 100% Slope 
100% 
100% to 125% Slope 
125% to 150% Slope 
150% to 200% Slope 
Capped at 200% 

Each  fiscal  quarter,  we  evaluated  the  Company’s  performance  against  these  performance  measures  and  applied  the 
appropriate  scale  based  on  quarterly  achievement.  Because  we  paid  our  bonuses  on  a  quarterly  basis  against  an  annual 
performance measure, quarterly bonuses were paid on an estimated basis with a “true up” as to actual at the end of 2017. 

For fiscal year 2017, the cash bonus opportunity, and the amount actually earned by non-sales Named Executive Officers, 
was as follows: 

Non-Sales Named Executive Officers 

Annual Cash 
Bonus  
Opportunity(1)     

Annual Cash 
Bonus Paid for 
2017 

Mr. Reinstein ....................................................................................................................   $ 
Ms. Gardiner ....................................................................................................................   $ 
Mr. Santilli .......................................................................................................................   $ 
___________________ 

350,000     $
14,583     $
152,917     $

350,189  
14,902  
137,312  

(1)  The Annual Cash Bonus Target and the Annual Cash Bonus Paid for each of the quarters in 2017 was based on the
corporate performance measures and the target bonus percentage that each was entitled to, per the Management
Bonus Program as applicable for each of the quarters.  

Profit-Sharing Program 

We  have  a  profit  sharing  program  for  our  Named  Executive  Officers  and  other  non-sales  employees  pursuant  to  which 
quarterly cash payments are made. Target profit-sharing payments are calculated based upon half of the quarterly pre-tax 
Adjusted  Operating  Profit  percentage  (pre-tax  Adjusted  Operating  Profit  divided  by  revenue)  multiplied  by  the  Named 
Executive Officers’ gross salary earned during that quarter. 

In 2017, Mr. Reinstein earned $17,687 in profit sharing payments; Mr. Santilli earned $6,620 in profit sharing payments. Ms. 
Gardiner was not eligible to participate in Company profit sharing in fiscal year 2017 because she was not employed for an 
entire quarter in 2017. 

Beginning in 2018, employees that participate in the Company’s Management Bonus Program are not eligible to participate 
in the Company profit-sharing plan. 

Sales Commission Plan  

In 2017, the Compensation Committee reviewed the sales commission plans for Named Executive Officers Mr. Laber and 
Mr. Pardos. They determined that year-over-year revenue growth continues to be a very critical factor for the future success 
of the Company, and that the compensation of the sales executives should reflect their performance as individuals in driving 
and achieving revenue growth for the Company. Further, the Compensation Committee determined that establishing rates 
that would incentivize our sales executives to grow revenue is in the best interest of the Company and ultimately  of our 
stockholders as revenue growth has a demonstrated correlation to improved stock performance. 

-35- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Sales commissions payable for any quarter are based on the degree of achievement of revenue growth, compared with the 
prior year. For 2017, the Compensation Committee established Mr. Laber’s and Mr. Pardos’ sales commission based on the 
Company’s revenue growth rate year-over-year. The commission payable to each of Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos, was varied 
and dependent on tiers of revenue growth compared to the prior year, as set forth in the matrix below: 

Mr. Laber  

Mr. Pardos 

2017 & 2018 Commission Matrix 

2017 & 2018 Commission Matrix 

Growth % 

Payout amount 

Growth % 

Payout amount 

0%    $ 
10%    $ 
20%    $ 
30%    $ 
40%    $ 
50%    $ 
60%    $ 
70%    $ 

100,000           
200,000        
350,000           
475,000           
600,000           
725,000           
850,000           
975,000           

0%    $ 
10%    $ 
20%    $ 
30%    $ 
40%    $ 
50%    $ 
60%    $ 
70%    $ 

100,000  
200,000  
300,000  
400,000  
500,000  
600,000  
700,000  
800,000  

For fiscal year 2017, the cash commission actually earned by Mr. Pardos and Mr. Laber was as follows: 

Sales Named Executive Officers 
Mr. Laber ...............................................................................................................................................   $ 
Mr. Pardos ..............................................................................................................................................   $ 

Annual Cash 
Commission Paid  
for 2017 

767,389  
199,847  

Long-Term Incentive Program 

We  believe  that  equity-based  compensation  promotes  and  encourages  long-term  successful  performance  by  our  Named 
Executive  Officers  that  is  aligned  with  the  organization’s  goals  and  the  generation  of  stockholder  value.  Our  equity 
compensation goals for our Named Executive Officers are based upon the following principles: 

   ●  Stockholder and Named Executive Officer interests should be aligned; 
   ●  Key and high-performing employees, who have a demonstrable impact on our performance or stockholder value,

should be compensated in this manner; 

   ●  The program should be structured to provide meaningful retention incentives to participants; 
   ●  The equity awards should reflect each individual’s experience, performance, potential and be comparable to the Peer

Group awards for the respective position; and 

   ●  Actual awards should be tailored to reflect individual performance and attraction/retention objectives. 

Equity Incentive Compensation 

Under our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options, stock appreciation 
rights,  restricted  shares,  restricted  stock  units  (RSUs),  performance  stock  awards  (PSUs),  and  other  stock  or  cash-based 
awards as determined by the Board. Under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we grant options to our 
executive officers, directors and employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair 
market value of such stock on the date of grant. The grant date for stock options to our employees, Named Executive Officers 
and directors is typically the date that the Board meets and approves the grant or an approval is sought via a unanimous 
written consent. Prior to fiscal year 2017, we granted annual merit and performance-based grants, on or around June 1st of 
each year. However, with effect from 2016, we began granting annual equity awards to Named Executive Officers and certain 
members of management in January of each year, with a vest date of January 1. Our non-employee directors are granted 
RSUs annually on the date of our Annual Meeting of Stockholders that vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date. 
Aside from our annual equity awards practices, in 2017 the Compensation Committee of the Board implemented a practice 
whereby equity awards to employees would be awarded once each quarter (the 15th day of March, June, September, and 
December) with the grant date fair value to be calculated as of the date of the award. 

-36- 

Proxy Statement  
        
  
     
  
  
        
  
     
  
  
        
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
     
     
  
        
         
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our Compensation Committee awarded the following equity awards to our Named Executive Officers in fiscal year 2017:  

Stock  
Option  
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities  
Underlying 
Options 

   Grant Date      

Number of  
Performance 
Share Unit  
Awards for  
Target 
Performance 
– 
Shares(6) 

Base Price 
of  
RSU & PSU 
Awards;  
Exercise 
Price 
of Option 
Awards 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
of  
All Equity 
Award 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Unit 
Awards -
Shares 

Names 

Mr. Reinstein ......................    01/09/2017 
  01/09/2017 
   12/15/2017 

30,000 (1)   

14,000(3)  

100,000(4)  

14,000    $ 
    $ 
    $ 

17.90    $
501,200  
181,737  
17.90    $
47.40    $ 4,740,000  
    $ 5,422,937  

Ms. Gardiner ......................    12/15/2017 
  12/15/2017 

16,005 (2)   

7,157(5)  

--    $ 
    $ 

47.40    $
47.40    $
    $

339,242  
258,785  
598,027  

Mr. Laber ...........................    01/09/2017 
  08/03/2017 

10,000(3)  
5,000  

10,000    $ 
    $ 

17.90    $
25.70    $
    $

358,000  
128,500  
486,500  

Mr. Pardos ..........................    01/09/2017 

7,000(3)  

7,000    $ 

17.90    $

250,600  

Mr. Santilli(7) ......................    01/09/2017 

14,000(3)(7)  

--    $ 

17.90    $

250,600  

(1)  One-fourth of the award vests on the first anniversary of January 9, 2017 (the date Mr. Reinstein assumed his role 

with the Company), and 1/48th of the shares in the award vest each month thereafter.  

(2)  One-fourth of the award vests on the first anniversary of December 1, 2017 (the date Ms. Gardiner assumed her 

role with the Company), and 1/48th of the shares in the award vest each month thereafter.  

(3)  One-third  of  the  shares  underlying  this  award  vest  on  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversary  of  the  vesting 

commencement date of January 1, 2017. 

(4)  The shares underlying this award vest as follows: 15%, 15%, 25%, and 45% of the shares vest on the first, second, 

third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date of December 15, 2017, respectively. 

(5)  This share total is comprised of two separate awards. With respect to the first award, 5,121 shares, one-fourth of 
the award vests on each of the first four anniversaries of December 1, 2017 (the date Ms. Gardiner assumed her 
role with the Company). The second award, 2,036 shares, vests on December 15, 2018.  

(6)  The  PSU  awards  reflect  the  number  of  shares  of  stock  that  actually  vested  on  January  1,  2018,  based  on  the 
achievement  of  each  of  the  performance  targets  discussed  below.  The  actual  number  of  shares  that  vested  on 
January 1, 2018, represents 100% of the awarded shares due to achievement of all performance targets. 

(7)  Ronald J. Santilli resigned from his position as Chief Financial effective as of July 12, 2017. Due to his role as the 
Chief Financial Officer during the 2017 year, he is required to be identified as a named executive officer for the 
2017 year. None of the shares in the table awarded to Mr. Santilli vested because he was no longer employed at 
the vesting date. All of the shares awarded to Mr. Santilli in 2017 have been returned to the Amended and Restated 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Performance Stock Unit Awards:  

In January 2017, our Board, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, granted Performance Stock Unit 
(PSU) awards to our Named Executive Officers and other members of management, and established the performance metrics. 
The number of PSUs awarded to the Named Executive Officers resulted in a varying number of shares of common stock that 
vested on January 1, 2018 based on the achievement of the specified, binary performance metrics set forth below, and subject 
to  the  recipient  continuing  to  provide  service  to  the  Company  through  the  vesting  date.  The  PSU  awards  represent  the 
aggregate number of shares that could have been earned from achievement of the performance metrics approved by the Board. 

-37- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
        
  
      
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
        
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
        
  
      
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
        
        
  
      
  
                                  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Performance Metric 

Weighting of Goal 

(1)  Commencement of commercial shipments of the next generation truSculpt® product; 
and  .............................................................................................................................................. 
(2)  Commencement of commercial shipments of a new consumable product feature on the 
next generation truSculpt® product. ........................................................................................... 

50% 

50% 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock that actually vested for our Named Executive Officers 
on January 1, 2018, based on the achievement of the two performance criteria: 

Number of Shares of Common Stock that Vested on January 1, 2018 

Name 
Mr. Reinstein ...................................................................................................     
Mr. Laber ........................................................................................................     
Mr. Pardos .......................................................................................................     
Mr. Santilli ......................................................................................................   

If Minimum  
Thresholds 
are Not Met 

At 100% of  
Target  
Performance  

—      
—      
—      
__      

14,000  
10,000  
7,000  
14,000(1)  

(1)  Ronald J. Santilli resigned from his position as Chief Financial effective as of July 12, 2017. Due to his role as the
Chief Financial Officer during the 2017 year, he is required to be identified as a named executive officer for the
2017 year. None of the shares in the table awarded to Mr. Santilli vested because he was no longer employed as of
the vesting date. All of the shares awarded to Mr. Santilli in 2017 have been returned to the Amended and Restated 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Benefits 

We provide the following benefits to our Named Executive Officers generally on the same basis as the benefits provided to 
all employees. These benefits are consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies 
with which we compete for employees: 

   ●  Health, dental and vision insurance; 
   ●  Life insurance; 
   ●  Short-term and long-term disability insurance; 
   ●  401(k) plan with 25% employer matching contributions, capped at 6% of total employee eligible contributions; 
   ●  ESPP participation eligibility (see below); and  
   ●  Flexible Spending Accounts. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

We maintain a 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that provides eligible employees with the opportunity to purchase shares 
of our common stock at a 15% discounted price to the lower of the fair market value at either the beginning or the end of the 
applicable offering period. 

Post-Employment Compensation 

Except for COC Agreements, we do not have employment agreements with any of our Named Executive Officers. We have 
Change of Control and Severance Agreements with each of our Named Executive Officers. The purpose of these agreements 
is  to  provide  incentives  to  our  Named  Executive  Officers  to  continue  their  employment  with  the  Company  and  not  be 
distracted by the possibility of loss of employment as a result of an acquisition of the Company or for other reasons. For a 
summary  of  the  material  terms  and  conditions  of  these  COC  Agreements,  see  Potential  Payments  Upon  Termination  or 
Change in Control below. 

-38- 

Proxy Statement  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
                                 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation 

Section  162(m)  of  the  Code  generally  disallows  public  companies  a  tax  deduction  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of 
remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and each of the three other 
most  highly-compensated  executive  officers  in  any  taxable  year.  However,  remuneration  in  excess  of  $1  million  may 
generally be deducted if it is qualified performance based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. 
In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved 
stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-
employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied. 

The  Compensation  Committee  believes  that,  in  establishing  the  cash  and  equity  incentive  compensation  plans  and 
arrangements  for  our  executive  officers,  the  potential  deductibility  of  the  compensation  payable  under  those  plans  and 
arrangements should be only one of a number of relevant factors taken into consideration, and not the sole governing factor. 
For that reason, the Compensation Committee may deem it appropriate to provide one or more of our executive officers with 
the opportunity to earn incentive compensation, whether through cash incentive awards tied to our financial performance or 
equity incentive awards tied to the executive officer’s continued service, which may be in excess of the amount deductible 
by reason of Section 162(m) or other provisions of the Code. 

The Compensation Committee believes it is important to maintain cash and equity incentive compensation at the requisite 
level to attract and retain the individuals essential to our financial success, even if all or part of that compensation may not 
be deductible by reason of the Section 162(m) limitation. 

Stock options granted under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan are not subject to the deduction limitation; 
however, to preserve our ability to deduct the compensation income associated with stock options granted to such executive 
officers pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, our 2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan 
provides that no person may be granted option(s) to purchase more than 500,000 shares of Cutera common stock in any one 
fiscal year. However, in the fiscal year in which the person is hired, a person may be granted an option to purchase up to 
1,000,000  shares  of  Cutera  common  stock.  In  the  future,  the  Compensation  Committee  may,  in  its  judgment,  authorize 
compensation  payments  that  do  not  comply  with  an  exemption  from  the  deductibility  limit  when  it  believes  that  such 
payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent. 

-39- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation 

We follow Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”) for our stock-
based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment 
awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This 
calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive 
officers  may  never  realize  any  value  from  their  awards.  ASC  Topic  718  also  requires  companies  to  recognize  the 
compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to 
render service in exchange for the award. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

Our stockholders have approved each of our equity compensation plans, which are as follows: 

-  Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan; and 
- 

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). 

-40- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table provides information regarding the shares of Cutera common stock that may be issued upon the exercise 
of stock options, RSUs, PSUs, and the projected ESPP contributions under our equity compensation plans as of December 
31, 2017. 

Number of  
securities to be 
issued upon  
exercise of  
outstanding 
options, 
warrants 
and rights (a)     

Weighted- 
average 
exercise  
price of  
outstanding 
options,  
warrants and  
rights (b) 

Number of  
securities 
remaining 
available for  
future 
issuance 
under equity 
compensation 
plans 
(excluding 
securities 
reflected in 
column (a)) (c)   
2,153,845  
—  
2,153,845  

Plan category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders ..................     
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders .............     
Total ................................................................................................     

872,523    $ 
—      
872,523    $ 

9.53(1)     
—  
9.53(1)     

(1)  The weighted average exercise price does not take into account outstanding RSUs or PSUs, which have no exercise

price. 

Other Compensation Practices and Policies 

Stock Ownership Guidelines 

To  enhance  our  overall  corporate  governance  practices  and  executive  compensation  program,  our  Board  adopted  stock 
ownership  guidelines  for  our  executive  officers,  which  the  Compensation  Committee  intends  to  review  annually.  These 
guidelines are designed to align our executive officers’ interests with our stockholders’ long-term interests by promoting 
long-term ownership of our common stock, which our Board believes reduces the incentive for excessive short-term risk 
taking. These guidelines provide that, within five years of the later of the adoption of the guidelines (July 28, 2017) or his or 
her first date of employment, our Chief Executive Officer and our other Named Executive Officers must hold shares of our 
common stock having a value not less than three times and one time respectively of their annual salary. 

As of the Record Date, the current Named Executive Officers’ holdings and targeted guidelines were as follows:  

Stock Ownership 
as of April 23, 2018 
26,194 
 — 
36,844 

Minimum Stock 
Ownership  
Required(1) 
33,045(2) 
6,704(3) 
9,099 

Named Executive Officer 
Mr. Reinstein ........................................................................................   
Ms. Gardiner ........................................................................................   
Mr. Laber .............................................................................................   

(1)  Based on the closing stock price of $52.20 on April 23, 2018. 
(2)  Minimum stock ownership required by January 2022 
(3)  Minimum stock ownership required by December 2022 

Insider Trading Compliance Program  

According  to our Insider  Trading  Compliance Program,  no  employee  of  the  Company,  including, but not  limited  to, our 
executive officers and directors, may invest in derivatives of the Company’s securities. This prohibition includes, but is not 
limited to, trading in put or call options related to securities of the Company. 

-41- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
    
                                
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                                  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
2017 Summary Compensation Table 

The following table sets forth summary compensation information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015 for our Named Executive Officers. 

Name and Principal  
Position 

Salary 

     Bonus(1) 

Option  
Awards(2) 

Stock 
Awards(2) 

All Other  
Compensation    

Total 

James A. Reinstein, 

President and Chief 
Executive Officer 

2017 .............................    $ 

489,583     $ 

350,189     $ 

181,737     $ 

5,241,200     $ 

2,019 (3)    $  6,264,728   

Sandra A. Gardiner, 

Executive Vice President 
& Chief Financial Officer     
2017 .............................    $ 

Larry E. Laber, 

Executive Vice President 
Sales, North America 

29,167     $ 

14,902     $ 

258,785     $ 

339,242     $ 

—   

  $ 

642,095   

2017 .............................    $ 
2016 .............................      
2015 .............................      

475,000     $ 
437,500       
400,000       

767,389     $ 
561,808       
444,632       

—     $ 
16,458       
—       

486,500     $ 
277,000       
206,940       

14,775 (4)    $  1,743,664   
16,289 (4)      
1,309,055   
173,034 (4)      
1,224,606   

Miguel A. Pardos, 

Executive Vice President 
International 

2017 .............................    $ 
2016 .............................      
2015 .............................      

249,503     $ 
251,394       
251,550       

199,847     $ 
211,604       
281,337       

—     $ 
16,458       
—       

250,600     $ 
277,000       
60,280       

71,857 (5)    $ 
72,023 (5)      
72,446 (5)      

771,807   
828,479   
665,613   

Ronald J. Santilli, 

Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial 
Officer (7) 

2017 .............................    $ 
2016 .............................      
2015 .............................      

257,178     $ 
455,258       
358,229       

137,312     $ 
587,353       
308,824       

—     $ 
—       
—       

501,200     $ 
784,997       
295,372       

17,857 (6)    $ 
16,110 (6)      
11,894 (6)      

913,548   
1,843,718   
974,319   

(1)  The amounts reported in this column represent the bonus earned for each of the years covered in the table in accordance with 
our discretionary Management Bonus Program (see section above describing our discretionary Management Bonus Program) 
for our non-sales Named Executive Officers, and sales commissions and bonuses for Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos. 

(2)  The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted during each 
of the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 6 of the Consolidated Notes to 
Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the 
SEC on March 26, 2018 for a discussion of the valuation assumptions for stock-based compensation. 
(3)  Amounts represent vested 401(k) employer-match contributions in Mr. Reinstein’s first year of employment. 
(4)  Amounts represent an auto allowance, 401(k) employer-match contributions and a non-cash benefit associated with a Company 

sponsored, non-business event for achieving sales targets in accordance with our sales commission incentive plan. 

(5)  Amounts represent the combined value of a housing allowance and an auto allowance. 
(6)  Amounts represent 401(k) employer-match contributions and a non-cash benefit associated with a Company sponsored, non-

business event for achieving sales targets in accordance with our sales commission incentive plan. 

(7)  Mr. Santilli resigned as an officer of the Company effective July 12, 2017, and his employment with the Company terminated 
effective October 13, 2017, but 2017 amounts are reflective of all compensation he earned and/or received during the 2017 year. 

-42- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
       
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
       
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
       
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
       
  
                                 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table 

The following table lists grants of plan-based RSU and PSU awards made to our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2017. 

All 
Other  
Stock  
Awards: 
Number 
of  
Shares 
of  
Stock or 
   Threshold      Target     Maximum     
Units    
—  
—      
—       28,000  
—      100,000  

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Non-Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      

Name 

Grant  
Date 

Mr. Reinstein ................    01/09/2017     
   01/09/2017     
   12/15/2017     

All Other  
Option 
Awards:  
Number of 
Securities      
Underlying 

Options      

30,000    $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 

Base 
Price       

Grant 
Date  
Fair 
Value  
of  
Awards(1)  
17.90    $  181,737 
17.90    $  501,200 
47.40    $ 4,740,000 

of 
Awards(1)     

Ms. Gardiner ................    12/15/2017     
   12/15/2017     

Mr. Laber .....................    01/09/2017     
   08/03/2017     
Mr. Pardos ....................    01/09/2017     
Mr. Santilli ...................    01/09/2017     

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

—  
—      
—       7,157  

16,005    $ 
—    $ 

47.40    $  258,785 
47.40    $  339,242 

—       20,000  
—       5,000  
—       14,000  
—       28,000(2)      

—    $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 

17.90    $  358,000 
25.70    $  128,500 
17.90    $  250,600 
17.90    $  501,200 

(1)  The amounts reported in this column reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards calculated in accordance 
with ASC Topic 718. See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC on March 26, 2018 for a discussion 
of the valuation assumptions for our stock-based compensation. 

(2)  Ronald J. Santilli resigned from his position as Chief Financial effective as of July 12, 2017. Due to his role as the 
Chief Financial Officer during the 2017 year, he is required to be identified as a named executive officer for the 
2017  year.  None  of  the  shares  reflected  in  this  table  awarded  to Mr. Santilli  vested  because he  was  no  longer 
employed as of the vesting date. All of the shares awarded to Mr. Santilli in 2017 have been returned to the Amended 
and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 

-43- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
       
        
        
        
  
       
        
        
 
    
  
    
  
     
       
        
        
        
  
       
        
        
 
    
  
    
    
                               
  
  
  
  
 
 
2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table 

The following table lists the outstanding equity incentive awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 
2017. 

Option Awards 

Number of  
Securities  
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
Exercisable     
—      

Number of  
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
Unexercisable  

Option 
Exercise 
Price 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 
1/9/2024       

30,000(1)    $ 

17.90  

Name 
Mr. Reinstein  ....     

Stock Awards 

Market 
Value 
of Shares or 
Units of 
Stock 
that Have 
Not Vested   

Date 
Awards 
Will  
be Fully 
Vested 

Number of  
Shares or  
Units of  
Stock that  
Have Not  
Vested 

Ms. Gardiner .....     

—      

16,005(5)      

47.40   12/15/2024       

Mr. Laber ..........     

10,375      
1,563      

5,625(8)      
3,437(9)      

10.03   10/24/2021       
9/9/2023       
10.80  

Mr. Pardos (19) ....     

14,792      

10,208(16)      

9.97   7/25/2021       

14,000 (2)    $ 
1/1/2018  
14,000 (3)      
1/1/2020  
100,000 (4)       4,535,000   12/15/2021  

634,900  
634,900  

2,036 (6)      
5,121 (7)      

92,333   12/15/2018  
232,237   12/1/2021  

10,000 (2)      
10,000 (10)      
625 (11)      
7,800 (12)      
9,000 (18)      
3,750 (13)      
10,000 (14)      
5,000 (15)      

1/1/2018  
453,500  
453,500   9/11/2018  
28,344   12/31/2018  
6/1/2019  
353,730  
1/1/2020  
408,150  
170,063   10/28/2020  
1/1/2021  
453,500  
8/3/2021  
226,750  

7,000 (2)      
1,000 (17)      
2,000 (12)      
7,500 (3)      
3,750 (13)      
7,000 (14)      

317,450  

1/1/2018  
45,350   7/11/2018  
90,700  
6/1/2019  
1/1/2020  
340,125  
170,063   10/28/2020  
1/1/2021  
317,450  

Mr. Santilli(20) ....     

—      

—  

—  

—     

—   

—  

—  

(2) 

(1)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  each  of  these  stock  options  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting
commencement date of January 9, 2017 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. 
These PSU awards reflect the number of shares of stock that actually vested on January 1, 2018, based on the
achievement  of  each  of  the  performance  targets  discussed  above.  The  actual  number  of  shares  that  vested  on
January 1, 2018, represents 100% of the awarded shares due to achievement of all performance targets. 
(3)  One-third of the shares underlying each of these stock options vest on the first, second, and third anniversary of

(4) 

the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2016, respectively. 
15%, 15%, 25% and 45% of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary
of the vesting commencement date of December 15, 2017, respectively. 

(5)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  each  of  these  stock  options  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting 

(6) 

commencement date December 1, 2017 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. 
100% of the shares underlying this award vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date of
December 15, 2017. 

(7)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of December 1, 2017. 

-44- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
      
  
      
    
  
  
      
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
      
  
      
    
  
  
      
    
  
  
    
  
      
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
      
  
      
    
  
  
      
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
    
      
  
      
    
  
    
    
                                
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(8)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  each  of  these  stock  options  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting 
commencement date of October 24, 2014 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. 
(9)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  each  of  these  stock  options  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting
commencement date of September 9, 2016 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. 
(10)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of September 11, 2014. 

(11)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of December 31, 2014. 

(12)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  this  award  vest  on  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversary  of  the  vesting

commencement date of June 1, 2015. 

(13)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of October 28, 2016. 

(14)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of January 1, 2017. 

(15)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of August 3, 2017. 

(16)  One-fourth  of  the  shares  underlying  each  of  these  stock  options  vest  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting
commencement date of October 24, 2014 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. 
(17)  One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting

commencement date of July 11, 2014. 

(18)  10%, 20%, 30% and 40% of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary

of the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2016, respectively. 

(19)  Mr. Pardos resigned from the Company effective February 28, 2018 and all unvested shares at that time were 

returned to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 

(20)  Ronald J. Santilli resigned from his position as Chief Financial effective as of July 12, 2017. Due to his role as
the Chief Financial Officer during the 2017 year, he is required to be identified as a named executive officer for
the  2017  year.  Because  he  was  no  longer  employed  on  December  31,  2017,  Mr.  Santilli  did  not  have  any
outstanding equity awards at our fiscal year-end. All unvested shares awarded to Mr. Santilli as of Mr. Santilli’s
employment termination date (October 13, 2017) have been returned to the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity
Incentive Plan. 

-45- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
2017 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table 

The following table lists the stock options exercised by, and stock awards vested to, our Named Executive Officers in the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Name 
Mr. Reinstein ................................................................................      
Ms. Gardiner ................................................................................      
Mr. Laber .....................................................................................      
Mr. Pardos ....................................................................................      
Mr. Santilli ...................................................................................      

Number of 
Shares  
Acquired 
on 

Exercise      
—      
—      

Value 
Realized 
on Exercise     
—      
—      
14,000       $140,406      
45,000       $448,605      
91,395       $745,306      

Number of 
Shares  
Acquired 
on  
Vesting 

Value  
Realized  
Upon 
Vesting(1)    
—    
—    
22,011      $686,150    
12,336      $276,759    
45,010      $954,972    

—    
—    

(1)  The amounts reported in this column represent the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the vesting

date of each Named Executive Officer’s outstanding RSU awards. 

Pension Benefits 

We  did  not  sponsor  any  defined  benefit  pension  or  other  actuarial  plan  for  our  executive  officers,  including  our  Named 
Executive Officers, during 2017. 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our 
executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, during 2017. 

Employment Agreements 

Other than Change of Control and Severance Agreements discussed herein, we do not have employment agreements with 
any of our Named Executive Officers. 

-46- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
                                  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control 

Single Trigger: 

After consulting with Compensia, the Compensation Committee recommended that we enter into revised Change of Control 
(“COC”)  Agreements  with  each  of  our  Named  Executive  Officers.  These  revised  agreements  provide  that  if  a  Named 
Executive  Officer’s  employment  with  the  Company  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  “cause”  (as  defined  in  the 
applicable  COC  Agreement)  or  by  the  Named  Executive  Officer  for  “good  reason”  (as  defined  in  the  agreement)  not  in 
connection with a COC (either prior to three months before or after 12 months following a COC, as defined in the agreement) 
of the Company (commonly referred to as “single trigger”), the Named Executive Officer will receive, subject to signing a 
release of claims in favor of the Company, the following severance payment: 

Named Executive Officer 

Lump Sum Severance Payments 

Mr. Reinstein ..................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement 
Ms. Gardiner ...................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement 
Mr. Laber ........................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement 
Mr. Santilli1 ....................................    N/A 
Mr. Pardos2  ....................................    N/A 

Double Trigger  

These agreements also provide that if a Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company is terminated by the 
Company without “cause” or by the Named Executive Officer for “good reason” and such termination occurs within the 
period beginning three months before, and ending 12 months following, a COC of the Company and in connection with a 
COC (commonly referred to as “double trigger”), the Named Executive Officer will receive, subject to signing a release of 
claims in favor of the Company: 

(I)  A severance payment based on the annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such termination or, if greater, at the level in effect immediately 

prior to the COC, as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 

Lump Sum Severance Payments 

Mr. Reinstein ...................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement   
Ms. Gardiner ....................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement   
Mr. Laber .........................................    100% of base salary; 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year; and 12 months of COBRA reimbursement   
Mr. Santilli(5) ....................................    N/A 
Mr. Pardos(6) ....................................    N/A 

and 

(II)  Automatic vesting in full of all outstanding and unvested equity awards that solely vest on a time basis held by each Named Executive Officer as of 
the date of the COC. If, however, such equity awards are to vest and/or the amount of the awards to vest is to be determined based on the achievement
of performance criteria (e.g. PSU), then the equity awards are cancelled. 

The COC Agreements are for an initial term of three years, and will extend for an additional year unless the Company or the 
applicable  Named  Executive  Officer  provides  written  notice  at  least  60  days  prior  to  the  third  anniversary  of  the  COC 
Agreement. The COC Agreements of our Named Executive Officers expire as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 
Mr. Reinstein .............................................................................................................   
Ms. Gardiner .............................................................................................................   
Mr. Laber ..................................................................................................................   
Mr. Pardos .................................................................................................................   
Mr. Santilli ................................................................................................................   

COC Expiration Date 
January 9, 2020 
December 1, 2020 
September 8,2018 
N/A (resigned) 
N/A (resigned) 

For purposes of these agreements, “cause” means a Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment only upon: 

(i)  His or her willful failure to substantially perform his or her duties (subject to notice and a reasonable period to cure), other than a failure resulting 

from his or her complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment; 
(ii)  His or her willful act which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company; 
(iii)  His or her willful breach of a material provision of the agreement (subject to notice and reasonable period to cure); or 
(iv)  His or her knowing, material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company. 

1  Mr. Santilli resigned his employment with the Company effective October 13, 2017 at which time his Change of Control and Severance Agreement 

terminated. 

2  Mr. Pardos resigned his employment with the Company effective February 28, 2018 at which time his Change of Control and Severance Agreement 

terminated. 

-47- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
                                      
 
 
  
For purposes of these agreements, “good reason” means a Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment within 90 
days  following  the  expiration  of  any  cure  period  following  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  of  the  following,  without  his 
consent: 

(i)  a material reduction in his or her authority, duties, or responsibilities relative to duties, position or responsibilities in

effect immediately prior to such reduction; 

(ii)  a material reduction in his or her cash compensation as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or 
(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which he or she must perform services (in other words, the relocation
of the Named Executive Officer to a facility that is more than 50 miles from his or her then-current location). 

The following table lists our Named Executive Officers and the estimated payments and benefits that each of them would 
have received had their employment with the Company been  terminated without “cause” or had they resigned for “good 
reason” on April 23, 2018 not in connection with a change of control of the Company. 

Name 
Mr. Reinstein ....................................................................................................................   $
Ms. Gardiner ....................................................................................................................   $
Mr. Laber .........................................................................................................................   $
Mr. Pardos (resigned effective February 28, 2018) ..........................................................   $
Mr. Santilli (resigned effective October 13, 2017) ...........................................................   $

Estimated  
Total Value of 
Cash Payment     

850,189     $ 
350,000     $ 
1,242,389     $ 
--     $ 
--     $ 

Estimated 
Total Value 
of Health  
Coverage 
Continuation    
31,393  
9,780  
31,558  
--  
--  

The following table lists our Named Executive Officers and the estimated payments and benefits that each of them would 
have received had their employment with the Company been  terminated without “cause” or had they resigned for “good 
reason” in connection with a change of control of the Company on April 23, 2018. 

Name 
Mr. Reinstein ......................................................................................   $
Ms. Gardiner ......................................................................................   $
Mr. Laber ...........................................................................................   $
Mr. Pardos (resigned effective February 28, 2018) ............................   $
Mr. Santilli (resigned effective October 13, 2017) .............................   $

Estimated  
Total Value  
of Cash  
Payment 

Estimated  
Total Value of 
Health  
Coverage  
Continuation      

Value of  
Accelerated 
Equity(1) 

850,189    $ 
350,000    $ 
1,242,389    $ 
--    $ 
--    $ 

31,393    $ 
9,780    $ 
31,558    $ 
--    $ 
--    $ 

6,958,440   
735,901   
2,688,013   
--   
--   

(1)  We estimated the value of acceleration of the outstanding and unvested stock option and RSU awards (assuming paid at
100% of target) held by each of our Named Executive Officers based on a market price of $52.20 per share for Cutera
common  stock  at  close of  the  market on  April  23,  2018.  Awards  that  vest  based  on  the achievement  of  performance
criteria (e.g. PSUs) are cancelled. 

Severance payments upon termination or change in control would be payable to the recipient only if the Named Executive 
Officer signs and does not revoke a release of claims with the Company (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) 
and provided that such release of claims becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date. In 
addition, the Named Executive Officer would need to have complied and agreed to comply with the terms of any confidential 
information agreement executed by Named Executive Officer in favor of the Company and the provisions of the severance 
agreements. 

Chief Executive Officer Pay Ratio Disclosure 

Pursuant to Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we are providing the 
following  information  about  the  relationship  of  the  annual  total  compensation  of  our  employees  and  the  annual  total 
compensation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Mr.  James  A.  Reinstein:  For  2017,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  had  total 
compensation  of  $6,264,728,  as  reflected  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  at  page  42  of  this  proxy  statement.  We 
determined that our median employee’s annual total compensation was $99,901 for 2017. As a result, our Chief Executive 

-48- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
                                 
  
  
  
Officer’s  annual  total  compensation  for  2017  was  approximately  63  times  the  annual  total  compensation  of  our  median 
employee.  Our  median  employee  was  determined  using  all  employees  as  of  December  31,  2017,  exclusive  of  our  Chief 
Executive Officer. Wages and salaries were annualized for those employees that were not employed for the full year of 2017. 
Base salary and cash bonus or sales commission, as appropriate, were considered when determining the median employee. 
We elected not to include grant date fair value of equity awards in determining the median employee because we determined 
that equity was not granted widely enough throughout the organization, and could serve to artificially skew the analysis. All 
2017 compensation not paid in US dollars was converted to US dollars using the historic exchange rate made available by 
the Federal Reserve System of the U.S. as of December 31, 2017. All equity for our Chief Executive Officer was recorded at 
grant date fair value. 

We have elected to also disclose a supplemental ratio that excludes the grant date fair value of the non-standard equity award 
granted to our Chief Executive Officer in December 2017. Our Chief Executive Officer’s annual total compensation for 2017 
includes a non-recurring award of 100,000 restricted stock units that vest as follows: 15%, 15%, 25%, and 45% of the shares 
vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date (December 15, 2017), respectively. 
The award has a grant date fair value of $4,740,000. We do not generally make awards of this nature to our Chief Executive 
Officer annually, and none of the restricted stock or stock options granted to our Chief Executive Officer in 2017 has vested 
as of the date of this proxy statement. This is not expected to be a recurring award. This award was made after consultation 
with the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, Compensia, and was intended to address certain anomalies 
related to our Chief Executive Officer’s total compensation following recommended revisions to our Peer Group in October 
2017.  If  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  2017  equity  award  were  excluded,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  annual  total 
compensation for 2017 would have been approximately 15 times our median employee’s annual total compensation for 2017. 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT  

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  required  by  Item 
402(b) of SEC Regulation S-K with management. Based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee has 
recommended  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  be  included  in  Cutera’s  proxy 
statement. 

The foregoing report is provided by the undersigned members of the Compensation Committee. 

Gregory A. Barrett, Chairperson 
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. 
J. Daniel Plants 

(1)  The material in this report is not deemed soliciting material or filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by 
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any 
general incorporation language in those filings. 

-49- 

Proxy Statement  
   
  
  
  
                              
  
  
  
 
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since the beginning of our last fiscal year, to which we 
were a party or will be a party, in which: 

   ● 
   ● 

the amounts involved exceeded or are expected to exceed $120,000; and 
any  of  our  directors,  nominees  for  director,  executive  officers  or  beneficial  holders  of  more  than  5%  of  our
outstanding common stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these 
individuals or entities (each, a related party), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. 

Consulting Agreement  

We have a consulting agreement with Mr. Gollnick, a 2017 director of the Company, pursuant to which he is compensated 
for services that he provides to us, including product development, clinical sales and marketing support. Payments to Mr. 
Gollnick under this agreement in fiscal year 2017 were $153,400 plus travel expenses. The Company’s Audit Committee 
approved the extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting agreement through December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200 per hour for 
a maximum of 40 hours per week. Mr. Gollnick will no longer serve on the Board, as of the 2018 Annual Meeting. 

T3 Advisors 

The Company signed an agreement with a real estate firm, T3 Advisors, effective September 2017, to assist the Company in 
real estate related issues (including strategic planning, fleet management, and real estate requirements globally). One of T3 
Advisors’ Senior Vice Presidents -- Mr. Austin Barrett -- is related to Gregory A. Barrett - a member of the Company’s board 
of directors. In 2017, the Company paid $38,000 to T3 Advisors for Real estate brokerage services. 

Other Transactions 

We have entered into change of control severance agreements with our Named Executive Officers. See “Named Executive 
Officers and Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements 
and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest 
extent permitted by Delaware law. 

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions 

Our Board has adopted a written policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial 
owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing 
persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our Audit Committee. 
Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial 
owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing 
persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first 
be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, 
our Audit Committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction 
is  on  terms  no  less  favorable  than  terms  generally  available  to  an  unaffiliated  third-party  under  the  same  or  similar 
circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval 
policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all of the transactions 
described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our Board and/or our Audit Committee. 

-50- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Fiscal Year 2017 Annual Report and SEC Filings 

OTHER MATTERS 

Our financial statements for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 are included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
which we will make available to stockholders at the same time as this proxy statement. This proxy statement and our annual 
report are posted on our website and are available from the SEC at its website at www.sec.gov. A copy of our annual report 
may be obtained, without charge, by sending a written request to Cutera, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 3240 Bayshore 
Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005. 

We are not aware of any other business to be presented at the meeting. As of the date of this proxy statement, no stockholder 
had advised us of the intent to present any business at the meeting. Accordingly, the only business that our Board intends to 
present at the meeting is as set forth in this proxy statement. 

If any other matter or matters are properly brought before the meeting, the proxies will use their discretion to vote on such 
matters in accordance with their best judgment. 

By order of the Board of Directors, 

/s/ Darren W. Alch                                  
Darren W. Alch 
Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary 
Brisbane, California 
April 30, 2018 

-51- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CUTERA, INC. 

2018 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 

The undersigned stockholder of Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement each dated May 5, 2018 and hereby appoints James A. Reinstein (our President, 
Chief Executive Officer and Director) and J. Daniel Plants (our Director), each as proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power 
of substitution, on behalf and in the name of the undersigned to represent the undersigned at the 2018 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. to be held on June 14, 2018 at 9:00 a.m., local time, at Cutera’s offices located at 3240 Bayshore 
Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021, and at any postponement or adjournment thereof, and to vote all shares of common 
stock which the undersigned would be entitled to vote if then and there personally present, on the matters set forth below: 

SEE REVERSE SIDE 

FOLD AND DETACH HERE 

-52- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
The Board of Directors of Cutera, Inc. recommends a vote FOR the following proposals: 

Please mark your votes as indicated: ☒ 

FOR  AGAINST  ABSTAIN 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

2. Ratification of BDO 
USA, LLP as the 
Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm 
for the fiscal year ending 
December 31, 2018. 

1. Election of Directors: 

FOR  WITHHOLD   

David B. Apfelberg, MD  ☐ 

Gregory A.  Barrett 

Elisha W. Finney 

Timothy J. O'Shea 

J. Daniel Plants 
James A. Reinstein 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 
☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 
☐ 

Clinton H. Severson 

☐ 

☐ 

FOR  AGAINST  ABSTAIN 

  3. Non-binding advisory 
vote on the compensation 
of Named Executive 
Officers. 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED OR, IF NO CONTRARY DIRECTION IS INDICATED, WILL BE 
VOTED  AS  FOLLOWS:  (1)  FOR  THE  ELECTION  OF  THE  NOMINATED  DIRECTORS;  (2)  FOR  THE 
RATIFICATION  OF  THE  APPOINTMENT  OF  BDO  USA,  LLP  AS  OUR  INDEPENDENT  REGISTERED  PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2018; (3) FOR THE APPROVAL BY NON-
BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS; AND (4) AS THE 
PROXY  HOLDERS  DEEM  ADVISABLE  ON  SUCH  OTHER  MATTERS  AS  MAY  BE  BROUGHT  PROPERLY 
BEFORE THE ANNUAL MEETING. 

PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS HEREON. IF THE STOCK IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME 
OF  TWO  OR  MORE  PERSONS,  EACH  SHOULD  SIGN.  EXECUTORS,  ADMINISTRATORS,  TRUSTEES, 
GUARDIANS  AND  ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT  SHOULD  ADD  THEIR  TITLES.  IF  SIGNER  IS  A  CORPORATION, 
PLEASE  GIVE  FULL  CORPORATE  NAME  AND  HAVE  A  DULY  AUTHORIZED  OFFICER  SIGN,  STATING 
TITLE. IF SIGNER IS A PARTNERSHIP, PLEASE SIGN IN PARTNERSHIP NAME BY AUTHORIZED PERSON. 

PLEASE  SIGN,  DATE  AND  PROMPTLY  RETURN  THIS  PROXY  IN  THE  ENCLOSED  RETURN  ENVELOPE, 
WHICH IS POSTAGE PREPAID IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.   

SIGNATURE(S)  

SIGNATURE(S)   

DATE:  

NOTE: This Proxy should be marked, signed by the stockholder(s) exactly as his or her name appears hereon, and returned 
promptly in the enclosed envelope. Persons signing in fiduciary capacity should so indicate. If shares are held by joint tenants 
or as community property, both should sign. 

-53- 

Proxy Statement  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

Proxy StatementUNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 

Commission file number: 000-50644 

Cutera, Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

77-0492262 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 

3240 Bayshore Blvd. 
Brisbane, California 94005 
(415) 657-5500 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☐  No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐  No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definition of “large 

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one): 

Large accelerated filer  ☐ 

Accelerated filer  ☒   

Non-accelerated filer  ☐ 

Emerging growth company  ☐ 

Smaller reporting company  ☐ 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ☐  No ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2017 (which is the last business 
day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of such stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 
30, 2017, was approximately $278 million. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by entities and individuals who own 5% or more 
of the outstanding common stock and shares of common stock held by each officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to 
be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not 
necessarily conclusive. 

The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of March 1, 2018 was 13,582,973. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, 

which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2017. 

Form 10-K 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

Form 10-KTABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Business ..........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ....................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................................  
Properties ........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ..........................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures .................................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ........................................................................................................................................................  
Selected Financial Data ..................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .........................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ........................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..............................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .........................  
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures .................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ...........................................................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .............................................................................  
Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .......  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...............................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services .........................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART IV 

1
19
37
37
37
37

38
40
41
54
56
90
90
92

92
92
92
92
92

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ........................................................................................................  
Form 10K Summary  ......................................................................................................................................  

93
94

i 

Form 10-K 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
PART I 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual 
results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. The statements contained in this report 
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements are often 
identified by the use of words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” 
“expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “strategy,” “target,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions 
or variations intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of 
our management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to 
risks,  uncertainties  and  other  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  and  the  timing  of  certain  events  to  differ 
materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute 
to  such  differences  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  identified  below  and  those  discussed  in  the  section  titled  “Risk 
Factors” included under Part I, Item 1A below. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of 
this report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events 
or circumstances after the date of such statements. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with and are qualified in their entirety by reference to 
the discussions included in Item 1A - Risk Factors, Item 7 - Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “Cutera,” “we,” 
“us” and “our” refers to Cutera, Inc. 

ii 

Form 10-K 
   
  
  
  
 
ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

We are a global medical device company founded as a Delaware corporation in 1998 and have our headquarters in Brisbane, 
California. We specialize in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of laser and other energy based 
aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. In addition, we distribute third-party sourced systems. We offer easy-to-use 
products based on the following key platforms: enlighten®, excel HR®, truSculpt®, excel V®, xeo®, Juliet®, and Secret RF— 
each of which enables physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures for their 
customers. Each of our laser and other energy-based platforms consists of one or more hand pieces connected to a console 
that incorporates an intuitive user interface, a laser or other energy-based module, control system software and high voltage 
electronics. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy-based module may reside in the hand piece 
itself. 

Our trademarks include: “Cutera,” “Acutip,” “CoolGlide,” “enlighten,” “excel HR,” “excel V,” “GenesisPlus,” “Juliet,” 
“LimeLight,”  “PicoGenesis,”  “Titan,”  “Pearl,”  “truSculpt,”  ”myQ,”  and  “xeo.”  Our  logo  and  our  other  trade  names, 
trademarks and service marks appearing in this document are our property. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks 
appearing  in  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  are  the  property  of  their  respective  owners.  Solely  for  convenience,  our 
trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report on Form 10-K appear without the ™ or ® symbols, but those 
references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our 
rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. 

A description of each of our hand pieces, and the aesthetic conditions they are designed to treat, is contained in the section 
below entitled “Products” and a summary of the features of our primary products is as follows: 

   ●   Juliet – In December 2017, we made initial sales of the Juliet laser for vaginal health, a minimally invasive, no-
downtime treatment that utilizes Er:YAG laser technology to deliver two modes of energy to the vaginal area. The
first  mode  is  ablative  and  stimulates  collagen  remodeling  and  the  second  mode  is  coagulative  and  induces
hemostasis.  As  a  result,  patients  experience  improved  sexual  function  and  overall  vaginal  health  with  minimal
downtime. Juliet addresses burning, itching, dryness and painful intercourse in the vaginal wall typically associated
with diminished estrogen production resulting in symptoms associated with Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause.
This product has a disposable tip, which must be changed for every procedure. As a result, the replacements of the
tips results in recurring revenue. 

   ● 

   ●   Secret RF – In January 2018, we introduced a new fractional radio frequency (“RF”) microneedling device that
delivers heat into the deeper layers of the skin using controlled RF energy. The targeted energy revitalizes, rebuilds
and firms up tissue, effectively remodeling collagen, improving mild wrinkles and diminishing scars while leaving
the outer layer of skin intact, minimizing downtime. Each time a procedure is performed, it requires the physician to
use a new hand piece tip. The sale of the replacement results in recurring revenue. 
truSculpt –In May 2017 we introduced an advanced version of our truSculpt platform, the truSculpt 3D, for the non-
surgical body sculpting market. It includes a consumable hand piece that needs to be "refilled" after a set number of
treatments are performed, resulting in recurring revenue. This product is a high-powered RF system designed for
deep tissue heating to treat all body areas and comes with two hand pieces versus a 40cm2 hand piece for larger body 
parts and a 16cm2 hand piece for smaller body parts. The truSculpt 3D delivers targeted energy at 2 MHz, which
results in the uniform heating of the subcutaneous adipose tissue. It was primarily sold in the U.S. and Canada in
2017 and is planned to be sold to a broader international customer base in 2018. The original truSculpt platform was 
launched in August 2012 and delivered treatments at 1 MHz. In December 2016, the truSculpt platform received a 
510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market it for the temporary reduction in 
circumference of the abdomen. 

   ●   enlighten – In December 2014, we introduced our enlighten laser platform with a dual wavelength (1064 nanometer,
or “nm” + 532 nm) and in December 2016, we introduced a three wavelength model (1064 nm + 532 nm + 670 nm), 
enlighten III. The enlighten system is a dual pulse duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or “ns”)
laser system and is cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal and for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions. 
excel HR – In June 2014, we introduced our excel HR platform, a premium hair removal solution for all skin types,
combining Cutera’s proven long-pulse 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser and a high-power 755 nm Alexandrite laser with
sapphire contact cooling. 

   ● 

1 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   ● 

excel V – In February 2011, we introduced our excel V platform, a high-performance, vascular and benign pigmented
lesion  treatment  platform  designed  specifically  for  the  core-market  of  dermatologists  and  plastic  surgeons.  This
solid-state laser platform provides a combination of the 532 nm green laser with Cutera’s® award-winning 1064 nm 
Nd:YAG  technology,  to  provide  a  single,  compact  and  efficient  system  that  treats  the  entire  range  of  cosmetic
vascular and benign pigmented lesion conditions. 

   ●  xeo – In 2003, we introduced the xeo platform, which combines pulsed light technology with laser applications in a
single system. The xeo is a multi-application platform on which a customer can purchase hand piece applications for
the removal of unwanted hair, treatment of vascular lesions, and skin revitalization by treating discoloration, fine
lines and laxity. 

In addition to the above mentioned seven primary systems, we continue to generate revenue from our legacy products such 
as GenesisPlus, CoolGlide , and a third-party sourced system, myQ, for the Japanese market. 

We  offer  our  customers  the  ability  to  select  the  systems  and  applications  that  best  fit  their  practice  and  to  subsequently 
upgrade their systems to add new applications. This upgrade path allows our customers to cost-effectively build their aesthetic 
practices and provides us with a source of incremental revenue. 

In addition to systems and upgrades, we generate revenue from the sale of post-warranty services, Titan and truSculpt 3D 
hand piece refills, and skincare products (Japanese market only). Commencing 2018, sale of replacement tips for Juliet and 
Secret RF are both expected to result in recurring revenue. 

The Structure of Skin and Conditions that Affect Appearance 

The skin is the body’s largest organ and is comprised of two layers: the epidermis and dermis. The epidermis is the outer 
layer, and serves as a protective barrier for the body. It contains cells that produce pigmentation, or skin color. The underlying 
layer of skin, the dermis, contains hair follicles and large and small blood vessels that are found at various depths below the 
epidermis. Collagen and elastin, also found within the dermis, provide strength and flexibility to the skin. 

Many  factors,  such  as  advancing  age,  smoking,  and  sun  damage,  can  result  in  aesthetically  unpleasant  changes  in  the 
appearance of the skin. These changes can include: 

   ●  Undesirable hair growth; 
   ●  Enlargement or swelling of blood vessels due to circulatory changes that become visible at the skin’s surface in the 

form of unsightly veins; 

   ●  Deterioration of collagen, leading to uneven texture, wrinkles and skin laxity; and 
   ●  Uneven pigmentation or sun spots due to long-term sun exposure. 

In addition to these skin conditions, people seek to remove unwanted tattoos, as well as diminish fat in certain body areas in 
order to improve their appearance and confidence. 

The Market for Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures 

The market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures has grown significantly over the past several years. Medical Insight, an 
independent industry research and analysis firm, estimates that total sales of products in the global aesthetic market exceeded 
$8.4 billion  in  2016  and  expects  total  sales  to  increase  10.5%  annually  through  2021. For North America,  the American 
Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that there were over 13.9 million minimally-invasive aesthetic procedures performed 
in 2016, a 3% increase over 2015 and a 180% increase over 2000. 

We believe there are several factors contributing to the global growth of aesthetic treatment procedures and aesthetic laser 
equipment sales, including: 

   ● 

Improved Economic Environment and Expanded Physician Base – The improvements in overall global economic
conditions since the last recession have created increased demand for aesthetic procedures, which in turn has resulted
in an expanding practitioner base to satisfy the demand. 

   ●  Aging Demographics of Industrialized Countries – The aging population of industrialized countries, the amount of
discretionary income available to the “baby boomer” demographic segment ─ ages 52 to 70 in 2017 ─ and their
desire to retain a youthful appearance, contribute to the increased demand for aesthetic procedures. 

2 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   ●  Broader  Range  of  Safe  and  Effective  Treatments – Technical  developments,  as  well  as  an  increase  in  treatable
conditions due to new product introductions, lead to safe, effective, easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with fewer 
side  effects,  resulting  in  broader  adoption  of  aesthetic  procedures  by  practitioners.  In  addition,  technical
advancements  enable  practitioners  to  offer  a  broader  range  of  treatments.  These  technical  developments  reduce
treatment and recovery times, which in turn lead to greater patient demand. 

   ●  Broader Base of Customers – Managed care and government payor reimbursement restrictions motivate physicians
to establish, or seek to expand, their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for directly by patients.
As a result, in addition to core practitioners such as dermatologists and plastic surgeons, many other practitioners,
such as gynecologists, family practitioners, primary care physicians, physicians performing aesthetic treatments in
non-medical  offices,  and  other  qualified  practitioners  (“non-core  practitioners”)  expand  their  practices  and  offer
aesthetic procedures. 

   ●  Reductions  in  Cost  per  Procedure  –  Due  in  part  to  increased  competition  in  the  aesthetic  market,  the  cost  per
procedure has been reduced in the past few years. This attracts a broader base of customers and patients seeking
aesthetic procedures. 

   ●  Wide Acceptance of Aesthetic Procedures and Increased Focus on Body Image and Appearance – According to 
the  American  Society  for  Aesthetic  Plastic  Surgery  survey  in  2016,  both  surgical  and  non-surgical  procedures 
increased compared to 1997.  Surgical procedures increased by 99%, while non-surgical procedures increased by
650% during the period. Broader social acceptance of aesthetic treatments, as well as increased popularity of social
media platforms, also contribute to the growth in aesthetic procedures. 

Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures for Improving the Body and/or Skin’s Appearance and Their Limitations 

Many alternative therapies are available for improving a person’s appearance by treating specific structures within the skin. 
These procedures utilize injections or abrasive agents to reach different depths of the dermis and the epidermis. In addition, 
non-invasive and minimally invasive treatments have been developed that employ laser and other energy-based technologies 
to achieve similar therapeutic results. Some of these common therapies and their limitations are described below. 

Non-Invasive Body Contouring - Our radio-frequency technology based truSculpt system is designed for the non-invasive 
body  contouring  market.  In  performing  the  procedure,  energy  is  applied  to  the  body  to  achieve  body  sculpting  and 
circumferential reduction through heating of the subcutaneous fat. In December 2016 we received 510(k) clearance from the 
FDA to market truSculpt for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen. Drawbacks to this approach may 
include indurations that typically resolve over time, and the risk of burning the treatment area. 

Tattoo removal – The most effective way to remove tattoos on the body is to utilize laser systems that deliver very short 
pulse durations with high peak power in order to break up the ink particles that comprise tattoos. According to a Tattoo 
Incidence Study published in ORC International in June 2015, up to 27% of Americans have one or more tattoos, and 1 in 4 
tattoo  bearing  American  adults  have  “tattoo  regret”.  Despite  the  effectiveness  of  lasers  for  tattoo  removal,  common 
complaints concerning laser tattoo removal include a low rate of complete clearance (sometimes no better than 50% after 
several treatments) as well as the high number of treatments for satisfactory clearance (often 10 or more treatments spaced 
four to eight weeks apart). However, the latest generation of tattoo removal lasers produce picosecond pulse durations, (pulses 
in  the  trillionths  of  a  second)  and  thereby,  can  meaningfully  improve  tattoo  clearance  and  reduce  the  total  number  of 
treatments. 

Hair Removal – Techniques for hair removal include waxing, depilatories, tweezing, shaving, electrolysis, laser as well as 
other energy-based hair removal modalities. The only techniques that provide a long-lasting solution are electrolysis, laser, 
and other energy-based technology such as an Intense Pulsed Light (“IPL”). Electrolysis is usually painful, time-consuming 
and  expensive  for  large  areas,  but  is  the  most  common  method  for  removing  light-colored  hair.  During  electrolysis,  an 
electrologist inserts a needle directly into a hair follicle and activates an electric current in the needle. Since electrolysis only 
treats one hair follicle at a time, the treatment of an area as small as an upper lip may require numerous visits and many hours 
of  treatment.  In  addition,  electrolysis  can  cause  blemishes  and  infection  related  to  needle  use.  In  comparison,  lasers  can 
quickly treat large areas with a high degree of safety and efficacy. 

Skin Rejuvenation – Skin rejuvenation treatments include a broad range of popular alternatives, including Botox and collagen 
injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasions, radio frequency treatments and lasers and other energy-based treatments. 
With these treatments, patients hope to improve overall skin tone and texture, reduce pore size, tighten skin and remove other 
signs of aging, including mottled pigmentation, diffuse redness and wrinkles. All of these procedures are temporary solutions 
and must be repeated within several weeks or months to sustain their effect, thereby increasing the cost and inconvenience 
to patients. For example, the body absorbs Botox and collagen, and patients require supplemental injections every three to 
six months to maintain the benefits of these treatments. 

3 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other  skin  rejuvenation  treatments,  such  as  chemical  peels  and  microdermabrasion,  can  have  undesirable  side  effects. 
Chemical peels use acidic or caustic solutions to peel away the epidermis, and microdermabrasion generally utilizes sand 
crystals to resurface the skin. These techniques can lead to stinging, redness, irritation and scabbing. In addition, more serious 
complications,  such  as  changes  in  skin  color,  can  result  from  deeper  chemical  peels.  The  American  Society  of  Plastic 
Surgeons estimates that approximately 4.6 million injections of Botox and 2.7 million injections of collagen and other soft-
tissue fillers were administered in 2016. 

Microneedling – (also known as collagen induction therapy) is a minimally invasive rejuvenation treatment that involves 
using fine needles to create hundreds of tiny, invisible puncture wounds in the top layer of the skin, which stimulates the 
body's natural wound healing processes, resulting in cell turnover and increased collagen and elastin production. Our recently 
introduced Secret RF product is a RF fractional microneedling system that helps deliver tailored energy to improve fine lines, 
wrinkles, and scars from the inside out. 

Women’s Intimate Health – Our Juliet laser platform is an Erbium-YAG laser that emits light at a wavelength of 2940 nm 
and is used to address gynecologic health in postmenopausal women and treat symptoms associated with vaginal atrophy and 
vaginal relaxation syndrome. The application of the laser stimulates collagen and revitalizes the vaginal tissue. 

Leg and Facial Veins – Current aesthetic treatment methods for leg and facial veins include sclerotherapy, as well as laser 
and other energy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients seek to eliminate visible veins, and improve overall skin 
appearance. Sclerotherapy requires a skilled practitioner to inject a saline or detergent-based solution into the target vein, 
which breaks down the vessel causing it to collapse and be absorbed into the body. The need to correctly position the needle 
on the inside of the vein makes it difficult to treat smaller veins, which limits the treatment of facial vessels and small leg 
veins.  The  American  Society  of  Plastic  Surgeons  estimates  that  approximately  270,000  sclerotherapy  procedures  were 
performed in 2016. 

Laser and other energy-based non-surgical treatments for hair removal, veins, skin rejuvenation and body contouring are 
discussed in the following section and in the section entitled “Our Applications and Procedures” below. 

Laser and Other Energy-Based Aesthetic Treatments 

Laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments can achieve therapeutic results by affecting structures within the skin. The 
development of safe and effective aesthetic treatments has resulted in a well-established market for these procedures. 

Practitioners can use laser and other energy-based technologies to selectively target hair follicles, veins or collagen in the 
dermis, as well as cells responsible for pigmentation in the epidermis, without damaging surrounding tissue. Practitioners can 
also use these technologies to safely remove portions of the epidermis and deliver heat to the dermis as a means of generating 
new collagen growth. Ablative skin resurfacing improves the appearance of the skin by removing the outer layers of the skin. 
Ablative skin resurfacing procedures are considered invasive or minimally invasive, depending on how much of the epidermis 
is removed during a treatment. Non-ablative skin resurfacing improves the appearance of the skin by treating the underlying 
structure of the skin. 

Safe and effective laser and energy-based treatments require an appropriate combination of the following four parameters: 

   ●  Energy Level – the amount of light or radio frequency emitted to heat a target; 
   ●  Pulse Duration – the time interval over which the energy is delivered; 
   ●  Spot Size or Electrode Size – the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and 
   ●  Wavelength  or  Frequency – the  position  in  the  electromagnetic  spectrum  which  impacts  the  absorption  and  the

effective depth of the energy delivered. 

For example, in the case of hair removal, by utilizing the correct combination of these parameters, a practitioner can use a 
laser or other light source to selectively target melanin within the hair follicle to absorb the laser energy and destroy the 
follicle, without damaging other delicate structures in the surrounding tissue. 

4 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Technology and Design of Our Systems 

Our enlighten, excel HR, excel V, Juliet, Secret RF, truSculpt, and xeo platforms provide the long-lasting benefits of laser 
and other energy-based aesthetic treatments. Our technology allows for a wide variety of applications in a single system. Key 
features of our solutions include: 

   ●  Multiple  Applications  Available  in  a  Single  System – Many  of  our  platforms  feature  multiple-applications  that 
enable practitioners to perform a variety of aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair
removal, vascular treatments and skin rejuvenation ─ including the treatment of discoloration, fine lines, and uneven
texture. Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the investment in a unit is spread across 
a greater number of patients and procedures, and the acquisition cost may be more rapidly recovered. 

   ●  Technology  and  Design  Leadership – Our  innovative  laser  technology  combines  long  wavelength,  adjustable
energy levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing practitioners to customize treatments
for  each  patient  and  condition.  Our  proprietary  pulsed  light  hand  pieces  for  the  treatment  of discoloration,  hair 
removal and vascular treatments optimize the wavelength used for treatments and incorporate a monitoring system
to increase safety. Our Titan hand pieces utilize a novel light source not previously used for aesthetic treatments.
Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces, with proprietary YSGG technology, represent the first application of
the 2790 nm wavelength for minimally invasive cosmetic dermatology. 

   ●  Upgradeable  Platform – Some  of  our  products  allow  our  customers  to  upgrade  their  system  to  our  newest
technologies or add new applications to their system, each of which provide us with a source of incremental revenue.
We believe that product upgradeability allows our customers to take advantage of our latest product offerings and
provide  additional  treatment  options  to  their  patients,  thereby  expanding  the  opportunities  for  their  aesthetic
practices. 

   ●  Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions – Our products remove hair safely and effectively on
patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In addition, the wide parameter
range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners
may use our products to treat spider veins on the leg; to treat facial veins; and perform skin rejuvenation procedures
for discoloration, texture, fine lines, and wrinkles on any type of skin. The ability to customize treatment parameters
based on skin type enables practitioners to offer safe and effective therapies to a broad base of their patients. 
   ●  Ease of Use – We design our products to be easy to use. Our proprietary hand pieces are lightweight and ergonomic,
minimize user fatigue, and facilitate clear views of the treatment area, reducing the possibility of unintended damage
and  increasing  the  speed  of  application.  Our  control  console  contains  an  intuitive  user  interface  with  simple,
independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment parameters to suit each patient’s
profile.  The  clinical  navigation  user  interface  on  the  xeo  platform  provides  recommended  clinical  treatment
parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces include a scanner 
with multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. Risks involved in the use of our products
include risks common to other laser and other energy-based aesthetic procedures, including the risk of burns, blisters
and skin discoloration. 

Strategy 

Our  goal  is  to  maintain  and  expand  our  position  as  a  leading  worldwide  provider  of  energy-based  aesthetic  devices  and 
complementary aesthetic products by executing the following strategies: 

   ●  Continue  to  Expand  our  Product  Offering – Though  we  believe  that  our  current  portfolio  of  products  is
comprehensive, our research and development group has a pipeline of potential products under development. We
launched GenesisPlus in 2010, excel V in 2011, truSculpt in 2012, ProWave LX in 2013, and excel HR and enlighten
in 2014. In addition, we continue to expand offerings on our current platforms with further enhancement such as the
enlighten III launched in 2016 and truSculpt 3D launched in 2017. In December 2017 we made initial sales of our
Juliet  system  and  in  January  2018 we  introduced  the  Secret  RF  system.  Both  of  these  systems  are  third-party 
sourced, with exclusive distribution rights for Juliet in North America, and the United States for Secret RF. These 
products allow us to leverage our existing customer call points, and provide us with new customer call points. 
Increase Revenue and Improve Productivity – We believe that the market for aesthetic systems will continue to
offer  growth  opportunities.  We  continue  to  build  brand  recognition,  add  additional  products  to  our  international
distribution channel, and focus on enhancing our global distribution network, all of which we expect will contribute
to increased revenue. 
Increase  Focus  on  Practitioners  with  Established  Medical  Offices – We  believe  there  is  growth  opportunity  in
targeting our products to a broad customer base. We also believe that our customers’ success is largely dependent
upon having an existing medical practice, in which our systems provide incremental revenue sources to augment
their existing practice revenue. 

   ● 

   ● 

5 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
   ●  Leverage our Installed Base – With the introduction of enlighten, excel V, excel HR and truSculpt, we are able to 
effectively offer additional platforms into our existing installed base. In addition, each of these platforms allows for
potential future upgrades that offer additional capabilities. We believe this program aligns our interest in generating
revenue with our customers’ interest in improving the return on their investment by expanding the range of treatments
that can be performed in their practice. 

   ●  Generate Revenue from Services and Refillable, Consumable, Hand Pieces – Our Titan, truSculpt 3D and pulsed-
light hand pieces are refillable products, while our Juliet and Secret RF tips are consumable products. Each provides 
us with the opportunity to participate in the procedure based revenue from our existing customers. We offer post-
warranty services to our customers either through extended service contracts to cover preventive maintenance or
through direct billing for parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of revenue. 

Products 

Our excel V, excel HR, enlighten, Juliet, Secret RF, truSculpt, xeo, CoolGlide, GenesisPlus, and myQ platforms allow for the 
delivery of multiple laser and energy-based aesthetic applications from a single system. With our xeo platform, practitioners 
can purchase customized systems with a variety of our multi-technology applications. 

The following table lists our currently offered products. Each checked box represents the applications included in the product 
in the years noted. 

Applications: 

System  
Platforms: 
CoolGlide ..........  CV 

 Products: 

 Excel 
 Vantage 
xeo .....................  Nd:YAG 

 ProWave 770 
 AcuTip 500 
 Titan V/XL 
 LimeLight 
 Pearl 
 Pearl Fractional 
 ProWave LX 

excel V ...............  
myQ  ..................  
truSculpt  ...........  
excel HR  ...........  
enlighten(dual wavelength) 
enlighten III  ......  
truSculpt 3D ......  
Juliet (Women’s Health) 
Secret RF ...........  

Hair 
Removal:   

Vascular 
Lesions:   

Skin Rejuvenation 

Noninvasive 
Body 
Contouring*: 

x 
x 
x 
x 
x 

x 
x 

x 

   Year:    
   2000    
   2001    
   2002    
   2003    
   2005    
   2005    
   2006    
   2006    
   2007    
   2008    
   2013    
   2011    
   2011    
   2012    
   2014    
   2014    
   2016    
   2017    
   2018    
   2018    

Energy 
Source:     
(a) 
(a) 
(a) 
(a) 
(b) 
(b) 
(c) 
(b) 
(d) 
(d) 
(b) 
(e) 
(e) 
(f) 
(g) 
(h) 
(i) 
(f) 
(j) 
(k) 

BPL’s 
Dyschromia 
& Melasma:   

Texture, 
Lines and 
Wrinkles:   

Skin 
Laxity:   

Tattoo 
Removal:      

x 
x 
x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 
x 
x 

x 
x 

x 
x 
x 

x 

x 
x 

x 
x 

x 

x 
x 

x 

x 

x 

x 
x 

x 

x 

Energy Sources: 
(a) 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser; 
(b) Visible and near-infrared Intense Pulsed Light; 
(c) Infrared Intense Pulsed Light; 
(d) 2790 nm Er:YSGG laser; 
(e) Combined frequency-doubled 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser; 
(f) Radio frequency at 1 & 2 MHz – mono-polar 
(g) Combined 755 nm Alexandrite laser and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser; 
(h) Dual wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG picosecond laser; 
(i) Three wavelength 532 nm, 670 nm, and 1064 nm Nd:YAG picosecond laser; 
(j) 2940 nm Er:YAG laser; and 
(k) Radio frequency at 2 MHz bi-polar. 

* Our CE Mark allows us to market truSculpt in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body 
shaping and body contouring. In the U.S. we have 510(k) clearance for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen and elevating 
tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, and the 
temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite. 

Each of our products consists of a control console and one or more hand pieces, depending on the model. 

6 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
 
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
Control Console 

Our control console includes an intuitive user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. All CoolGlide 
systems, GenesisPlus, excel V and some models of the xeo platform include our laser module which consists of electronics, 
a visible aiming beam, a focusing lens, and an Nd:YAG and/or flashlamp laser that functions at wavelengths that permit 
penetration over a wide range of depths and is effective across all skin types. Our excel HR system also includes an Nd:YAG 
laser as well as a 755nm alexandrite laser to allow treatment on a variety of skin types. The interface allows the practitioner 
to set the appropriate laser or flashlamp parameters for each procedure through a user-friendly format. The control system 
software  ensures  that  the  operator’s  instructions  are  properly  communicated  from  the  graphic  user  interface  to  the  other 
components within the system. Our high voltage electronics produce over 20,000 watts of peak laser power, which permits 
therapeutic effects at short pulse durations. The control system software is designed to ensure that the operator’s instructions 
are properly communicated from the graphical user interface to the other components within the system and includes real-
time calibration to control the output energy as the pulse is delivered during the treatment. The enlighten consoles contain an 
innovative Nd:YAG laser engine that produces high-energy, picosecond and nanosecond laser pulses for up to three laser 
wavelengths.  This  allows  the  user  to  quickly  change  laser  treatment  parameters  during  treatment  through  a  touchscreen 
interface without changing external hardware such as hand pieces. Our truSculpt control console includes a high-powered, 
mono-polar RF generator at 1 and 2 MHz capable of delivering up to 300 watts of power. The Secret RF control console 
includes an RF card and is capable of delivering up to 75 watts of energy. The truSculpt and Secret RF systems dynamically 
adjusts current, voltage and power during treatment as needed to reach and maintain the appropriate treatment levels Our 
Juliet system consists on an Er:YAG laser at 2940nm with an intuitive user interface and software control for ease of use.  

Hand Pieces 

enlighten Hand Piece – The enlighten hand piece delivers 532 nm, 670 nm (in enlighten III only), and 1064 nm laser energy 
to treat benign pigmented lesions and remove multi-color tattoos. enlighten’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery 
component  housing  a  motorized  focus  lens  assembly  connected  to  an  articulated  arm.  The  hand  piece  features  spot  size 
adjustability from 2 to 8mm, adjustable in 1 mm increments. As with all Cutera laser and light-based systems, the power 
calibration is automatic and built into the laser system, rather than requiring manual power calibration through a separate 
calibration port for the hand piece. 

excel HR Hand Piece – The dual wavelength excel HR system introduced in June 2014 delivers 1064 nm and 755 nm laser 
energy to the treatment area for hair removal. excel HR’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing 
an  optical  fiber  and  lens.  The  hand  piece  features  a  sapphire  window  and  peripheral  cooling  plate  with  temperature 
monitoring. The sapphire window extracts up to 35 watts of heat with user selectable settings ranging from 4 to 20 degrees 
centigrade and provides cooling of the skin before, during, and immediately after each laser pulse. This “pre, parallel, and 
post” cooling provides an anesthetic benefit that makes treatments more comfortable than systems without contact cooling, 
and also increases the safety profile of treatments by reducing the chances of hypo- and hyper-pigmentation, as well as burns 
to the skin. The hand piece has a wide spot-size range between 3 to 18 mm (5 to 18 mm, alexandrite mode). 

truSculpt Hand Pieces – The truSculpt, originally introduced in August 2012, and truSculpt 3D, introduced in May 2017, are 
used for the non-invasive heating of subcutaneous tissue as well as the temporary reduction in circumference. We sell two 
different truSculpt hand pieces: 40 cm 2 for larger body parts and the 16cm 2 for smaller parts of the body. Each of the truSculpt 
hand pieces are light weight and ergonomically designed for operator comfort, which allows for uniform distribution of heat 
delivered by the hand pieces. In addition, the hand pieces have a built-in, real time, temperature sensing system to monitor 
the temperature during the treatment. The truSculpt 3D hand pieces require a periodic “refilling” process, which provides us 
with a source of recurring revenue. 

excel V Hand Piece – The excel V system introduced in February 2011 delivers 1064 nm and 532 nm laser energy to the skin 
for the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesion. The excel V system supports two hand pieces, both consisting of 
an energy-delivery component housing an optical fiber and lens. One hand piece includes a sapphire window cooling plate 
with temperature monitoring. This hand piece offers a spot size range from 2 to 12 mm in 0.1 mm increments, and is capable 
of delivering either the 1064 nm or 532 nm laser energy. The second hand piece does not have a cooling plate and includes 
a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, this second hand piece includes dual 
aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin to ensure 
that the fixed 8 mm spot size is maintained. 

1064 nm Nd:YAG Hand Piece – Our 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece delivers laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal, 
leg and facial vein treatment, and skin rejuvenation procedures to treat skin texture and fine lines. The 1064nm Nd:YAG 
hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, consisting of an optical fiber and lens, and a copper cooling plate with 
embedded temperature monitoring. The hand piece weighs approximately 14 ounces, which is light enough to be held with 

7 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
one hand. The lightweight nature and ergonomic design of the hand piece allows the device to be operated without user 
fatigue.  The  design  permits  the  practitioner  an  unobstructed  view  of  the  treatment  area,  which  reduces  the  possibility  of 
unintended damage to the skin and can increase the speed of treatment. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece also incorporates 
our  cooling  system,  providing  integrated  pre-  and  post-treatment  cooling  of  the  treatment  area  through  a  temperature-
controlled copper plate to protect the outer layer of the skin.  

GenesisPlus Hand Piece – Our GenesisPlus system, launched in 2010, delivers 1064 nm laser energy to the treatment area 
for the temporary increase of clear nail in patients with onychomycosis and for the treatment of fine wrinkles, diffuse redness 
and rosacea. This lightweight 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, housing an optical 
fiber  and  lens.  The  hand  piece  includes  a  non-contact  temperature  sensor  to  monitor  the  treatment  area  temperature.  In 
addition, the hand piece includes dual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance 
of the hand piece to the skin. This hand piece offers a single 5 mm spot size. 

Pulsed Light Hand Piece – The ProWave 770, ProWave LX, AcuTip 500, and LimeLight hand pieces are designed to produce 
a pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum to treat discoloration such as age and sun spots and other dyschromia. The hand 
pieces can also be used for hair removal, and treatment of superficial facial vessels. The hand pieces each consist of a custom 
flashlamp,  proprietary  wavelength  filter,  closed-loop  power  control  and  embedded  temperature  monitor,  and  weigh 
approximately  13  ounces.  The  filter  in  the  AcuTip  500  eliminates  long  and  short  wavelengths,  transmitting  only  the 
therapeutic range required for safe and effective treatment. The filter in ProWave 770, ProWave LX, and LimeLight eliminates 
short wavelengths, allowing longer wavelengths to be transmitted to the treatment area. In addition, the wavelength spectrum 
of the ProWave 770 and the LimeLight can be shifted based on the setting of the control console. Our power control includes 
a monitoring system to ensure that the desired energy level is delivered. The hand pieces protect the epidermis by regulating 
the temperature of the hand piece window through the embedded temperature monitor. These hand pieces are available on 
the xeo platform. 

Titan Hand Piece – The Titan hand pieces are designed to produce a sustained pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum 
tailored to induce heating in the dermis. We are aware that some practitioners use the Titan hand piece to treat skin laxity 
(although the hand piece is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for deep dermal heating). The hand piece consists of a custom 
light source, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control, sapphire cooling window and embedded temperature 
monitor, and weighs approximately three pounds. The temperature of the epidermis is controlled by using a sapphire window 
to  provide  cooling  before,  during  and  after  the  delivery  of  energy  to  the  treatment  site.  The  Titan  hand  piece  requires  a 
periodic “refilling” process, which includes the replacement of the optical source, after a set number of pulses have been 
used. This provides us with a source of recurring revenue. 

Pearl Hand Piece – The Pearl hand piece, introduced in 2007, is designed to treat fine lines, uneven texture and dyschromia 
through the application of proprietary YSGG laser technology. This hand piece can safely remove a small portion of the 
epidermis, while coagulating the remaining epidermis, leading to new collagen growth. The Pearl hand piece consists of a 
custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to 
allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the 
practitioner to use one hand during treatment. 

Pearl Fractional Hand Piece – The Pearl Fractional hand piece, introduced in 2008, also uses proprietary YSGG technology 
and is designed to treat wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections (although it is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for skin 
resurfacing and coagulation). This hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of micro-columns across the 
skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. The Pearl Fractional hand piece 
consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan 
patterns  to  allow  simple  and  fast  treatments  of  the  face.  The  hand  piece  includes  an  attachment  for  a  smoke  evacuator, 
allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment. 

My Juliet and Microspot Hand Pieces – The My Juliet and Microspot hand pieces are part of the Juliet system for vaginal 
wellness. The Juliet is an Er:YAG laser, with a 2940 nm wavelength. The My Juliet hand piece is a single use disposable 
hand  piece  designed  to  treat  the  vaginal  cavity  by  delivering  laser  energy  to  the  tissues.  The  hand  piece  is  rotated,  first 
delivering an ablative pulse and followed by a thermal pulse inducing collagen and vascularization in the area. The Microspot 
hand piece delivers fractionated energy to treat the vaginal and vulvar areas to induce skin resurfacing and improve skin 
quality, tone and texture. As both hand pieces are for a single use application, they provide us with a source of recurring 
revenue. 

Secret RF Hand Pieces – The Secret RF fractional RF microneedling system has two distinct hand pieces and treatment tips. 
The 64-pin hand piece is utilized for the body, while the 25-pin hand piece is ideal for treating the face. Both hand pieces 
support microneedles that are insulated or semi-insulated and inserted into the skin, delivering energy subdermally to the 

8 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
selected  depth  (0.5-3mm).  Delivering  the  energy  subdermally  spares  the  epidermis,  minimizing  patient  downtime  and 
provides the ability to customize treatment based on skin types. Both hand pieces are for a single use application, providing 
a source of recurring revenue. 

Upgrade 

Our  enlighten,  truSculpt,  and  xeo  products,  are  designed  to  allow  customers  to  cost-effectively  upgrade  to  our  newest 
technologies or add applications to their system, each of which provide us with a source of additional revenue. 

Service 

We  offer  post-warranty  services  to  our  customers  through  extended  service  contracts  that  cover  preventive  maintenance 
and/or replacement parts and labor, or by direct billing for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. These post-
warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from our installed product base. 

Hand Piece Refills 

We treat our customer’s purchase of replacement Titan and truSculpt 3D hand pieces as “refill” revenue, which provides us 
with a source of recurring revenue from existing customers. Our recently launched Juliet and Secret RF products have single 
use  disposable  tips  which  need  to  be  replaced  after  every  treatment.  Sale  of  these  consumable  tips  further  enhance  our 
recurring revenue stream. Hand piece refills of our legacy truSculpt product are included in the standard warranty and service 
contract offerings for this product. 

Skincare 

We distribute ZO Skin Health, Inc.’s (“ZO”) physician-dispensed, topical skincare products to physicians in the Japanese 
market. 

Our Applications and Procedures 

Our products are designed to allow the practitioner to select an appropriate combination of energy level, spot size and pulse 
duration for each treatment. The ability to manipulate the combinations of these parameters allows our customers to treat the 
broadest range of conditions available with a single energy-based system. 

Non-Invasive Body Contouring – Our truSculpt technology allows practitioners to apply a hand piece directly to the skin and 
deliver  high-powered  RF  energy  that  results  in  the  deep  and  uniform  heating  of  the  subcutaneous  fat  tissue  at  sustained 
therapeutic temperatures. This heating can cause selective destruction of fat cells, which are eliminated from the treatment 
area through the body’s natural wound healing processes. The treatment takes approximately 45 minutes and two or more 
treatments may be required to obtain the desired aesthetic results. Our CE Mark allows us to market the truSculpt in the 
European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body shaping, body contouring and 
circumferential reduction. In the U.S., truSculpt has 510(k) clearance for the temporary reduction in circumference of the 
abdomen, and elevating tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle 
spasms, increase in local circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite. 

Tattoo Removal – Our enlighten systems, delivering picosecond and nanosecond pulse duration, and our myQ Q-switched 
laser are used for tattoo removal, the treatment of benign pigmented lesions, and a laser skin toning procedure that we refer 
to as PicoGenesis. 

Hair Removal – Our laser technology allows our customers to treat all skin types and hair thicknesses. Our 1064 nm Nd:YAG 
and 755 nm Alexandrite lasers permits energy to safely penetrate through the epidermis of any skin type and into the dermis 
where  the  hair  follicle  is  located.  Using  the  universal  graphic  user  interface  on  our  control  console,  the  practitioner  sets 
parameters to deliver therapeutic energy with a large spot size and variable pulse durations, allowing the practitioner to treat 
fine or coarse hair. Our 1064nm Nd:YAG and 755 nm Alexandrite hand pieces on excel HR allow our customers to treat all 
skin types, while our ProWave 770 and ProWave LX hand pieces on the xeo, with pulsed light technology, treat the majority 
of skin types quickly and effectively. 

For hair removal treatments, the treatment site on the skin is first cleaned and shaved. The practitioner then applies a thin 
layer of gel to improve contact and aid gliding of the hand piece across the skin. In the case of these hand pieces, delivery of 
light which is converted to heat destroys the hair follicles and prevents hair re-growth. This procedure is then repeated at the 
next treatment site on the body, and can be done in a gliding motion to increase treatment speed. Patients receive three to six 

9 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
treatments on average. Each treatment can take between five minutes to one hour depending on the size of the area and the 
condition being treated. On average, there are six to eight weeks between treatments. 

Vascular Lesions – Our laser technology allows our customers to treat the widest range of aesthetic vein conditions, including 
spider and reticular veins and small facial veins. Our xeo 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece with adjustable spot sizes of 3, 5, 7 
or 10 millimeters and the excel V 1064 nm and 532 nm hand piece with adjustable spot sizes from 2 to 12 mm, each allow 
the practitioner to control treatment depth to target different sized veins. Selection of the appropriate energy level and pulse 
duration ensures effective treatment of the intended target. The laser hand piece is used to cool the treatment area both before 
and after the laser pulse has been applied. With the excel V hand piece the cooling can be performed before, during and after 
delivery of the laser pulse. The delivered energy damages the vein and, over time, it is absorbed by the body. Patients receive 
on average between one and six treatments, with six weeks or longer between treatments. 

Skin  Rejuvenation  –  Our  Nd:YAG  laser,  picosecond  laser  and  other  energy-based  technologies  allow  our  customers  to 
perform non-invasive and minimally-invasive treatments that reduce redness, dyschromia, fine lines and wrinkles, improve 
skin texture, and treat other aesthetic conditions. 

Our  recently  launched  Juliet  laser  is  used  to  address  gynecologic  health  in  postmenopausal  women  and  treat  symptoms 
associated  with  vaginal  atrophy  and  vaginal  relaxation  syndrome.  The  application  of  the  laser  stimulates  collagen  and 
revitalizes the vaginal tissue. The My Juliet hand piece is rotated, first delivering an ablative pulse and followed by a thermal 
pulse inducing collagen and vascularization in the area. The Microspot hand piece delivers fractionated energy to treat the 
vaginal and vulvar area to induce skin resurfacing and improving skin quality, tone and texture. 

Texture, Lines and Wrinkles – When using a 1064nm Nd:YAG laser to improve skin texture and treat fine lines, cooling is 
not applied and the hand piece is held directly above the skin. A large number of pulses are directed at the treatment site, 
repeatedly covering an area, such as the cheek. By delivering many pulses of laser light to a treatment area, a gentle heating 
of the dermis occurs and collagen growth is stimulated to rejuvenate the skin and reduce wrinkles. Patients typically receive 
four to six treatments for this procedure. The treatment typically takes less than a half hour with a spacing of two to four 
weeks between treatments. 

When treating texture and fine lines with a Pearl hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and 
the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment. 
The energy delivered by the hand piece ablates a portion of the epidermis while leaving a coagulated portion that will gently 
peel off over the course of a few days. Heat is also delivered into the dermis, which can result in the production of new 
collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one 
and three treatments at monthly intervals. 

When  treating  wrinkles  and  deep  dermal  imperfections  with  a  Pearl  Fractional  hand  piece,  the  hand  piece  is  held  at  a 
controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied 
to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series 
of micro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. 
Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in less than an hour. Patients receive on average between one and three 
treatments at monthly intervals. 

Our CE Mark allows us to market Pearl Fractional in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the 
U.S. for the treatment of wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance only for 
skin resurfacing and coagulation. 

Our recently launched Secret RF product is a fractional RF microneedling system that utilizes microneedles to deliver heat 
into the deeper layers of the skin using controlled RF energy. The targeted energy revitalizes, rebuilds and firms up tissue, 
effectively remodeling collagen, improving mild wrinkles and diminishing scars while leaving the outer layer of skin intact, 
minimizing downtime.  

Dyschromia – Our pulsed-light technologies allow our customers to safely and effectively treat red and brown dyschromia 
(skin discoloration), benign pigmented lesions, and rosacea. The practitioner delivers a narrow spectrum of light to the surface 
of the skin through our LimeLight hand pieces. These hand pieces include one of our proprietary wavelength filters, which 
reduce the energy level required for therapeutic effect and minimize the risk of skin injury. 

The 532 nm wavelength green laser option of the excel V and enlighten systems, as well as the 755 nm infrared wavelength 
of the excel HR, can be used to treat benign pigmented lesions in substantially the same way as described above with the 
pulsed light devices. 

10 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
In treating benign pigmented lesions, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the pulse is triggered. The cells 
forming the pigmented lesion absorb the light energy, darken and then flake off over the course of two to three weeks. Several 
treatments may be required to completely remove the lesion. The treatment takes a few minutes per area treated and there are 
typically three to four weeks between treatments. 

Practitioners can also treat dyschromia and other skin conditions with our Pearl hand piece. During these treatments, the heat 
delivered by the Pearl hand piece will remove the outer layer of the epidermis while coagulating a portion of the epidermis. 
That coagulated portion will gently peel off over the course of a few days, revealing a new layer of skin underneath. Treatment 
of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments 
at monthly intervals. 

Skin Quality – Our Titan technology allows our customers to use deep dermal heating to tighten lax skin. The practitioner 
delivers a spectrum of light to the skin through our Titan hand piece. This hand piece includes our proprietary light source 
and wavelength filter which tailors the delivered spectrum of light to provide heating at the desired depth in the skin. 

In treating compromised, skin the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered. A sustained 
pulse causes significant heating in the dermis. This heating can cause immediate collagen contraction while also stimulating 
long-term collagen regrowth. Several treatments may be required to obtain the desired degree of tightening of the skin. The 
treatment of a full face can take over an hour and there are typically four weeks between treatments. 

Our CE Mark allows us to market the Titan in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for 
the treatment of wrinkles through skin tightening. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance for only deep dermal 
heating. 

Sales and Marketing 

In the U.S. we market and sell our products through a direct sales organization. We internally manage our U.S. and Canadian 
sales organization as one North American sales region. As of December 31, 2017, we had 58 territories and a direct sales 
force of 68 employees. 

International  sales  are  made  both  through  a  worldwide  distributor  network  in  over  40  countries,  as  well  as  a  direct 
international sales force. As of December 31, 2017, we had a direct sales force in Australia, Belgium, France, Hong Kong, 
Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom with a total of 34 direct sales employees. Our international revenue as a 
percentage of total revenue represented 38% in 2017, 45% in 2016, and 48% in 2015. 

We also sell certain items like Hand Piece Refills and marketing brochures through our web site www.cutera.com. 

Customers generally demand quality, performance, ease of use, and high productivity in relation to the cost of ownership. 
We respond to these customer demands by introducing new products focused on these requirements in the markets we serve. 
Specifically, we believe that we introduce new products and applications that are innovative, address the specific aesthetic 
procedures in demand, and are upgradeable on our customers’ existing systems. In addition, we provide attractive upgrade 
pricing to new product families. To increase market penetration, we also market to non-core practitioners in addition to our 
core specialties of plastic surgeons and dermatologists. 

We seek to establish strong ongoing relationships with our customers through the upgradeability of our products, sales of 
extended service contracts, the refilling of hand pieces and replacement of disposable tips, ongoing training and support, and 
distributing  skincare  products  in  Japan.  We  primarily  target  our  marketing  efforts  to  practitioners  through  office  visits, 
workshops, trade shows, webinars and trade journals. We also market to potential patients through brochures, workshops and 
our website. In addition, we offer clinical forums with recognized expert panelists to promote advanced treatment techniques 
using our products to further enhance customer loyalty and uncover new sales opportunities. 

Competition 

Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, such 
as  electrolysis,  Botox  and  collagen  injections,  chemical  peels,  microdermabrasion  and  sclerotherapy.  Our  products  also 
compete  against  laser  and  other  energy-based  products  offered  by  other  public  companies,  such  as  Hologic  (acquired 
Cynosure in March 2017), El.En S.p.A, XIO Group (acquired Lumenis in September 2015), Allergan (acquired Zeltiq in 
April 2017), Valeant (acquired Solta in January 2014), as well as private companies, including Sisram, Syneron Candela 
(acquired in 2017 by an affiliate of private equity funds advised by Apax Partners), Sciton, and several others. 

11 

Form 10-K 
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Competition among providers of laser and other energy-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized by extensive 
research and development efforts, and innovative technology. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and 
other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from 
developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private, that are 
developing  innovative  devices  that  use  both  energy-based  and  alternative  technologies.  Some  of  these  competitors  have 
greater  resources  than  we  do  or  product  applications  for  certain  sub-markets  in  which  we  do  not  participate.  Additional 
competitors may enter the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. To compete effectively, 
we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments by differentiating our 
products  on  the  basis  of  performance,  brand  name,  service  and  price.  We  have  encountered,  and  expect  to  continue  to 
encounter,  potential  customers  who,  due  to  existing  relationships  with  our  competitors,  are  committed  to,  or  prefer,  the 
products offered by these competitors. Competitive pressures may result in price reductions and reduced margins for our 
products. 

Research and Development 

Our  research  and  development  group  develops  new  products  and  applications  that  address  unmet  or  underserved  market 
needs. As of December 31, 2017, our research and development activities were conducted by a staff of 28 employees with a 
broad base of experience in lasers, optoelectronics, software, and other related disciplines. We develop working relationships 
with outside contract engineering and design consultants, giving our team additional technical and creative breadth. We work 
closely with thought leaders and customers, to understand unmet needs and emerging applications in aesthetic medicine. 
Research and development expenses were approximately $12.9 million in 2017, $11.2 million in 2016, and $10.7 million in 
2015. 

Acquisitions and Investments 

Our  strategy  of  providing  a broad  range of  therapeutic  capabilities  requires  a wide variety  of  technologies,  products  and 
capabilities.  The  rapid  pace  of  technological  development  in  the  aesthetic  device  industry  and  the  specialized  expertise 
required  in  different  areas  make  it  difficult  for  us  to  develop  a  broad  portfolio  of  technological  solutions.  In  addition  to 
internally  generated  growth  through  research  and  development  efforts,  we  have  considered,  and  expect  to  continue  to 
consider, acquisitions, investments and alliances to provide access to new products and technologies in both new and existing 
markets. 

We  expect  to  further  our  strategic  objectives  and  strengthen  our  existing  businesses  by  making  future  acquisitions  or 
investments in areas that we believe we can acquire or stimulate the development of new technologies and products. Mergers 
and acquisitions of medical technology companies are inherently risky and no assurance can be given that any acquisition 
will be successful or will not materially adversely affect our consolidated operations, financial condition and/or cash flows. 

Service and Support 

Our products are engineered to enable quick and efficient service and support. There are several separate components of our 
products,  each  of  which  can  easily  be  removed  and  replaced.  We  believe  that  quick  and  effective  delivery  of  service  is 
important to our customers. As of December 31, 2017, we had 56 people in our global service department. Internationally, 
we  provide  direct  service  support  through  our  Australia,  Belgium,  Canada,  France,  Germany,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  and 
Switzerland  offices.  We  work  with  third-party  service  providers  in  Spain  and  the  U.K,  and  also  through  a  network  of 
distributors in over 40 countries. 

We provide a standard one-year warranty coverage for all of our systems. We provide initial warranties on our products to 
cover parts and service and offer extended service plans that vary by the type of product and the level of service desired. 
From  time  to  time,  we  also  have  promotions  whereby  we  include  a  post-warranty  service  contract  with  the  sale  of  our 
products. Customers are notified before their initial warranty expires and are able to purchase extended service plans covering 
replacement parts and labor. 

In countries where we are represented by distributor partners, customers are serviced through the distributor. Distributors are 
generally provided 14 to 16 months warranty coverage for parts only, with labor customarily provided to the end customer 
by the distributor. 

In the event a customer does not purchase an extended service plan, we offer to service the customer’s system and charge the 
customer for time and materials.  

12 

Form 10-K 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our Titan and truSculpt 3D hand pieces generally include a warranty for a set number of shots, instead of for a period of 
time. 

Manufacturing 

We manufacture our products with components and subassemblies supplied by vendors. We assemble and test each of our 
products at our Brisbane, California facility. Quality control, cost reduction and inventory management are top priorities of 
our manufacturing operations. 

We  purchase  certain  components  and  subassemblies  from  a  limited  number  of  suppliers.  We  have  flexibility  with  our 
suppliers to adjust the number of components and subassemblies as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts we use are 
based on historical demands and sales projections. Lead times for components and subassemblies  may vary significantly 
depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components or subassemblies, specific supplier 
requirements, and current market demand for the same or similar components and subassemblies. We reduce the potential 
for supply disruption by maintaining sufficient inventories and identifying additional suppliers. The time required to qualify 
new suppliers for some components, or to redesign them, could cause delays in our manufacturing. To date, we have not 
experienced significant delays in obtaining any of our components or subassemblies. 

We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (or “QSR”). The 
QSR  covers  the  methods  and  documentation  of  the  design,  testing,  control,  manufacturing,  labeling,  quality  assurance, 
packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections. We 
had an FDA full quality system audit in March 2017. There were no significant findings or observations as a result of this 
audit.  Failure  to  maintain  compliance  with  the  QSR  requirements  could  result  in  the  shutdown  of  our  manufacturing 
operations and the recall of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. In the event that one 
of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our quality requirements, we may have to qualify a new supplier and could 
experience  manufacturing  delays  as  a  result.  We  have  opted  to  maintain  quality  assurance  and  quality  management 
certifications to enable us to market our products in the U.S., the member states of the European Union (“EU”), the European 
Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements with the EU. In January 2018, 
we  conducted  our  recertification  audit  to  the  requirements  of  ISO  13485:2003  under  the  Medical  Device  Single  Audit 
Program  (“MDSAP”)  for  the  5  regulatory  jurisdictions  signatory  to  MDSAP  (FDA  -  US,  Health  Canada  -  Canada, 
Therapeutic Goods Administration (“TGA”) - Australia, Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”) - Japan, 
and  Agência  Nacional  de  Vigilancia  Sanitária  (“ANVISA”)  -  Brazil);  and  for  the  EU  under  Europäische  Norm  (“EN”) 
International Standards Organization (“ISO”) 13485:2012 and Medical Device Directive (MDD”) 93/42/EEC. We passed 
the  recertification  audit  establishing  compliance  with  ISO  13485:2003  under  MDSAP;  EN  ISO  13458:2012;  and  MDD 
93/42/EEC.  The  MDSAP  and  EU  certification  can  be  used  to  establish  compliance  with  Good  Manufacturing  Practices 
(“GMP”), QSR, and Quality Management System (“QMS”) requirements for all six regulatory jurisdictions, replacing routine 
audits from each regulatory jurisdiction. Our manufacturing facility is ISO 13485 certified. 

Patents and Proprietary Technology 

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws,  and  non-disclosure,  confidentiality  and 
invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of February 28, 2018, we had 33 issued U.S. 
patents and 5 pending U.S. patent applications. In the U.S. and several foreign countries, we register our Company name and 
several of our product names as trademarks, including Cutera, Acutip 500, CoolGlide, excel, enlighten, Juliet, Limelight, 
myQ, Pearl, ProWave 770, ProWave LX, Secret RF, Solera (discontinued as of January 2018), Titan, truSculpt, and xeo. We 
may have common law rights in other product names, including excel V, Pearl Fractional, Solera, Titan and excel HR. We 
intend to file for additional patents and trademarks to continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights. 

We  licensed  certain  patents  from  Palomar  (acquired  by  Cynosure  in  2013)  and  paid  ongoing  royalties  based  on  sales  of 
applicable hair removal products. The royalty rate on these products ranged from 3.75% to 7.50% of revenue from sales of 
products  that  incorporate  the  licensed  patents.  The  remaining  U.S.  patents  expired  in  February  2015  and  the  remaining 
international patents expired in February 2016. As a result, all our revenue from February 2016 onwards is not subject to 
these  royalties.  Our  revenue  from  systems  that  do  not  include  hair  removal  capabilities  (such  as  excel  V,  enlighten, 
GenesisPlus, myQ, Solera, Titan, and xeo), as well as revenues from service contracts and skincare products, were not subject 
to these royalties. 

We  rely  on  non-disclosure  and  non-competition  agreements  with  employees,  technical  consultants  and  other  parties  to 
protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary technology. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all 
inventions  conceived  in  connection  with  the  relationship.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  these  agreements  will  not  be 

13 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
breached,  that  we  will  have  adequate  remedies  for  any  breach,  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  equivalent 
proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge. 

For additional information, please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the section 
entitled “Risk Factors - Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, 
which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively, and [w]e may be involved in future costly intellectual 
property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial performance.” 

Government Regulation 

United States 

Our products are medical devices subject to regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA and counterpart 
agencies outside the United States. To varying degrees, each of these agencies require us to comply with laws and regulations 
governing  the  research,  development,  testing,  manufacturing,  labeling,  pre-market  clearance  or  approval,  marketing, 
distribution, advertising, promotion, record keeping, reporting, tracking, and importing and exporting of medical devices. In 
the Unites States, FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform and will continue to perform to ensure 
that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses: 

   ●  product design and development; 
   ●  product testing; 
   ●  product manufacturing; 
   ●  product safety; 
   ●  product labeling; 
   ●  product storage; 
   ● 
record keeping; 
   ●  pre-market clearance or approval; 
   ● 
advertising and promotion; 
   ●  production; 
   ●  product sales and distribution; and 
   ● 

complaint handling. 

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements 

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the U.S. will require either prior 
510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices 
deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-
market notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) 
clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, 
such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 
cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices. 

510(k) Clearance Pathway 

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that our proposed device is 
substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 
1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of Pre-Market Approval, or PMA, applications. By regulation, 
the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k), pre-market notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a 
practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, 
to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, 
have generally qualified for clearance under 510(k) procedures. 

14 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  details  the  indications  for  which  we  received  a  510(k)  clearance  for  our  products  and  when  these 
clearances were received. 

FDA Marketing Clearances: 
Laser-based products: 

    Date Received: 

-
-
-
-

-
treatment of vascular lesions ..........................................................................................................    
- hair removal ....................................................................................................................................    
- permanent hair reduction ................................................................................................................    
treatment of benign pigmented lesions and pseudo folliculitis barbae, commonly referred to as 
-
razor bumps, and for the reduction of red pigmentation in scars ....................................................    
treatment of wrinkles ......................................................................................................................    
treatment to increase clear nail in patients with onychomycosis .................................................... 
expanded spot size to 5 mm for clear nail in patients with onychomycosis ................................... 
addition of Alexandrite 755 nm laser wavelength for hair removal, permanent hair reduction 
and the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesions ..........................................................   
enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for the treatment of benign pigmented 
lesions .............................................................................................................................................   
enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for multi-colored tattoo removal   ................   
enlighten III picosecond and nanosecond 670 nm wavelength approved for benign pigmented 
lesions ............................................................................................................................................. 
enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm higher performance specifications for 
multi-colored tattoo removal and the treatment of benign pigmented lesions  ............................... 
enlighten III picosecond and nanosecond 532/670/1064 nm for multi-colored tattoo removal, 
adding 670 nm for the treatment of green and blue tattoo inks, and the treatment of benign 
pigmented lesions with higher performance specifications ............................................................ 

-
-

-

-

-

June 1999
March 2000
January 2001

June 2002
October 2002
April 2011
May 2013

December 2013

August 2014
November 2014

November 2016

April 2017 

October 2017

Pulsed-light technologies: 

-
treatment of pigmented lesions .......................................................................................................    
- hair removal and vascular treatments .............................................................................................    

March 2003
March 2005

Infrared Titan technology for deep dermal heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and 

joint pain and for the temporary increase in local circulation where applied ......................................    

February 2004

Solera tabletop console: 

-
-

for use with the Titan hand piece ....................................................................................................    
for use with our pulsed-light hand pieces .......................................................................................    

October 2004
January 2005

Pearl product for the treatment of wrinkles .......................................................................................    

March 2007

Pearl Fractional product for skin resurfacing and coagulation ........................................................    

August 2008

truSculpt radio frequency product for deep tissue heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle 

and joint pain and for a temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite   
- 16cm2 to 25cm2 hand pieces for smaller body parts ......................................................................   
- 16cm2 to 40cm2 hand pieces for larger body parts ........................................................................   
- Product labeling and technology updates for existing clearances ...................................................   
- Temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen .................................................................   
truSculpt 2.0: Hands-free treatment powering sequentially six 40 cm2 puck-style applicators .....   
-

April 2008 
November 2012 
September 2014 
December 2016 
August 2017  

15 

Form 10-K 
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
  
   
  
  
   
  
     
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”) Pathway 

A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported 
by extensive data, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate 
to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. No device that we have developed to date has required 
pre-market approval, although development of future devices or indications may require pre-market approval. 

Product Modifications 

We have modified aspects of our products since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances 
are not required for these modifications. After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA, any modification that could 
significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 
clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any 
such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek 
a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The 
FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or 
pre-market approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. 

Clinical Trials 

When  FDA  approval  of  a  class  I,  class  II  or  class  III  device  requires  human  clinical  trials,  and  if  the  device  presents  a 
“significant risk,” as defined by the FDA, to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an Investigational Device 
Exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the 
device is considered a “non-significant” risk, IDE submission to the FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the 
Institutional Review Board “IRB”), overseeing the clinical trial is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in 
connection with approval of class III devices and may be required for class I and II devices. The IDE application must be 
supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans 
and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number 
of patients. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the application is reviewed and cleared by the FDA 
and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. Future clinical trials of our products may require that 
we submit and obtain clearance of an IDE from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials. The FDA, and the IRB at each 
institution at which a clinical trial is being performed, may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including 
a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. 

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation 

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: 

   ●  Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent
design,  testing,  control,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance  procedures  during  all  aspects  of  the
manufacturing process; 

   ●  Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-

label” uses; 

   ●  Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have
caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to
a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and 

   ●  Post-market  surveillance  regulations,  which  apply  when  necessary  to  protect  the  public  health  or  to  provide

additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.  

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA 
and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services (or “CDHS”), to determine our compliance 
with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. In 
the past, our prior facility has been inspected, and observations were noted. There were no findings that involved a material 
violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to these observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS, and 
we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR. Our current manufacturing facility has been inspected by the 
FDA and the CDHS. The FDA and the CDHS noted observations, but there were no findings that involved a material violation 
of regulatory requirements. Our responses to those observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS. 

We are also regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to comply with 
performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product labeling and in 

16 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file new 
product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning 
labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product. 

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include 
any of the following sanctions: 

   ●  Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; 
   ●  Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products; 
   ●  Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; 
   ●  Refusing  our  requests  for  510(k)  clearance  or  pre-market  approval  of  new  products,  new  intended  uses,  or

modifications to existing products; 

   ●  Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and 
   ●  Criminal prosecution and penalties. 

The  FDA  also  has  the  authority  to  require  us  to  repair,  replace  or  refund  the  cost  of  any  medical  device  that  we  have 
manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the environment, 
health and safety, land use and quality assurance. We believe that compliance with these laws and regulations as currently in 
effect will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position. 

International 

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country 
to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required 
for FDA clearance or approval, and the clearance or approval requirements may be different from those in the United States.  

In Japan, for instance, physicians can import medical devices that are not approved for sale in Japan, under their medical 
license if imported from a country where the product is legally marketed and sold. We frequently sell and ship products into 
Japan under this regulatory allowance. If the regulations in Japan change and physicians are no longer able to import devices 
that are not approved for sale by the Japanese regulatory authority into Japan under their medical licenses, our business in 
Japan  could  be  materially  impacted.  In  Japan,  we  are  actively  seeking  approvals  for  certain  products  to  supplement  our 
existing approvals for enlighten, xeo, Solera, LimeLight, ProWave and Titan. 

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, (which is composed of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein 
and Iceland), a single regulatory approval process exists, and conformity with the legal requirements is represented by the 
CE mark. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and allow the marketing 
of  medical  devices  that  meet  EU  requirements.  The  EU  has  adopted  numerous  directives  and  European  Standardization 
Committees have promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse 
event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear 
CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, 
accordingly,  can  be  commercially  distributed  throughout  the  EEA  and  countries  which  have  entered  into  a  Mutual 
Recognition Agreement.  The  method of  assessing  conformity  varies  depending  on the  type  and  class  of  the product, but 
normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a Notified Body, 
an  independent  and  neutral  institution  appointed  by  a  country  to  conduct  the  conformity  assessment.  This  third-party 
assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. 
An  assessment  by  a  Notified  Body  in  one  member  state  of  the  EEA,  or  one  country  which  has  entered  into  a  Mutual 
Recognition  Agreement  is  required  in  order  for  a  manufacturer  to  commercially  distribute  the  product  throughout  these 
countries.  ISO  9001  and  ISO  13845  certification  are  voluntary  harmonized  standards.  Compliance  establishes  the 
presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. In February 2000, our facility was awarded the 
ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certification. In March 2003, we received our ISO 9001 updated certification (ISO 9001:2000) as 
well as our certification for ISO 13485:1996 which replaced our EN 46001 certification. In March 2004, we received our 
ISO 13485:2003 certification and in March 2006, March 2009, and January 2012 we passed ISO 13485 recertification audits. 
In January 2015, we passed a recertification audit establishing compliance with the requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, 
CAN/CSA  ISO  13485:2003,  and  MDD  93/42/EEC.  In  January  2018,  we  conducted  our  recertification  audit  to  the 
requirements of ISO 13485:2003 under the Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) for the 5 regulatory jurisdictions 
signatory to MDSAP (FDA - US, Health Canada - Canada, TGA - Australia, PMDA - Japan, and ANVISA - Brazil); and for 
the EU under EN ISO 13485:2012 and MDD 93/42/EEC. We passed the recertification audit establishing compliance with 

17 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ISO 13485:2003 under MDSAP; EN ISO 13458:2012; and MDD 93/42/EEC. The MDSAP and EU certification can be used 
to establish compliance with GMP/QSR/QMS requirements for all six regulatory jurisdictions, replacing routine audits from 
each regulatory jurisdiction. For cause audits can still occur. 

Applicability of Anti-Corruption Laws and Regulations 

Our worldwide business is subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), the United Kingdom 
Bribery Act of 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”) and other anti-corruption laws and regulations applicable in the jurisdictions 
where we operate. The FCPA can be used to prosecute companies in the United States for arrangements with physicians, or 
other  parties  outside  the  United  States,  if  the  physician  or  party  is  a  government  official  of  another  country  and  the 
arrangement violates the law of that country. The UK Bribery Act prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well 
as bribery across both public and private sectors. There are similar laws and regulations applicable to Cutera outside the 
United States, all of which are subject to evolving interpretations. For additional information, please refer to Item 1A. Risk 
Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the sections entitled “Risk Factors - Our failure to comply with rules 
relating to bribery, foreign corrupt practices, and privacy and security laws may subject us to penalties and adversely impact 
our reputation and business operations.” 

Environmental Health and Safety Laws 

We are also subject to various environmental health and safety laws and regulations worldwide. Like other medical device 
companies,  our  manufacturing  and  other  operations  involve  the  use  and  transportation  of  substances  regulated  under 
environmental health and safety laws including those related to the transportation of hazardous materials. To the best of our 
knowledge at this time, we do not expect that compliance with environmental protection laws will have a material impact on 
our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. 

Employees 

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  367  employees,  compared  to  297  employees  as  of  December  31,  2016.  Of  the 
367 employees at December 31, 2017, 149 were in sales and marketing, 101 in manufacturing operations, 56 in technical 
service, 28 in research and development and 33 in general and administrative. We believe that our future success will depend 
in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a 
labor union, and we believe our employee relations are good. 

Available Information 

We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to 
file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including reports on the following forms: 
annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports 
filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section 13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  reports  and  other 
information concerning the Company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Such filings, as well as 
our charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and our Code of Ethics 
are available on our website at www.cutera.com. In the event that we grant a waiver under our Code of Ethics to any of our 
officers  and  directors,  we  will  publish  it  on  our  website.  Information  contained  on,  or  that  can  be  accessed  through,  our 
website does not constitute part of this report and inclusions of our website address in this report are inactive textual references 
only. 

18 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

We operate in a rapidly changing economic and technological environment that presents numerous risks, many of which are 
driven  by  factors  that  we  cannot  control  or  predict.  Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be 
impacted  by  a  number  of  factors.  In  addition  to  the  factors  discussed  elsewhere  in  this  report,  the  following  risks  and 
uncertainties could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, including causing our actual 
results  to  differ  materially  from  those projected  in  any  forward-looking  statements.  The  following  list  of  significant  risk 
factors is not all-inclusive or necessarily in order of importance. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to 
us, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may materially adversely affect us in future periods. You should carefully 
consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our securities.  

Our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future, which may cause our share price to decline. 

Our net  sales, expenses  and operating results  may  vary significantly  from  year  to  year  and quarter  to  quarter for several 
reasons, including, without limitation:  

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

the ability of our sales force to effectively market and promote our products, and the extent to which those products
gain market acceptance; 
the existence and timing of any product approvals or changes; 
the rate and size of expenditures incurred on our clinical, manufacturing, sales, marketing and product development
efforts; 

   ●  our ability to obtain and retain personnel; 
   ● 

the availability of key components, materials and contract services, which depends on our ability to forecast sales,
among other things; 
investigations of our business and business-related activities by regulatory or other governmental authorities; 

   ● 
   ●  variations in timing and quantity of product orders; 
   ● 
   ● 

temporary manufacturing interruptions or disruptions; 
the timing and success of new product and new market introductions, as well as delays in obtaining domestic or
foreign regulatory approvals for such introductions; 
increased competition, patent expirations or new technologies or treatments; 

   ● 
   ●  product recalls or safety alerts; 
   ● 

litigation,  including product liability,  patent,  employment,  securities  class  action,  stockholder derivative, general
commercial and other lawsuits; 
continued  volatility  in  the  global  market  and  worldwide  economic  conditions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
impact of events such as Brexit; 
changes in tax laws, including changes due to Brexit, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities; 
the financial health of our customers and their ability to purchase our products in the current economic environment;
and 

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

   ●  other unusual or non-operating expenses, such as expenses related to mergers or acquisitions, may cause operating

result variations. 

As a result of any of these factors, our consolidated results of operations may fluctuate significantly, which may in turn cause 
our share price to fluctuate. 

If we do not continue to develop, or acquire, and commercialize new products and identify new markets for our products 
and technology, we may not remain competitive, and our revenues and operating results could suffer. 

The aesthetic laser and light-based treatment system industry is subject to continuous technological development and product 
innovation. If we do not continue to innovate and develop new products and applications, our competitive position will likely 
deteriorate  as  other  companies  successfully  design  and  commercialize  new  products  and  applications.  Accordingly,  our 
success depends in part on developing or acquiring new and innovative applications of laser and other light-based technology 
and  identifying  new  markets  for  and  applications  of  existing  products  and  technology.  If  we  are  unable  to  develop  and 
commercialize new products, identify and acquire complementary businesses, products or technologies, and identify new 
markets for our products and technology, our product and technology offerings could become obsolete and our revenues and 
operating results could be adversely affected.  

19 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things: 

   ●  develop or acquire new technologies that either add to or significantly improve our current products; 
   ● 

convince our target practitioner customers that our new products or product upgrades would be attractive revenue-
generating additions to their practices; 
sell our products to non-traditional customers, including primary care physicians, gynecologists and other specialists;
identify new markets and emerging technological trends in our target markets and react effectively to technological
changes; and 

   ● 
   ● 

   ●  preserve goodwill and brand value with customers. 

Revenue growth in our business is driven by several factors and one such factor is new product introductions. Our ability to 
sustain profitability depends on our ability to introduce new products that are adopted by our customers and on the extent to 
which we can increase revenue and control our costs to be able to leverage our expenses. In addition, we need to be able to 
counter  any  unforeseen  difficulties,  complications,  product  delays  or  other  unknown  factors  that  may  require  additional 
expenditures. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our growth prospects, product development, 
sales and marketing and other efforts, unforeseen litigation expenses, etc., we are unable to predict the extent of our future 
profitability or losses. 

The success and continuing development of our products depends, in part, upon maintaining strong relationships with 
physicians and other healthcare professionals. 

If we fail to maintain our working relationships with physicians and other ancillary healthcare professionals, our products 
may not be developed and marketed in line with the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and support our 
products. Physicians assist us as researchers, marketing consultants, product consultants, and public speakers, and we rely on 
these professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and experience. If we are unable to maintain these strong 
relationships, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
consolidated financial condition and results of operations. 

We rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively 
train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain our sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would 
impair our future revenue and profitability. 

Our success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage and improve the productivity levels of our sales professionals 
worldwide.  Because  of  our  focus  on  non-core  practitioners  in  the  past,  several  of  our  sales  professionals  do  not  have 
established relationships with the core market, consisting of dermatologists and plastic surgeons, or where those relationships 
exist, they are not very strong. 

We  have  experienced  direct  sales  employee  and  sales  management  turnover  in  North  America,  Japan,  and  Europe. 
Competition for sales professionals who are familiar and trained to sell in the aesthetic equipment market continues to be 
strong. As a result, we have lost some of our sales people to our competitors. Our industry is characterized by a few established 
companies that compete vigorously for talented sales professionals. Further, as the economy in North America has rebounded 
from the recent recession, some of those sales professionals have left our company for jobs that they perceive to be better 
opportunities, both within and outside of the aesthetic industry. However, we have also hired a record number of new sales 
people, including several from our competitors. Several of our sales employees and sales management have been recently 
hired or recently transferred into different roles, and it will take time for them to be fully trained to improve their productivity. 
In addition, due to the competition for sales professionals in our industry, we have recruited sales professionals from outside 
the industry. Sales professionals from outside the industry take longer to train and to become familiar with our products and 
the procedures in which they are used. As a result of a lack of industry knowledge, these sales professionals may take longer 
to become productive members of our sales force. 

We train our existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our existing and new product technologies 
and how they can be positioned against our competitors’ products. These initiatives are intended to improve the productivity 
of our sales professionals and our revenue and profitability. It takes time for the sales professionals to become productive 
following their training and there can be no assurance that the recently recruited sales professionals will be adequately trained 
in a timely manner, or that our direct sales productivity will improve, or that we will not experience significant levels of 
attrition in the future. 

Measures we implement in an effort to recruit, retain, train and manage our sales professionals, strengthen their relationships 
with core market physicians, and improve their productivity may not be successful and may instead contribute to instability 

20 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
in our operations, additional departures from our sales organization, or further reduce our revenue and harm our business. If 
we are not able to improve the productivity and retention of our North American and international sales professionals, then 
our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted. 

The  aesthetic  equipment  market  is  characterized by  rapid  innovation. To  compete  effectively,  we  must  develop and/or 
acquire new products, market them successfully, and identify new markets for our technology. 

We have created products to apply our technology to body contouring, hair removal, treatment of veins, tattoo removal, and 
skin rejuvenation,  including  the  treatment  of  diffuse  redness,  skin  laxity,  fine  lines, wrinkles,  skin  texture, pore  size  and 
benign pigmented lesions, etc. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2016, we added a required third wavelength (670 nm) to 
our enlighten platform to improve clearing of green, blue and purple tattoo inks and launched the product as enlighten III. 
We also lunched truSculpt 3D, Secret and Juliet in 2017.To grow in the future, we must continue to develop and/or acquire 
new and innovative aesthetic products and applications, identify new markets, and successfully launch the newly acquired or 
developed product offerings. 

To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things: 

   ●  develop or otherwise acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current product offerings;
convince  our  existing  and  prospective  customers  that  our  product  offerings  are  an  attractive  revenue-generating 
   ● 
addition to their practice; 
sell our product offerings to a broad customer base; 
identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ●  protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and 
satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization. 
   ● 

Historically, product introductions have been a significant component of our financial performance. To be successful in the 
aesthetics  industry,  we  need  to  continue  to  innovate.  Our  business  strategy  has  therefore  been  based,  in  part,  on  our 
expectation that we will continue to increase our product offerings. We need to continue to devote substantial research and 
development resources to make new product introductions, which can be costly and time consuming to our organization. 

We also believe that, to increase revenue from sales of new products, we need to continue to develop our clinical support, 
further expand and nurture relationships with industry thought leaders and increase market awareness of the benefits of our 
new products. However, even with a significant investment in research and development, we may be unable to continue to 
develop, acquire or effectively launch and market new products and technologies regularly, or at all. If we fail to successfully 
commercialize new products, our business may be harmed. 

While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to entry that 
would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expect 
that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from current and future innovations may diminish over time as companies 
successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Consequently, we believe that we will have to continuously 
innovate and improve our products and technology to compete successfully. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our 
products could become obsolete and our revenue could decline as our customers and prospects purchase our competitors’ 
products. 

Demand for our products in any of our markets could be weakened by several factors, including: 

   ● 
inability to develop and market our products to the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons; 
   ●  poor financial performance of market segments that attempt to introduce aesthetic procedures to their businesses; 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

the inability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors; 
reduced patient demand for elective aesthetic procedures; 
failure to build and maintain relationships with opinion leaders within the various market segments; and 
the lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers. 

If we do not achieve anticipated demand for our products, there could be a  material adverse effect on our total revenue, 
profitability, employee retention and stock price. 

21 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We depend on skilled and experienced personnel to operate our global business effectively. Changes to management or 
the inability to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified personnel, could harm our ability to successfully manage, develop 
and expand our business, which would impair our future revenue and profitability. 

Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and efforts of our officers and other key employees. The loss of any of 
our  executive  officers  could  weaken  our  management  expertise  and  harm  our  business,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  find 
adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Except for Change of Control and Severance Agreements for our executive 
officers and a few key employees, we do not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees. 
Any of our officers and other key employees may terminate their employment at any time and their knowledge of our business 
and industry would be difficult to replace. For instance, we announced on February 9, 2018, that Miguel Pardos resigned his 
position  as  Executive  Vice  President,  International  Sales  of  Cutera,  effective  on  February  28,  2018,  to  pursue  other 
opportunities. Cutera reassigned Mr. Pardos’ duties among existing members of the International team and we do not expect 
any adverse effects from his departure. We do not have a succession plan in place for each of our officers and key employees. 
In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our employees. 

We  recently  hired  a  new  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”).  Prior  to  the  confirmation,  she 
performed  the  duties  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  on  an  interim  consulting  basis  beginning  July  12,  2017.  Her  prior 
experience  included  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  the  medical  device  and  our  aesthetics  industry  specifically,  and  other 
Companies  in  the  life  science  industry.  However,  recently  hired  executives  may  view  the  business  differently  than  prior 
members of management, and over time may make changes to the existing personnel and their responsibilities, our strategic 
focus, operations or business plans. We can give no assurances that we will be able to properly manage any such shift in 
focus,  or  that  any  changes  to  our  business,  would  ultimately  prove  successful.  In  addition,  leadership  transitions  and 
management changes can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause uncertainty or a disruption to our business or may 
increase  the  likelihood  of  turnover  in  key  officers  and  employees.  Our  success  depends  in  part  on  having  a  successful 
leadership team. If we cannot effectively manage the leadership transitions and management changes, it could make it more 
difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain 
the services of any members of our executive officers or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified 
employees, retaining and motivating existing employees or integrating new executives and employees, our business could be 
materially and adversely affected. 

Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees are critical factors 
in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future hiring needs or retain 
existing personnel. The staff we hire to perform administrative functions may become stretched due to our increased growth 
and they may not be able to perform their jobs effectively or efficiently as a result. 

We may face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring, training, managing and retaining engineering and sales 
and  marketing  employees.  Failure  to  attract,  train  and  retain  personnel,  particularly  technical  and  sales  and  marketing 
personnel, would materially harm our ability to compete effectively and grow our business. 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and impact our business, financial condition 
or results of operations. 

We rely on networks, information management software and other technology, or information systems, including the Internet 
and third-party hosted services, to support a variety of business processes and activities, including procurement and supply 
chain, manufacturing, distribution, invoicing, order processing and collection of payments. We use information systems to 
process financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial 
reporting, legal and tax requirements. In addition, we depend on information systems  for digital marketing activities and 
electronic communications among our locations around the world and between company personnel as well as customers and 
suppliers.  Because  information  systems  are  critical  to  many  of  our  operating  activities,  our  business  processes  may  be 
impacted by system shutdowns or service disruptions. These disruptions may be caused by failures during routine operations 
such as system upgrades or user errors, as well as network or hardware failures, malicious or disruptive software, computer 
hackers, geopolitical events, natural disasters, failures or impairments of telecommunications networks, or other catastrophic 
events. These events could result in unauthorized disclosure of material confidential information. If our information systems 
suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a 
timely manner, we could experience delays in reporting our financial results and we may lose revenue and profits as a result 
of our inability to timely manufacture, distribute, invoice and collect payments. Misuse, leakage or falsification of information 
could result in a violation of data privacy laws and regulations and damage our reputation and credibility, and could expose 
us to liability. We may also be required to spend significant financial and other resources to remedy the damage caused by a 
security breach or to repair or replace networks and information systems. Like most major corporations, our information 
systems are a target of attacks. As of December 2017, we have not had any disruptions to our information systems that have 

22 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
materially affected our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, there can be no assurance that such 
disruptions will not have a material adverse effect on us in the future. 

Macroeconomic political and market conditions, and catastrophic events may adversely affect our business, results of 
operations, financial condition and stock price. 

Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control, including: 

   ●  general  macro-economic  and  business  conditions  in  our  key  markets  of  North  America,  Japan,  Asia  (excluding

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

Japan), the Middle East, Europe and Australia; 
the  lack of  credit  financing, or  an  increase in  the  cost of borrowing,  for  some  of our potential  customers  due  to 
increasing interest rates; 
the overall demand for our products by the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons; 
the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive 
landscape of the market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures, including consolidation among our competitors; 
the level of awareness of aesthetic procedures and the market adoption of our products; 
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ●  governmental budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities; 
   ●  general  political  developments,  both  domestic  and  in  our  foreign  markets,  including  economic  and  political

uncertainty caused by the recent election of a new U.S. president; 

   ●  natural disasters;  
tax law changes 
   ● 
currency exchange rate fluctuations; and 
   ● 
any  trade  restrictions  or  higher  import  taxes  that  may  be  imposed  by  foreign  countries  against  products  sold
   ● 
internationally by U.S. companies. 

Macroeconomic  developments,  like global  recessions  and financial  crises  could negatively  affect  our business,  operating 
results  or financial  condition  which,  in  turn,  could  adversely  affect our stock price.  A general weakening of, and related 
declining corporate confidence in, the global economy or the curtailment in government or corporate spending could cause 
current or potential customers to reduce their budgets or be unable to fund product or upgrade application purchases, which 
could cause customers to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or cause customers not to pay us 
or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services. 

In  addition, political  unrest  in regions  like the  Middle  East,  terrorist  attacks  around  the  globe  and  the  potential  for  other 
hostilities in various parts of the world, potential public health crises and natural disasters continue to contribute to a climate 
of economic and political uncertainty that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including 
our revenue growth and profitability. 

Macroeconomic declines, negative political developments, adverse market conditions and catastrophic events may cause a 
decline in our revenue, negatively affect our operating results, adversely affect our cash flow and could result in a decline in 
our stock price. 

The price of our common stock has increased by approximately 24% in the six months ended March 1, 2018 and may 
fluctuate substantially due to several factors, some of which are discussed below. Further, we have a limited number of 
shares of common stock outstanding, a large portion of which is held by a small number of investors, which could result 
in the increase in volatility of our stock price. 

The price of our common stock has increased by approximately 24% in the six months ended March 1, 2018 due in part to 
our recent improved revenue and profitability performance, the purchase of two of our competitors (Cynosure and Zeltiq) in 
February 2017, the financial guidance we communicated to the investor community in February 2018, repurchases of our 
stock, the overall rise in the stock market following the passage of the new tax bill in December 2017 and other factors. As 
of December 31, 2017, approximately 49% of our outstanding shares of common stock were held by 10 institutional investors. 
As a result of our relatively small public float, our common stock may be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader 
public ownership. Among other things, trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock may have a greater impact 
on the trading price for our shares than would be the case if our public float were larger. The public market price of our 
common stock has in the past fluctuated substantially and, due to the current concentration of stockholders, may continue to 
do so in the future. 

23 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The market price for our common stock could also be affected by a number of other factors, including: 

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

litigation surrounding executive compensation has increased. If we are involved in a lawsuit related to compensation
matters or any other matters not covered by our D&O insurance, there could be material expenses involved, fines,
or remedial actions which could negatively affect our stock price; 
the general market conditions unrelated to our operating performance; 
sales  of  large  blocks  of  our  common  stock,  including  sales  by  our  executive  officers,  directors  and  our  large
institutional investors; 

   ●  quarterly variations in our, or our competitors’, results of operations; 
   ● 
   ● 

actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations; 
actual or anticipated changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts 
or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates; 
the  announcement  of  new  products,  service  enhancements,  distributor  relationships  or  acquisitions  by  us  or  our
competitors; 
the announcement of the departure of a key employee or executive officer by us or our competitors; 
regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’ products; and 
the initiation of any other litigation by us or against us. 

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

Actual or perceived instability and / or volatility in our stock price could reduce demand from potential buyers of our stock, 
thereby causing our stock price to either remain depressed or to decline further. 

In addition, if the market for medical-device company stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor 
confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations 
or  financial  condition.  The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  might  also  decline  in  reaction  to  events  that  affect  other 
companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the 
market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Any 
future securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our 
business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business and future operating 
results, which could cause our stock price to decline. 

We started providing, and may continue to provide, financial guidance about our business and future operating results. In 
developing  this  guidance,  our  management  must  make  certain  assumptions  and  judgments  about  our  future  operating 
performance, including projected hiring of sales professionals, continued growth of revenue in the aesthetic device market, 
continue to increase our market share, reduce costs of production of our recently introduced products, and continued stability 
of the macro-economic environment in our key markets. Furthermore, analysts and investors may develop and publish their 
own projections of our business, which may form a consensus about our future performance. Our business results may vary 
significantly from such guidance or that consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and 
which  could  adversely  affect  our  operations  and  operating  results.  Furthermore,  if  we  make  downward  revisions  of  our 
previously announced guidance, or if our publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to meet expectations 
of securities analysts, investors or other interested parties, the price of our common stock would decline. 

To  successfully  market  and  sell  our  products  internationally,  we  must  address  many  issues  that  are  unique  to  our 
international business. Furthermore, international expansion is a key component of our growth strategy, although our 
international  operations  and  foreign  transactions  expose  us  to  additional  operational  challenges  that  we  might  not 
otherwise face. 

We are focused on international expansion as a key component of our growth strategy and have identified specific areas of 
opportunity  in  various  international  markets. International  revenue  is  a material  component of our business  strategy,  and 
represented  38%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2017  compared  to  45%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2016.  In  addition,  while  our 
international revenue in 2016 increased by 8% compared to 2015, it was negatively impacted by the appreciation of the U.S. 
Dollar versus the major currencies in which we transact. We depend on third-party distributors and a direct sales force to sell 
our products internationally, and if they underperform, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international 
revenue. For example, our direct business in Japan slightly declined in 2017 compared to 2016, due in part to the negative 
impact of foreign exchange and employee turnover, which negatively impacted our revenue from international operations. 

24 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
We have experienced significant turnover of our international sales team in the past. For instance, we announced on February 
9, 2018, that Miguel Pardos resigned his position as Executive Vice President, International Sales of Cutera, effective on 
February 28, 2018. Cutera reassigned Mr. Pardos’ duties among existing members of the International team and we do not 
expect any adverse effects from his departure. While we continue to have a direct sales and service organization in Australia, 
Japan, France, Belgium, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, a significant portion of our international revenue is 
generated through our network of distributors. Though we continue to evaluate and replace non-performing distributors, and 
have recently brought greater focus on collaborating with our distributor partners, there can be no assurance given that these 
initiatives will result in improved international revenue or profitability in the future. 

To  grow  our  business,  we  will  need  to  improve  productivity  in  current  sales  territories  and  expand  into  new  territories. 
However, direct sales productivity may not improve and distributors may not accept our business or commit the necessary 
resources  to  market  and  sell  our  products  to  the  level  of  our  expectations.  If  we  are  not  able  to  increase  or  maintain 
international revenue growth, our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted. 

We believe, as we continue to manage our international operations and develop opportunities in additional international 
territories, our international revenue will be subject to a number of risks, including: 

fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates; 

   ● 
   ●  difficulties  in  developing,  staffing,  and  simultaneously  managing  operations  in  multiple  locations  as  a  result  of,

among other things, distance, language and cultural differences; 
increased  management,  travel,  infrastructure  and  legal  compliance  costs  associated  with  having  multiple
international operations; 

   ● 

   ●  political and economic uncertainty around the world, such as the recent presidential elections in France and Germany,
the October 2017 referendum in Spain in which Catalonia voted to separate from Spain, and the United Kingdom’s
referendum in June 2016 in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (“EU”), commonly referred to
as “Brexit”; 

   ●  difficulties and expenses related to implementing internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

and procedures; 
compliance with multiple and changing foreign laws and regulations, including foreign certification and regulatory
requirements and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations; 
lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; 
compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and
other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our offerings in certain foreign markets, and the risks
and costs of non-compliance; 
customs clearance and shipping delays, and export/import controls and tariff regulations; 
lack of awareness of our brand in international markets; 

   ● 
   ●  operation in parts of the world where strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and

practices; 

   ●  preference  for  locally-produced  products,  as  well  as  protectionist  laws  and  business  practices  that  favor  local

companies; and 
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing intellectual
property and contract rights abroad. 

   ● 

If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the situation; and 
if we were unsuccessful at finding a solution, we may not be able to sell our products in a particular market and, as a result, 
our revenue may decline. 

Our global operations are required to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended ("FCPA"), 
Chinese anti-corruption, U.K. Bribery Law, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions and with U.S. and foreign 
export control, trade embargo and customs laws. If we fail to comply with any of these laws, we could suffer civil and criminal 
sanctions. 

Further, the June 2016 referendum in the United Kingdom ("UK") in which voters approved a withdrawal from the EU, 
commonly referred to as “Brexit,” has created uncertainty. Subsequent to the referendum, in March 2017, the UK formally 
initiated its withdrawal from the EU by triggering Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon. As a result of the triggering of Article 
50, the process of negotiating the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU, which is expected to take two years, has commenced. 
Although it is unknown what those terms will be, we may face new regulatory costs and challenges that may have a material 
adverse effect on us and our operations. For example, any new regulations could add time and expense to the conduct of our 

25 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
business, as well as the process by which our products receive regulatory approval in the UK, the EU and elsewhere. Given 
the lack of comparable precedent, it is unclear what economic, financial, trade and legal implications the withdrawal of the 
UK from the EU would have and how such withdrawal may affect us. 

In  addition,  compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  international  operations  increases  our  cost  of  doing 
business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and 
laws as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business. 
In many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies 
and  procedures  or  United  States  regulations  applicable  to  us.  In  addition,  although  we  have  implemented  policies  and 
procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, 
contractors, distributors and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by 
our  employees,  contractors,  distributors  or  agents  could  result  in  delays  in  revenue  recognition,  financial  reporting 
misstatements, fines, penalties, or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our offerings and could have a material 
adverse effect on our business operations and financial results. 

To successfully market and sell third party products internationally, we must address many issues that are unique to the 
related distribution arrangements which could reduce our available cash reserves and negatively impact our profitability. 

We have entered into distribution arrangements pursuant to which we utilize our sales force and distributors to sell products 
manufactured  by  other  companies.  In  Japan,  we  have  a  non-exclusive  right  to  distribute  a  Q-switched  laser  product 
manufactured by a third party OEM. We also have an exclusive agreement with ZO to distribute certain of their proprietary 
skincare  products  in  Japan.  Each  of  these  agreements  requires  us  to  purchase  annual  minimum  dollar  amounts  of  their 
products. 

Each of these distribution agreements presents its own unique risks and challenges. For example, to sell skincare products 
we need to invest in creating a sales structure that is experienced in the sale of such products and not in capital equipment. 
We need to commit resources to train our sales force, obtain regulatory licenses in Japan and develop new marketing materials 
to promote the sale of skincare products. In addition, the minimum commitments and other costs of distributing products 
manufactured by these companies may exceed the incremental revenue that we derive from the sale of their products, thereby 
negatively impacting our profitability and reducing our available cash reserves. 

If we do not make the minimum purchases required in the distribution contracts, or if the third party manufacturer revokes 
our distribution rights, we could lose the distribution rights of the products to physicians in Japan, which would adversely 
affect our future revenue, results of operations, cash flows and our stock price. 

We offer credit terms to some qualified customers and also to leasing companies to finance the purchase of our products. 
In the event that any of these customers default on the amounts payable to us, our earnings may be adversely affected. 

We generally offer credit terms of 30 to 90 days to qualified customers. In addition, from time to time, we offer certain key 
international distributors, with whom we have had an extended period of relationship and payment history, payment terms 
that are significantly longer than the regular 30 to 90 day terms. This allows such international distributor partners to have 
our products in stock and provide our products to customers on a timely basis. As of December 31, 2017, one international 
distributor partner accounted for 12% of our outstanding accounts receivable balance. 

While  we  believe  we  have  an  adequate  basis  to  ensure  that  we  collect  our  accounts  receivable,  we  cannot  provide  any 
assurance that the financial position of customers to whom we have provided payment terms will not change adversely before 
we receive payment. In the event that there is a default by any of the customers to whom we have provided credit terms, we 
may recognize a bad debt charge in our general and administrative expenses. If this bad debt charge is material, it could 
negatively affect our future results of operations, cash flows and our stock price. 

Additionally, in the event of deterioration of general business conditions or the availability of credit, the financial strength 
and stability of our customers and potential customers may deteriorate over time, which may cause them to cancel or delay 
their purchase of our products. In addition, we may be subject to increased risk of non-payment of our accounts receivables. 
We may also be adversely affected by bankruptcies or other business failures of our customers and potential customers. A 
significant delay in the collection of funds or a reduction of funds collected may impact our liquidity or result in bad debts. 

We are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar and foreign currencies. 

Foreign currency fluctuations could result in volatility of our revenue. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency 
rate  fluctuations.  While  we  transact  business  primarily  in  U.S.  Dollars,  and  a  significant  proportion  of  our  revenue  is 

26 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
denominated in U.S. Dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue is denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, Japanese 
Yen, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, British Pound and Swiss Francs. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these 
currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our results from operations. For example, in 2017 the U.S. Dollar devalued against 
the Euro and Australian dollar by approximately 12% and 8% respectively, which had a significant positive foreign exchange 
impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement gain upon the conversion of our Euro and Australian dollar denominated 
revenue as well as the additional positive revenue impact due to the effective price decrease for the local customers importing 
our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Europe and Australia. The U.S. Dollar also devalued against the Japanese Yen in 
2016 which had a negative impact on our international revenue in 2016. Future foreign currency fluctuations could adversely 
impact and increase the volatility of our revenue, profitability and stock price. 

Our  ability  to effectively  compete and generate additional revenue from new and  existing products  depends upon our 
ability  to  distinguish  our  company  and  our  products  from  our  competitors  and  their  products,  and  to  develop  and 
effectively market new and existing products. Our success is dependent on many factors, including the following: 

speed of new and innovative product development; 
effective strategy and execution of new product launches; 
identification and development of clinical support for new indications of our existing products; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ●  product performance; 
   ●  product pricing; 
   ●  quality of customer support; 
   ●  development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally; and 
   ● 

intellectual property protection. 

To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our new and existing products are attractive alternatives to other devices 
and treatments, by differentiating our products on the basis of such factors as innovation, performance, brand name, service, 
and price. This is difficult to do, especially in a crowded aesthetic market. Some of our competitors have newer or different 
products and more established customer relationships than we do, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. For 
example,  we  have  encountered,  and  expect  to  continue  to  encounter,  situations  where,  due  to  pre-existing  relationships, 
potential  customers  decided  to  purchase  additional  products  from  our  competitors.  Potential  customers  also  may  need  to 
recoup  the  cost  of  products  that  they  have  already  purchased  from  our  competitors  and  may  decide  not  to  purchase  our 
products, or to delay such purchases. If we are unable to increase our market penetration or compete effectively, our revenue 
and profitability will be adversely impacted. 

We compete against companies that offer alternative solutions to our products, or have greater resources, a larger installed 
base of customers and broader product offerings than ours. In addition, increased consolidation in our industry may lead 
to increased competition. If we are not able to effectively compete with these companies, it may harm our business. 

The medical technology and aesthetic product markets are highly competitive and dynamic and are characterized by rapid 
and substantial technology development and product innovations. Our products compete against conventional non-energy-
based treatments, such as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. 
Our  products  also  compete  against  laser  and  other  energy-based  products  offered  by  public  companies. Further,  other 
companies could introduce new products that are in direct competition with our products. Competition with these companies 
could result in reduced selling prices, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Recently,  there  has  been  consolidation  in  the  aesthetic  industry  leading  to  companies  combining  their  resources,  which 
increases competition and could result in increased downward pressure on our product prices. For example, Allergan acquired 
Zeltiq  in April  2017,  Hologic  acquired  Cynosure  in  March  2017, XIO Group  acquired Lumenis  in September 2015,  and 
Valeant acquired Solta in January 2014. These consolidations have resulted in increased competition and pricing pressure, as 
the newly-combined entities have greater financial resources, deeper sales channels and greater pricing flexibility than we 
do.  Rumored  or  actual  consolidation  of  our  partners  and  competitors  will  likely  cause  uncertainty  and  disruption  to  our 
business and can cause our stock price to fluctuate. 

The energy-based aesthetic market faces competition from non-energy-based medical products, such as Botox and collagen 
injections. Other alternatives to the use of our products include electrolysis, a procedure involving the application of electric 
current to eliminate hair follicles, and chemical peels. We may also face competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical 
and other products that have not yet been developed. 

27 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
If there is not sufficient consumer demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our 
products could be inhibited, resulting in unfavorable operating results and reduced growth potential. 

Continued expansion of the global market for laser and other-energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material assumption of 
our  business  strategy.  Most  procedures  performed  using  our  products  are  elective  procedures  not  reimbursable  through 
government or private health insurance, with the costs borne by the patient. The decision to utilize our products may therefore 
be influenced by a number of factors, including: 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit, which as a result of the unstable economy, may have
been significantly impacted; 
the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or 
other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products; 
the success of our sales and marketing efforts; and 
the  education  of  our  customers  and  patients  on  the  benefits  and  uses  of  our  products,  compared  to  competitors’ 
products and technologies. 

If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner 
demand for our products could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
revenue and result of operations.  

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in enforcement action by the U.S. Food and 
Drug Administration, federal and state agencies or international regulatory bodies. 

The FDA, state authorities and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we fail to comply with any 
U.S. law or any of the applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA, or federal or state agencies, or one of the international 
regulatory bodies, it could result in enforcement action by the agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions: 

   ●  warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; 
repair, replacement, refund, recall or seizure of our products; 
   ● 
   ●  operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; 
   ● 

refusing  our  requests  for  510(k)  clearance  or  pre-market  approval  of  new  products,  new  intended  uses,  or
modifications to existing products; 

   ●  withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and 
   ● 

criminal prosecution. 

If  we  fail  to  obtain  or  maintain  necessary  FDA  clearances  for  our  products  and  indications,  if  clearances  for  future 
products and indications are delayed or not issued, if there are federal or state level regulatory changes or if we are found 
to have violated applicable FDA marketing rules, our commercial operations would be harmed. 

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. by the FDA for manufacturing, labeling, 
sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new use of or labeling claim for an existing 
product, can be marketed in the U.S., it must first receive either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA, 
unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive and lengthy. In the event that we do not obtain FDA clearances 
or approvals for our products, our ability to market and sell them in the U.S. and revenue derived from the U.S. market may 
be adversely affected. 

Medical devices may be marketed in the U.S. only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared by the FDA. If 
we  fail  to  comply  with  these  regulations,  it  could  result  in  enforcement  action  by  the  FDA  which  could  lead  to  such 
consequences as warning letters, adverse publicity, criminal enforcement action and/or third-party civil litigation, each of 
which could adversely affect us. 

We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the indications for which we market our products. However, our clearances can be 
revoked if safety or effectiveness problems develop. We also are subject to Medical Device Reporting regulations, which 
require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that 
would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Our products are also subject to state regulations, which, in 
many instances, change frequently. Changes in state regulations may impede sales. For example, federal regulations allow 
our products to be sold to, or on the order of, “licensed practitioners,” as determined on a state-by-state basis. As a result, in 
some states, non-physicians may legally purchase our products. However, a state could change its regulations at any time, 

28 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
thereby  prohibiting  sales  to  particular  types  of  end  users.  We  cannot  predict  the  impact  or  effect  of  future  legislation  or 
regulations at the federal or state levels. 

Federal  regulatory  reforms  and  changes  occurring  at  the  FDA  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  sell  our  products 
profitably and financial condition. 

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions 
governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of a device. It is impossible to predict whether legislative 
changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if 
any, may be. 

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly 
affect our business and our products. Changes in FDA regulations may lengthen the regulatory approval process for medical 
devices and require additional clinical data to support regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of our new products. 
In addition, it may require additional safety monitoring, labeling changes, restrictions on product distribution or use, or other 
measures after the introduction of our products to market. Either of these changes lengthen the duration to market, increase 
our costs of doing business, adversely affect the future permitted uses of approved products, or otherwise adversely affect 
the market for our products. 

If  we fail  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation  and  laser  performance  standards,  our  manufacturing 
operations could be halted, and our business would suffer. 

We are currently required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (the “QSR”). 
The  QSR  is  a  complex  regulatory  scheme  that  covers  the  methods  and  documentation  of  the  design,  testing,  control, 
manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products involve 
the use of lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser 
performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These 
requirements include affixing warning labels to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design 
of laser products. 

The  FDA  enforces  the  QSR  and  laser  performance  standards  through  periodic  unannounced  inspections.  We  have  had 
multiple quality system audits by the FDA, our Notified Body, and other foreign regulatory agencies, with the most recent 
inspection by the FDA occurring in March, 2017. There were no significant findings or observations as a result of this audit. 
Failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or our failure to comply with applicable 
laser  performance  standards  could  result  in  enforcement  actions,  including  a  public  warning  letter,  a  shutdown  of  our 
manufacturing operations, a recall of our products, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as those described in 
the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer. 

We are a sponsor of Biomedical Research. As such, we are also subject to FDA regulations relating to the design and conduct 
of clinical trials. We are subject to unannounced BIMO audits, with the most recent inspection by FDA occurring over 5 days 
in August 2016. There were no significant findings and only two observations as a result of this audit. Our responses to these 
observations  were  accepted  by  the  FDA.  Failure  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in  response  to  an  adverse  BIMO 
inspection or our failure to comply with Good Clinical Practices could result in us no longer being able to sponsor Biomedical 
Research, the reversal of 510(k) clearances previously granted based on the results of clinical trials conducted to gain clinical 
data to support those 510(k) clearances, or enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, civil or criminal penalties, 
or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer. 

If we modify one of our FDA-approved devices, we may need to seek re-approval, which, if not granted, would prevent us 
from selling our modified products or cause us to redesign our products. 

Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute 
a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a pre-market approval. We may not be 
able to obtain additional 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional 
indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearance would adversely affect 
our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future 
profitability. 

We have made modifications to our devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe 
do not or will not require additional clearance or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals 

29 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
for  the  modifications,  we  may  be  required  to  recall  and  to  stop  marketing  the  modified  devices,  which  could  harm  our 
operating results and require us to redesign our products. 

We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for our current or future 
products and indications, which could harm our business. 

Sales of our products outside the U.S. are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. 
In addition, exports of medical devices from the U.S. are regulated by the FDA. Complying with international regulatory 
requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The time required for obtaining 
clearance or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and 
requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain 
or  maintain  regulatory  qualifications,  clearances  or  approvals  in  other  countries.  We  may  also  incur  significant  costs  in 
attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications. If we experience delays in receiving 
necessary  qualifications,  clearances  or  approvals  to  market  our  products  outside  the  U.S.,  or  if  we  fail  to  receive  those 
qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets 
effectively, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth strategy. 

Any defects in the design, material or workmanship of our products may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, 
which could materially increase our expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business. 

The design of our products is complex. To manufacture them successfully, we must procure quality components and employ 
individuals with a significant degree of technical expertise. If our designs are defective, or the material components used in 
our products are subject to wearing out, or if suppliers fail to deliver components to specification, or if our employees fail to 
properly assemble, test and package our products, the reliability and performance of our products will be adversely impacted. 

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily, inexpensively, or on a timely basis, we may experience: 

   ●  damage to our brand reputation; 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ●  diversion  of  resources  from  our  manufacturing  and  research  and  development  departments  into  our  service 

loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment; 
increased costs due to product repair or replacement; 
inability to attract new customers; 

department; and 
legal action. 

   ● 

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially increase expenses, adversely impact profitability and 
harm our business. 

Product liability suits could be brought against us due to a defective design, material or workmanship or misuse of our 
products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages and an increase 
in our insurance rates. 

If our products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, we may 
become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to 
adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant eye and skin damage, and underlying tissue damage. In addition, if our 
operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. We have been involved, and may in the future 
be involved, in litigation related to the use of our products. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from 
our  core  business,  be  expensive  to  defend  and  result  in  sizable  damage  awards  against  us.  We  may  not  have  sufficient 
insurance coverage for all future claims. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us 
with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, 
could  increase  our  product  liability  insurance  rates  or  prevent  us  from  securing  continuing  coverage,  could  harm  our 
reputation  in  the  industry  and  could reduce  product  sales.  In  addition, we  historically  experienced  steep  increases in  our 
product liability insurance premiums as a percentage of revenue. If our premiums continue to rise, we may no longer be able 
to afford adequate insurance coverage. 

30 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We currently are involved in litigation that could adversely affect our business and financial results, divert management’s 
attention from our business, and subject us to significant liabilities. 

As described under “Note 12- Commitments and Contingencies - Contingencies” in our consolidated financial statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are involved in various litigation, which may adversely affect our financial 
condition and may require us to devote significant resources to our defense of these claims. 

Such litigation involves certain non-compete provisions of an agreement an employee of ours was a party to while employed 
by  a  competitor.  The  competitor  alleges  causes  of  action  for  breach  of  contract  (against  the  employee)  and  intentional 
interference with contractual relations (Cutera). The Company believes the non-compete provisions are unenforceable. The 
competitor has also threatened to file a complaint against another current employee based in Arizona. As of March 26, 2018, 
we are involved in several lawsuits worldwide, with most of the claims in various federal or state courts throughout the United 
States. The complaints generally seek damages and other relief based on theories of breach of express and implied warranties, 
fraudulent  and  negligent  misrepresentation/concealment,  unjust  enrichment,  and  violations  of  various  state  consumer 
protection statutes. 

Although we are defending these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or 
other litigation matter, and there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of any litigation or proceeding. Litigation 
may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  us  because  of  potential  adverse  outcomes,  defense  costs,  the  diversion  of  our 
management's resources, availability of insurance coverage and other factors. 

If customers are not trained and/or our products are used by non-physicians, it could result in product misuse and adverse 
treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation, result in product liability litigation, distract management and result 
in additional costs, all of which could harm our business. 

Because we do not require training for users of our products, and sell our products at times to non-physicians, there exists an 
increased potential for misuse of our products, which could harm our reputation and our business. U.S. federal regulations 
allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners.” The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies 
from state to state. As a result, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training, and 
in  many  states,  by  non-physicians,  including  nurse  practitioners,  chiropractors  and  technicians.  Outside  the  U.S.,  many 
jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or training for purchasers or operators of our products. We do not supervise 
the procedures performed with our products, nor do we require that direct medical supervision occur. We and our distributors 
generally offer but do not require product training to the purchasers or operators of our products. In addition, we sometimes 
sell our systems to companies that rent our systems to third parties and that provide a technician to perform the procedures. 
The lack of training and the purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product misuse and adverse 
treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and our business, and, in the event these result in product liability 
litigation, distract management and subject us to liability, including legal expenses. 

Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adversely impact the value of our marketable 
investments or impair our liquidity. 

The primary objective of most of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, we invest our 
excess cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies 
and  U.S.  municipalities,  in  commercial  paper  and  high  grade  corporate  debt.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  our  balance  in 
marketable investments was $21.7 million. The longer the duration of a security, the more susceptible it is to changes in 
market interest rates and bond yields. As yields increase, those securities with a lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market 
unrealized loss. For example, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of one percentage point, the fair value of our 
total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017 would have potentially decreased by approximately $120,000, resulting 
in an unrealized loss that would subsequently adversely impact our earnings. As a result, changes in the market interest rates 
will affect our future net income (loss). 

31 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and 
price fluctuations, which could harm our business. 

Many  of  the  components  and  materials  that  comprise  our  products  are  currently  manufactured  by  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability 
to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects 
us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including: 

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations; 

   ● 
   ●  delays  in  product  shipments  resulting  from  uncorrected  defects,  reliability  issues  or  a  supplier’s  variation  in  a

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

component; 
lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers; 
inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms; 
inability to redesign one or more components in our systems in the event that a supplier discontinues manufacturing 
such components and we are unable to source it from other suppliers on reasonable terms; 

   ●  difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner; 
   ●  production  delays  related  to  the  evaluation  and  testing  of  products  from  alternative  suppliers  and  corresponding

regulatory qualifications; and 

   ●  delay in supplier deliveries. 

Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from 
alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which 
would have an adverse effect on our business. 

Our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future, which may cause our share price to decline. 

Our net  sales, expenses  and operating results  may  vary significantly  from  year  to  year  and quarter  to  quarter for several 
reasons, including, without limitation: 

   ● 

   ● 
   ● 

the ability of our sales force to effectively market and promote our products, and the extent to which those products
gain market acceptance; 
the existence and timing of any product approvals or changes; 
the rate and size of expenditures incurred on our clinical, manufacturing, sales, marketing and product development
efforts; 

   ●  our ability to obtain and retain personnel; 
   ● 

the availability of key components, materials and contract services, which depends on our ability to forecast sales,
among other things; 
investigations of our business and business-related activities by regulatory or other governmental authorities; 

   ● 
   ●  variations in timing and quantity of product orders; 
   ● 
   ● 

temporary manufacturing interruptions or disruptions; 
the timing and success of new product and new market introductions, as well as delays in obtaining domestic or
foreign regulatory approvals for such introductions; 
increased competition, patent expirations or new technologies or treatments; 

   ● 
   ●  product recalls or safety alerts; 
   ● 

   ● 

litigation,  including product liability,  patent,  employment,  securities  class  action,  stockholder derivative, general
commercial and other lawsuits; 
continued  volatility  in  the  global  market  and  worldwide  economic  conditions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
impact of events such as Brexit; 
changes in tax laws, including changes due to Brexit, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities; 
   ● 
   ● 
the financial health of our customers and their ability to purchase our products in the current economic environment;
   ●  other unusual or non-operating expenses, such as expenses related to mergers or acquisitions, may cause operating

result variations; and 

   ●  Our ability to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls. 

As a result of any of these factors, our consolidated results of operations may fluctuate significantly, which may in turn cause 
our share price to fluctuate. 

32 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risks related to the reduction or interruption in supply and an inability to develop alternative sources for supply may 
adversely affect our manufacturing operations and related product sales. 

We maintain manufacturing operations at our facility in Brisbane, California, and purchase many of the components and raw 
materials  used  in  manufacturing  these  products  from  numerous  suppliers  in  various  countries.  Any  problem  affecting  a 
supplier (whether due to external or internal causes) could have a negative impact on us. 

In a few limited cases, specific components and raw materials are purchased from primary or main suppliers (or in some 
cases, a single supplier) for reasons related to quality assurance, cost-effectiveness ratio and availability. While we work 
closely  with  our  suppliers  to  ensure  supply  continuity,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  our  efforts  will  always  be  successful. 
Moreover, due to strict standards and regulations governing the manufacture and marketing of our products, we may not be 
able to quickly locate new supply sources in response to a supply reduction or interruption, with negative effects on our 
ability to manufacture our products effectively and in a timely fashion. 

Our manufacturing is currently conducted at a single site, and the occurrence of a catastrophic disaster or other similar 
event could cause damage to our facilities and equipment, which might require us to cease or curtail operations.  

We are vulnerable to damage from various types of disasters, including fires, earthquakes, terrorist acts, floods, power losses, 
communications failures and similar events. If any such disaster were to occur, we may not be able to operate our business 
at our facility in Brisbane, California. Our manufacturing facilities require FDA approval, which could result in significant 
delays before we could manufacture products from a replacement facility. The insurance we maintain may not be adequate 
to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other business interruptions. Therefore, any such catastrophe could seriously 
harm our business and consolidated results of operations. 

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may permit third 
parties to compete against us more effectively. 

We rely on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and 
products.  At  December  31,  2017,  we  had  33  issued  U.S.  patents.  Some  of  our  components,  such  as  our  laser  module, 
electronic  control  system  and  high-voltage  electronics,  are  not,  and  in  the  future  may  not  be,  protected  by  patents. 
Additionally, our patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous 
to  us.  Any  patents  we  obtain  may  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  legally  circumvented  by  third  parties.  Consequently, 
competitors could market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours. We 
may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, 
vendors, former employees or current employees, despite the  existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other 
contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not 
know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. Moreover, the laws of many 
foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. 

The absence of complete intellectual property protection exposes us to a greater risk of direct competition. Competitors could 
purchase  one  of  our  products  and  attempt  to  replicate  some  or  all  of  the  competitive  advantages  we  derive  from  our 
development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside 
of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and 
methods, our competitive position and our business could be adversely affected. 

We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial 
performance. 

Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our present or future products and the methods we employ are covered 
by their patents. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors own or will obtain patents that they may claim prevent, 
limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Although we may seek to resolve any potential 
future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party 
action for infringement, we cannot obtain a license or redesign our products, we may have to stop manufacturing and selling 
the applicable products and our business would suffer as a result. In addition, a court could require us to pay substantial 
damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’s intellectual property 
rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we have been, and may hereafter become, involved in 
litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with our company name or the names of our products. Infringement and 

33 

Form 10-K 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert 
management’s attention from our core business. 

The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers could adversely affect our ability to sell 
our products, and therefore adversely affect our financial condition. 

Some of our customers and prospective customers have had difficulty procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover 
their  operation  and  use  of  our  products.  Medical  malpractice  carriers  are  withdrawing  coverage  in  certain  states  or 
substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and 
potential  customers  may  opt  against  purchasing  laser-based  products  due  to  the  cost  or  inability  to  procure  insurance 
coverage. The unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers and prospects could adversely affect our ability to sell 
our products, and that could harm our financial condition. 

From time to time we may become subject to income tax audits or similar proceedings, and as a result we may incur 
additional costs and expenses or owe additional taxes, interest and penalties that may negatively impact our operating 
results. 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions where we operate through a subsidiary, 
including  Australia,  Belgium,  Canada,  France,  Germany,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  Spain,  Switzerland,  Italy and  the  United 
Kingdom. Our determination of our tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities. 

We are currently under tax examination in Germany (“Cutera GmbH”) for tax years ended December 31, 2011 through 2013 
and are uncertain of the potential outcome of this examination. We underwent audits for our California sales and use tax 
returns for the period July 2013 through June 2016, and Canadian goods and services tax and harmonized sales tax returns 
for the period January 2013 to July 2015. Although these audits resulted in immaterial adjustments, the final timing and 
resolution of any future tax examinations are subject to significant uncertainty and could result in our having to pay amounts 
to the applicable tax authority in order to resolve examination of our tax positions. An increase or decrease of tax related to 
tax  examination  resolution  could  result  in  a  change  in  our  income  tax  accrual  and  could  negatively  impact  our  financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows. 

We may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. tax laws, importation taxes and other changes that may be imposed by 
the current administration. 

We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. Tax rates in these jurisdictions may be subject to significant change 
due to economic and/or political conditions. A number of other factors may also impact our future effective tax rate including: 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; 
the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities 
changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; 
increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired intangibles and impairment
of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; 
changes in availability of tax credits, tax holidays, and tax deductions; 
changes in share-based compensation; and 
changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws and changes in generally accepted accounting principles. 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 Tax Act”). The 2017 Tax 
Act significantly changed the existing U.S. corporate income tax laws by, among other things, lowering the corporate tax 
rate, implementing a territorial tax system, and imposing a one-time deemed repatriation toll tax on cumulative undistributed 
foreign  earnings,  for  which  we  have  not  previously  provided  U.S.  taxes.  Given  the  timing,  scope,  and  magnitude  of  the 
changes enacted by the 2017 Tax Act, along with on-going implementation efforts, guidance, and other developments from 
U.S. regulatory and standard-setting bodies, the completion of the accounting for certain tax items included in Note 8 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, that have been reported as provisional, or where no estimate 
of the impact was provided as a result of us not having the necessary information, may be subject to material change. Any 
significant changes to our future effective tax rate, including final resolution of provisional amounts relating to effects of the 
2017 Tax Act, may result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

In  the  United  States,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education 
Reconciliation  Act  (collectively,  the  “Affordable  Care  Act”),  for  example,  has  the  potential  to  significantly  impact  the 

34 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
pharmaceutical and medical device industries. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, an annual excise tax 
of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States. Due to subsequent 
legislative amendments the excise tax has been suspended for the period January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2019, and, absent 
further legislative action, will be reinstated starting January 1, 2020, which may result in a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition or cash flows. 

Any acquisitions that we make could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other consequences that may adversely 
impact our business and results of operations. 

While we from time to time evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing 
to  make  these evaluations,  we  have no  present  understandings,  commitments or  agreements  with  respect  to  any  material 
acquisitions or collaborative projects We may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners, 
or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses, products or technologies that we acquire. 

We have limited experience as a team with acquiring companies and products. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition 
and management of any collaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt 
our  operations  and  we  may  incur  significant  legal,  accounting  and  banking  fees  in  connection  with  such  a  transaction. 
Acquisitions could diminish our available cash balances for other uses, result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, 
or amortization expenses, and restructuring charges. Also, the anticipated benefits or value of our acquisitions or investments 
may not materialize and could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or purchased long-lived assets, similar to the $650,000 
charge we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 related to an acquisition completed in 2012. 

Our  failure  to  address  these  risks  or  other  problems  encountered  in  connection  with  our  past  or  future  acquisitions  and 
investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions or investments, incur unanticipated 
liabilities, and harm our business and our financial condition or results. 

Our failure to comply with rules relating to bribery, foreign corrupt practices, and privacy and security laws may subject 
us to penalties and adversely impact our reputation and business operations. 

Our business is subject to regulation and oversight worldwide including: 

   ● 

   ● 

the FCPA, which prohibits corporations and individuals from paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of
anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate
in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity;  
the UK Bribery Act, which prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public
and  private  sectors;  and  bribery  provisions  contained  in  the  German  Criminal  Code,  which,  pursuant  to  draft
legislation being prepared by the German government, may make the corruption and corruptibility of physicians in
private practice and other healthcare professionals a criminal offense; 

   ● 

   ●  Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by The Health Information Technology
for Economic and Clinical Health Act , which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and
protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and 
analogous  state  and  foreign  law  equivalents  of  each  of  the  above  laws,  such  as  state  laws  that  require  device
companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance 
promulgated by the federal government; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in
certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect,
thus complicating compliance efforts. 

The risk of being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted 
by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth 
of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that 
some of our business activities, including our relationships with practitioners and thought leaders worldwide, some of whom 
recommend, purchase and/or use our devices, as well as our sales agents and distributors, could be subject to challenge under 
one or more of such laws. We are also exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, 
consultants, vendors, independent sales agents and distributors may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. While we 
have  policies  and  procedures  in  place  prohibiting  such  activity,  misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include,  among  other 
infractions or violations, intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates FDA regulations, 
including  those  laws  that  require  the  reporting  of  true,  complete  and  accurate  information  to  the  FDA,  manufacturing 
standards, laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data or other commercial or 
regulatory laws or requirements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third 
parties,  and  the  precautions  we  take  to  detect  and  prevent  this  activity  may  not  be  effective  in  controlling  unknown  or 

35 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from 
a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. 

There  are  similar  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  us  outside  the  United  States,  all  of  which  are  subject  to  evolving 
interpretations. Global enforcement of anti-corruption laws, including but not limited to the UK Bribery Act, the Brazil Clean 
Companies Act, and continued enforcement in the Europe, Middle East and Asia Pacific has increased substantially in recent 
years, with more frequent voluntary self-disclosures by companies, aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings 
by  governmental  agencies,  and  assessment  of  significant  fines  and  penalties  against  companies  and  individuals.  Our 
operations create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, sales agents, 
or  distributors  because  these  parties  are  not  always  subject  to  our  control.  It  is  our  policy  to  implement  safeguards  to 
discourage these practices; however, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, 
and our employees, consultants, sales agents, or distributors may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. 
Any alleged or actual violations of these regulations may subject us to government scrutiny, severe criminal or civil sanctions 
and other liabilities, and could negatively affect our business, reputation, operating results, and financial condition.  

While we believe we have a strong culture of compliance and adequate systems of control, and we seek continuously to 
improve our systems of internal controls and to remedy any weaknesses identified, there can be no assurance that the policies 
and procedures will be followed at all times or will effectively detect and prevent violations of the applicable laws by one or 
more of our employees, consultants, agents or partners and, as a result, we may be subject to penalties and material adverse 
consequences on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  and  Delaware  law, 
contain provisions that could discourage a takeover. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that might enable 
our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a substantial block of our 
common stock. 

These provisions, as well as Change of Control and Severance Agreements entered into with each of our executive officers 
and  certain  key  employees,  might  discourage,  delay  or  prevent  a  change  in  control  of  our  company  or  a  change  in  our 
management, even if such a change would be beneficial to our shareholders. The existence of these provisions could adversely 
affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for 
shares of our common stock. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General 
Corporation  Law.  These  provisions  may  prohibit  large  stockholders,  in  particular  those  owning  15%  or  more  of  our 
outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. Any of these provisions could, 
under certain circumstances, depress the market price of our common stock. 

36 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

We occupy 66,000 square feet for our U.S. Corporate office in Brisbane, California, under a lease which extends through 
January 31, 2023. The original lease expired on December 31, 2017, and the Company entered into a Second Amendment on 
July 6, 2017 that extended the term of the lease from December 31, 2017 to January 31, 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the 
Second Amendment to the Lease Agreement, the Company has the option to extend the term of the lease by an additional 60 
months. Additionally, the Company also has a one-time option to terminate the amended lease early effective as of December 
31, 2020, in return for payment of a termination fee. 

In addition, we have leased office facilities in certain countries as follows: 

Country 
Japan.............. 

Square Footage 
Approximately 5,896 

France ............ 

Approximately 2,239 

Spain ............. 

Approximately 3,584 

Lease termination or Expiration 
Two leases, one of which was originally scheduled to expire in March 
2018, but was extended for another three years from March 2018 to March 
2021, and the other which expires in December 2019. 
One lease which expires in October 2021 but can be terminated with six 
months’ notice prior to October 2018. 
One lease signed effective February 1, 2018, which expires in January 31, 
2021. 

We believe that these facilities are suitable and adequate for our current and future needs for at least the next twelve months. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, we may be involved in legal and administrative proceedings and claims of various types. For a description 
of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements as of December 31, 2017, please see Note 12 to our 
consolidated financial statements entitled “Litigation and Related Matters,” Item 8, included in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

37 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET  FOR  THE  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Stock Exchange Listing 

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CUTR.” As of March 1, 2018, the 
closing sale price of our common stock was $45.90 per share. 

Common Stockholders 

We had 7 stockholders of record as of March 1, 2018. Since many stockholders choose to hold their shares under the name 
of their brokerage firm, we estimate that the actual number of stockholders was over 5,400. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for each period indicated 
and are as reported by NASDAQ: 

Common Stock 

4th Quarter ...................................................................................   $ 
3rd Quarter ...................................................................................     
2nd Quarter ..................................................................................     
1st Quarter ....................................................................................     

48.50    $
41.35      
26.55      
21.90      

Dividend Policy 

2017 

   High 

Low 

    High 

2016 

Low 

37.35    $ 
25.55      
19.20      
17.45      

17.50    $
12.25      
12.15      
12.87      

11.94  
10.52  
10.00  
10.43  

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends. We intend to retain future earnings primarily to fund the development and 
growth of our business, and the repurchase of additional shares of our common stock. Therefore we do not anticipate paying 
cash dividends within the foreseeable future. Any future payment of dividends will be determined by our Board of Directors 
and will depend on our consolidated financial position and results of operations and other factors deemed relevant by our 
Board of Directors. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  stock  repurchases  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2017  (in 
thousands except per share data): 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

Approximate 
Dollar Value 
of Shares 
That May Yet 
Be Purchased 
Under the 
Plans 
or Programs 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share2 

77    $ 
197    $ 
230    $ 
504    $ 

38.70      
41.61      
44.40      
42.43      

77    $ 
197    $ 
230    $ 
504    $ 

18,382  
10,193  
—  
—  

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased1 

Fiscal Periods 
October 1-31, 2017 ..........................................     
November 1-30, 2017 ......................................     
December 1-31, 2017 ......................................     
For quarter ended December 31, 2017 ............     

1 Includes shares purchased as part of a publicly announced repurchase plan. 
2 Shares are purchased at market price. 

38 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
Since the beginning of 2017, we have had an active Stock Repurchase Program. On January 1, 2017, we had $5.1 million 
available for repurchases and on February 13, 2017 and July 28, 2017, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our 
Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $5 million and $25 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 
we repurchased 1,022,602 shares of our common stock for approximately $35.1 million. 

Sales of Unregistered Securities 

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans 

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information 
set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Performance Graph 

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 
2012, and December 31, 2017, with the cumulative total return for (1) our common stock, (2) the NASDAQ Composite index 
and (3) the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index over the same period. This graph assumes the investment of $100.00 on 
December 31, 2012 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index, 

The information under “Performance Graph” is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not 
to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this 10-K and irrespective of any general incorporation 
language in those filings. 

39 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The table set forth below contains certain consolidated financial data for each of our last five fiscal years. The following 
selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing in 
Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Year Ended December 31, 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data 

(in thousands, except per share data): 

Net revenue ..........................................................   $
Cost of revenue ....................................................     
Gross profit ................................................     

Operating expenses: 

Sales and marketing ...................................     
Research and development ........................     
General and administrative ........................     
           Lease termination income .........................     
Total operating expenses ....................     
Income (loss) from operations ..............................     
Interest and other income, net ..............................     
Income (loss) before income taxes .......................     
Income tax (benefit) provision .............................     
Net income (loss) .................................................   $
Net income (loss) per share: 

2016 

2017 
151,493    $  118,056    $
49,921      
68,135      

65,383      
86,110      

52,070      
12,874      
14,090      
(4,000)     
75,034      
11,076      
884      
11,960      
(18,033)     
29,993    $ 

41,563      
11,232      
12,943      
-      
65,738      
2,397      
323      
2,720      
143      
2,557    $

2015 

2014 

2013 

94,761    $
40,478      
54,283      

78,138    $
34,765      
43,373      

35,942      
10,733      
12,129      
-      
58,804      
(4,521)     
293      
(4,228)     
212      
(4,440)   $

32,246      
10,543      
11,203      
-      
53,992      
(10,619)     
226      
(10,393)     
219      
(10,612)   $

74,594  
32,712  
41,882  

27,984  
9,216  
9,938  
-  
47,138  
(5,256) 
455  
(4,801) 
(54) 
(4,747) 

Basic ..............................................................   $
Diluted ..........................................................   $

2.16    $ 
2.04    $ 

0.19    $
0.19    $

(0.32)   $
(0.32)   $

(0.74)   $
(0.74)   $

(0.33) 
(0.33) 

Weighted-average number of shares used in per 

share calculations: 

Basic ..............................................................     
Diluted ..........................................................     

13,873      
14,728      

13,225      
13,753      

13,960      
13,960      

14,254      
14,254      

14,421  
14,421  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in 

thousands): 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

investments .......................................................   $

35,912    $ 

54,074    $

48,407    $

81,146    $

83,073  

Working capital (current assets less current 

liabilities) ..........................................................     

Total assets 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..............     
Total stockholders’ equity ....................................     

45,063      
111,238      
2,947      
64,893      

59,460      
91,854      
(27,046)     
61,010      

49,398      
77,518      
(29,672)     
50,034      

81,900      
108,913      
(25,232)     
80,508      

84,654  
108,669  
(14,620) 
84,265  

40 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal 
year  ended  December  31,  2017.  This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  the  following  sections,  contains  forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Throughout this Report, and 
particularly in this Item 7, the forward-looking statements are based upon our current expectations, estimates and projections 
and that reflect our beliefs and assumptions based upon information available to us at the date of this Report. In some cases, 
you can identify these statements by words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” 
“believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” and other similar terms. These forward-looking statements 
are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. 
Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-
looking statements. The forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our future financial 
performance, the ability to grow our business, increase our revenue, manage expenses, generate additional cash, achieve 
and maintain profitability, develop and commercialize existing and new products and applications, improve the performance 
of our worldwide sales and distribution network, and to the outlook regarding long term prospects. We caution you not to 
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this 
Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  events  or 
circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K. 

Some of the important factors that could cause our results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements, 
and  a  discussion  of  other  risks  and  uncertainties,  are  discussed  in  Item 1A—Risk  Factors  commencing  on  page  19.  We 
encourage you to read that section carefully as well as other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. 

Introduction 

The Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, is organized as follows: 

   ●  Executive Summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of

our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks we focus on in the operation of our business. 

   ●  Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are affected by

critical accounting estimates. 

   ●  Recent Accounting Guidance. This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting pronouncements that

are or may be applicable to us. 

   ●  Results  of  Operations.  This  section  provides  our  analysis  and  outlook  for  the  significant  line  items  on  our

Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

   ●  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources.  This  section  provides  an  analysis  of  our  liquidity  and  cash  flows,  as  well  as  a

discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2017. 

Executive Summary 

Company Description 

We are a leading medical device company specializing in the research, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing 
of  laser  and  other  energy-based  aesthetics  systems  for  practitioners  worldwide.  In  addition  to  internal  development  of 
products, we distribute third party sourced products under our own brand names. We offer easy-to-use products which enable 
physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures, including treatment for body 
contouring, skin resurfacing and rejuvenation, tattoo removal, removal of benign pigmented lesions, vascular conditions, hair 
removal, toenail fungus and vaginal health. Our platforms are designed to be easily upgraded to add additional applications 
and hand pieces, which provide flexibility for our customers as they expand their practices. In addition to systems and upgrade 
revenue, we generate revenue from the sale of post warranty service contracts, providing services for products that are out of 
warranty, hand piece refills, and distribution of third-party manufactured skincare products. 

Our  corporate  headquarters  and  U.S.  operations  are  located  in  Brisbane,  California,  from  where  we  conduct  our 
manufacturing,  warehousing,  research  and  development,  regulatory,  sales  and  marketing,  service,  and  administrative 
activities. We market, sell and service our products through direct sales and service employees in the U.S., Australia, Belgium, 
Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Sales and Service outside of these direct 
markets are made through a worldwide distributor network in over 40 countries. As of December 31, 2017, we had a North 
American direct sales force of 68 employees and a direct international sales force of 34 employees. Revenue from markets 

41 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
outside of North America accounted for 38%, 45%, and 48% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Our ongoing research and development activities are primarily focused on improving and enhancing our portfolio of products. 
We are exploring ways to expand our product offerings through the launch of new products. We introduced Juliet, a product 
for women’s health, in December 2017, and Secret RF, a fractional RF microneedling device for skin rejuvenation, in January 
2018. 

Products Revenue 

Our Products revenue is derived from the sale and upgrade of systems (classified as “Systems” revenue), sale of replacement 
hand pieces (classified as “Hand Piece Refills”), and the sale of skincare products (classified as “Skincare” revenue). 

System revenue represents the sale of a system or an upgrade of a system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a 
universal  graphic  user  interface,  a  laser  and/or  other  energy  based  module,  control  system  software  and  high  voltage 
electronics; as well as one or  more hand pieces. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based 
module is sometimes contained in the hand piece such as with our Pearl and Pearl Fractional applications instead of within 
the console. 

We offer our customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-
effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their 
systems whenever they choose and provides us with a source of additional Systems revenue. 

For our Titan and truSculpt 3D hand pieces, after a set number of treatments have been performed, the customer is required 
to send the hand piece back to the factory for refurbishment, which we refer to as “refilling” the hand piece and is classified 
as Hand Piece Refills revenue. 

Skincare revenue relates to the distribution of ZO’s skincare products in Japan. 

Service Revenue 

Service revenue relates to amortization of prepaid service contracts, direct billings for detachable hand piece replacements 
and revenue for parts and labor on out-of-warranty products. 

Significant Business Trends 

We believe that our ability to grow revenue will be primarily dependent on the following: 

   ●  Continuing to expand our product offerings ─ both through internal development and sourcing from other vendors; 
   ●  Ongoing investment in our global sales and marketing infrastructure; 
   ●  Use of clinical results to support new aesthetic products and applications; 
   ●  Enhanced  luminary  development  and  reference  selling  efforts  (to  develop  a  location  where  our  products  can  be

displayed and used to assist in selling efforts); 

   ●  Customer demand for our products; 
   ●  Strengthening  against  the  U.S.  dollar  of  key  international  currencies  in  which  we  transact  (Australian  Dollar,

Japanese Yen, Euro, Swiss Franc and British Pound); 
   ●  Consumer demand for the application of our products; 
   ●  Marketing to physicians in the core dermatology and plastic surgeon specialties, as well as outside those specialties; 

and 

   ●  Generating recurring revenue from our growing installed base of customers through the sale of system upgrades,

services, hand piece refills, skincare products and replacement tips for Juliet and Secret RF products. 

For a detailed discussion of the significant business trends impacting our business, please see “Results of Operations” below. 

Factors that May Impact Future Performance 

Our  industry  is  impacted  by  numerous  competitive,  regulatory  and  other  significant  factors.  Our  industry  is  highly 
competitive and our future performance depends on our ability to compete successfully. Additionally, our future performance 
is dependent upon our ability to continue to expand our product offerings with innovative technologies, obtain regulatory 

42 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
clearances for our products, protect the proprietary technology of our products and our manufacturing processes, manufacture 
our products cost-effectively, and successfully market and distribute our products in a profitable manner. If we fail to execute 
on the aforementioned initiatives, our business would be adversely affected. A detailed discussion of these and other factors 
that could impact our future performance are provided in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

We have adopted various accounting policies to prepare the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  ("U.S.  GAAP").  The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  in 
conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires us to make significant accounting estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect 
the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. See “Note 2 - Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies,” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data,” which describes our significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The  methods,  estimates  and  judgments  that  we  use  in  applying  our  accounting  policies  require  us  to  make  difficult  and 
subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Our 
most critical accounting estimates include: 

Inventory reserves; 

   ●  Revenue recognition; 
   ●  Warranty obligations; 
   ● 
   ●  Valuation of stock-based compensation; 
   ● 
   ●  Litigation expenses. 

Income taxes; and 

Revenue Recognition 

We derive revenue from the sale of Products, Hand Piece Refills, Skincare products and Service. We earn revenue from the 
sale of these products to our customers and to distributors. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement 
exists, transfer of title to the customer has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably 
assured. We defer revenue in the event that any of these revenue recognition criteria is not met. 

   ●  Persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists:  We  use  customer  purchase  agreements  or  contracts,  or  customer

purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement; 

   ●  Transfer  of  title:  Our  standard  terms  generally  specify  that  title  transfers  upon  shipment  to  the  customer.  We
generally  use  third  party  shipping  documents  and/or  signed  customer  acknowledgements  to  verify  that  title  has
transferred. For service revenue, we use the date that services have been rendered; 

   ●  Sales price is fixed or determinable: We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable at the time of the
transaction. Sales prices are documented in the customer purchase agreement or purchase order received prior to
shipment.  Our  standard  terms  do  not  allow  for  trial  or  evaluation  periods,  rights  of  return  or  refund,  payments
contingent upon the customer obtaining financing or other terms that could impact the customer's obligation; and 

   ●  Collectability  is  reasonably  assured:  We  assess  whether  collection  is  reasonably  assured  based  on  a  number  of
factors, including receipt of cash or credit card payment, customer's past transaction history, credit worthiness, or
the receipt of an irrevocable letter of credit. 

Multiple-Element Arrangements 

For System revenue, all of the tangible products, including the embedded software, are delivered to the customer at the time 
of sale. In some circumstances, in conjunction with the purchase of a system or upgrade, customers purchase service contracts 
for one or more years to cover their products. For these transactions, the following multiple-element arrangement exists: a 
tangible product delivered to the customer at the inception of the revenue arrangement; and a service contract for delivery of 
services to the customer over a contractually stated period of time defined in the service contract. 

For multiple-element arrangements, judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement 
to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements we allocate revenue to all deliverables based 
on  their  relative  selling  prices  in  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards 
Codification  (“ASC”)  605-25.  Because  we  have  neither  vendor-specific  objective  evidence  (“VSOE”)  nor  third-party 

43 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for our systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on our best estimate of selling 
prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service 
was sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for our deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not 
limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. 

Revenue  under  service  contracts  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  period  of  the  applicable  service  contract. 
Service revenue, not under a service contract, is recognized as the services are provided. 

Hand Piece Refills 

When customers purchase a hand piece refill, we ship a previously refurbished unit and recognize revenue upon shipment. 
Hand piece refills are sold for our Titan and truSculpt 3D products. 

The earlier generation of the truSculpt product includes unlimited hand piece refills as part of the standard warranty contract 
for which we recognized the revenue under the warranty model, in which the revenue for the system sale was recognized up-
front along with an estimate of the costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation recorded in cost of revenue. 

Customer Marketing Arrangements 

We have a customer marketing and incentive program called “Cutera Bucks” for our North America customers through which 
we offer various sales incentives and discounts and pay or reimburses customers for qualifying expenses associated with 
practice set-up, advertising procedures related to the system purchased, and other expenses. We record such incentives as a 
reduction of revenue at the time when the sale of the system is recorded. 

Warranty Obligations 

We provide a one-year standard warranty on all systems sold direct to customers. Warranty coverage provided is for labor 
and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, we generally provide a 14 to 
16 month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor. 

We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenue when the related revenue is recognized. 
The accrued warranty costs represent our best estimate at the time of sale, and as reviewed and updated quarterly, of the total 
costs that we expect to incur during the warranty period to repair or replace product parts that fail. In addition, for the earlier 
generation of our truSculpt systems sold with unlimited refills as part of the standard warranty, we include the estimated cost 
to refurbish the projected number of refills that are expected to be replaced during the warranty period. Accrued warranty 
costs include costs of material, technical support, labor and associated overhead. The amount of accrued estimated warranty 
costs  obligation  for  our  products  is  primarily  based  on  historical  experience  as  to  product  failures  adjusted  for  current 
information on repair costs. Actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review 
the accrued balances of our warranty obligations and update based on historical warranty cost trends. If we were required to 
accrue  additional warranty  cost  in  the future due  to  actual  product  failure  rates,  material  usage,  service delivery  costs or 
overhead costs differing from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, which would 
negatively impact our operating results.  

Valuation of Inventories 

We state our inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value, computed on a standard cost basis, which approximates 
actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, 
less  reasonably  predictable  cost  of  completion,  disposal,  and  transportation.  Standard  costs  are  monitored  and  updated 
quarterly or as necessary, to reflect changes in raw material costs, labor to manufacture the product and overhead rates. We 
provide for excess and obsolete inventories when conditions indicate that the inventory cost is not recoverable due to physical 
deterioration,  usage,  obsolescence,  reductions  in  estimated  future  demand  and  reductions  in  selling  prices.  Inventory 
provisions are measured as the difference between the cost of inventory and net realizable value to establish a lower cost 
basis for the inventories. We balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to 
changing  technology,  timing  of  new  product  introductions  and  customer  demand  levels.  Unfavorable  changes  in  market 
conditions may result in a need for additional inventory provisions that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, 
favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins when product that had previously been written down is 
sold. 

44 

Form 10-K 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stock-based Compensation Expense 

We account for stock-based compensation costs in accordance with the accounting standards for share-based compensation, 
which require that all share-based payments to employees and non-employees be recognized in the consolidated statements 
of operations based on their fair values. We grant stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units 
(“PSUs”) equity awards. 

Stock Options 

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP. To value 
options, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the single-option approach, which requires the input of highly 
subjective and complex assumptions. We recognize the expense associated with options using a single award approach over 
the requisite service period. We account for all stock options awarded to non-employees at the fair value of the consideration 
received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as calculated using the Black-Scholes model. We subject stock 
options granted to non-employees to periodic revaluation at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest. 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-option pricing model to determine the fair value of award include the following: 

   ●  Expected term – The expected term represents the weighted-average period that the recipient of the option will retain
their vested stock options before exercising them. The expected term is based on the observed and expected time to
post-vesting exercise of options by employees. We use historical exercise patterns of previously granted options in
relation  to  stock  price  movements  to  derive  an  employee  behavioral  pattern  used  to  forecast  expected  exercise
patterns. The expected term of groups of employees that have similar historical exercise patterns has been considered
separately for valuation purposes. 

   ●  Volatility – The underlying stock price volatility of our stock. We estimate volatility based on a 50-50 blend of our 

historical volatility and the implied volatility of freely traded options of our stock in the open market. 

   ●  Expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate over the expected term. 

Restricted Stock Units 

We grant RSUs to our directors, officers and management employees and non-employees. The fair value of RSUs is based 
on the stock price on the grant date using a single-award approach. The RSUs are subject to a service vesting condition and 
are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For RSUs to non-employees, we recognize expense 
on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, 
with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs. Shares 
are issued on the vesting dates, net of applicable tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of the recipient. As 
a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we 
record the obligation for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. 

Performance Stock Units  

Performance stock units are granted to our officers and management employees and non-employees. PSU’s with operational 
measurement goals are measured at the market price of our stock on the date of grant, whereas PSUs with market-based 
measurement goals are measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-
pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model; however, it also further incorporates into the 
fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. The final number of shares of common 
stock issuable at the end of the performance measurement period, subject to the recipient’s continued service through that 
date, is determined based on the expected degree of achievement of the performance goals. For PSUs to non-employees, we 
recognize expense on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of 
each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which 
the change occurs. Stock-based compensation expense for PSUs is recognized based on the expected degree of achievement 
of the performance goals over the vesting period. However, stock-based compensation expense for market-based PSU awards 
are recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided. 
On the vesting date of PSU awards, we issue fully-paid up common stock, net of the minimum statutory tax withholding 
requirements to be paid by us and record the obligation for withholding amounts as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. 

45 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Forfeiture Rates 

We recognize share-based compensation expense for the portion of the equity award that is expected to vest over the requisite 
service period and develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will ultimately vest, primarily based on 
historical experience within separate groups of employees. The forfeiture rates used in 2017 ranged from 0% to 13%. The 
estimated forfeiture rate is reassessed periodically throughout the requisite service period. Such estimates are revised if they 
differ materially from actual forfeitures. As required, the forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures 
when an award vests. For the award types discussed above, if the employee or non-employee terminates employment prior 
to being vested in an award, then the award is forfeited. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

We  are  subject  to  taxes  on  earnings  in  both  the  U.S.  and  various  foreign  jurisdictions.  As  a  global  taxpayer,  significant 
judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income 
taxes on earnings. We perform a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to 
evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely 
than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The 
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. 
Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax 
outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as 
the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different 
than  the  amounts  recorded,  such  differences  will  impact  the  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  period  in  which  such 
determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that 
are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties. 

Our income tax expense (benefit) was approximately ($18.0) million, $143,000, and $212,000 for the years ended December 
31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2017 was approximately (151%), compared with 5% for 
2016, and (5%) for 2015. Our 2017 tax benefit was primarily due to the ($26.3) million release of a significant portion of our 
valuation allowance against certain U.S deferred tax assets, partially offset by the adjustment of $7.3 million for the impact 
of the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), $0.7 million of current tax expense for 2017 and $0.3 million of 
other deferred tax expense.  

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted the 2017 Tax Act. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of 
changes in existing tax law impacting businesses, including the transition tax, a one-time deemed repatriation of cumulative 
undistributed foreign earnings and a permanent reduction in the U.S. federal statutory rate from 35% to 21%, effective on 
January  1,  2018.  ASC  740  requires  companies  to  recognize  the  effect  of  tax  law  changes  in  the  period  of  enactment, 
accordingly, the effects must be recognized on companies’ calendar year-end financial statements, even though the effective 
date for most provisions is January 1, 2018. As a result, we re-measured our net U.S. deferred tax assets at the 21% future 
tax rate and recorded a net decrease of approximately $7.3 million.  

At December 31, 2017, according to the 2017 Tax Act for estimating our foreign undistributed earnings, we estimated an 
aggregate deficit in "accumulated earnings and profits," which is how foreign undistributed earnings are determined for the 
one-time transition tax and for U.S. income tax purposes. The deficit was primarily a result of 2017 stock option exercises by 
foreign employees, which exceeded current year and prior year foreign earnings. As a result, the one-time transition tax did 
not have a significant impact on the Company’s 2017 tax provision and there was no undistributed accumulated earnings and 
profits as of December 31, 2017. 

We have considered the impact of the 2017 Tax Act on the need for valuation allowance assessment. The 2017 Tax Act 
requires Companies to repatriate their cumulative undistributed foreign earnings back to the U.S. The Company’s ASC 740-
30 assertion that it will indefinitely reinvest its undistributed earnings remains unchanged as of December 31, 2017. 

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provided a measurement period 
of up to one year from the enactment date of the 2017 Tax Act for us to complete the accounting for the 2017 Tax Act and its 
related impacts. The income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete include: the impact of the 
transition tax, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the 21% corporate tax rate, and the impact to the 
aforementioned items on state income taxes. We have made reasonable provisional estimates for each of these items, however, 
these estimates may be affected by other analyses related to the 2017 Tax Act, including but not limited to, any deferred 
adjustments related to the filing of our 2017 federal and state income tax returns and further guidance yet to be issued. 

46 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where we have lower statutory 
rates and being higher in countries where we have higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting principles, 
interpretations thereof, and due to changes in the valuation allowance for certain U.S. deferred tax assets. In addition, we are 
subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly 
assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for 
income taxes. 

We assess the realizability of our net deferred tax assets by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, 
including: 
   1 
   2 
   3 
   4 

 cumulative results of operations in recent years; 
 sources of recent income (loss); 
 estimates of future taxable income; and 
 the length of net operating loss and tax credit carryforward periods. 

Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In making such assessment, significant weight is given to 
evidence that can be objectively verified. 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, our deferred tax assets primarily comprised of U.S. Net Operating Losses (“NOL”), tax 
credits and other deferred tax assets relating to book-to-tax temporary differences. From the third quarter of 2009, we had 
determined that it was more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets in the U.S. jurisdictions would not be realized. 
As a result, we had recorded and maintained a full valuation allowance against those net deferred tax assets to reduce them 
to their estimated net realizable value through September 30, 2017. As of each reporting date, we consider new evidence, 
both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets.  

As of December 31, 2017, in part because we achieved three years of cumulative profits and are projecting future profitability 
in the U.S. jurisdiction, we determined that sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude that it is more likely than not that 
deferred taxes of approximately $26.3 million are realizable. Therefore, we reduced the valuation allowance against the net 
deferred tax assets for federal and U.S. states, except California and Massachusetts, and recorded a net valuation allowance 
release of $26.3 million. We continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets relating to the 
states of California and for the R&D tax credit carry forwards for the state of Massachusetts. 

At  December  31,  2017,  we  had  approximately  $34.7  million  and  $20.8  million  of  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, 
if not utilized, will generally begin to expire in 2029 through 2035. At December 31, 2017, we had research and development 
tax  credits  available 
the  amount  of  $6.1 
million, $6.6 million and $0.3  million,  respectively.  Federal  credits  will  begin  to  expire  in  2024, and  California  state  tax 
credits have no expiration and Massachusetts tax credits begin to expire in 2021. 

to  offset  federal,  California  and  Massachusetts 

liabilities 

tax 

in 

The utilization of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership 
change  limitations  set  forth  in  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  382  and  383  and  similar state  provisions.  Such  annual 
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward before utilization. 

Litigation 

We have been, and may in the future become subject to a number of legal proceedings involving securities litigation, product 
liability, intellectual property, contractual disputes, trademark and copyright, and other matters. We record a liability and 
related  charge  to  earnings  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  legal  contingencies  when  the  loss  is  considered 
probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Our assessment is reevaluated each accounting period and is based on 
all available information, including discussion with any outside legal counsel that represents us. If a reasonable estimate of a 
known or probable loss cannot be made, but a range of probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses 
is recognized if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other. If a loss is reasonably possible, but not probable 
and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements. 

Recent Accounting Guidance 

For a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective effective dates of adoption and effects 
on  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  see  Note  2  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  —  Recent 
Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

47 

Form 10-K 
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data expressed as a percentage of net revenue. 

Net revenue .......................................................................................     
Cost of revenue .................................................................................     
Gross profit ................................................................................     

Operating expenses: 

Sales and marketing .......................................................................     
Research and development ............................................................     
General and administrative ............................................................     
Lease termination income ..............................................................     
Total operating expenses ............................................................     
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................................     
Interest and other income, net ........................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes ....................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) .......................................................     
Net income (loss) ..............................................................................     

Net Revenue 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

100%     
43%     
57%     

34%     
8%     
9%     
(2)%     
50%     
7%     
1%     
8%     
(12)%     
20%     

100%     
42%     
58%     

35%     
10%     
11%     
-       
56%     
2%     
—%     
2%     
—%     
2%     

100% 
43% 
57% 

38% 
11% 
13% 
-  
62% 
(5)% 
—% 
(5)% 
—% 
(5)% 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated revenue by major geographic area and product category with changes 
thereof. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenue mix by geography: 
United States ..............................................   $ 
Percent of total ....................................     

Japan...........................................................   $ 
Asia, excluding Japan .................................     
Europe ........................................................     
Rest of the world ........................................     
Total international revenue .....................     
Percent of total ....................................     
Total consolidated revenue .....................   $ 

Revenue mix by product category: 
Systems – North America ..........................   $ 
Systems – International ..............................     
Total Systems .........................................     
Hand Piece Refills ......................................     
Skincare ......................................................     
Service ........................................................     
Total consolidated revenue .....................   $ 

Revenue by Geography: 

     % Change   

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

     % Change   

2017 

2015 

94,581       
62%     

17,264       
13,719       
8,317       
17,612       
56,912       
38%     
151,493       

88,338       
37,544       
125,882       
2,436       
4,342       
18,833       
151,493       

44%    $ 

17%    $ 
2%      
10%      
5%      
8%      

28%    $ 

51%    $ 
10%      
36%      
(2)%     
14%      
(1)%     
28%    $ 

65,513       
55%     

14,727       
13,445       
7,539       
16,832       
52,543       
45%     
118,056       

58,595       
34,126       
92,721       
2,498       
3,809       
19,028       
118,056       

34%    $ 

48,916  

28%    $ 
(14)%     
(2)%     
53%      
15%      

52% 

11,504  
15,596  
7,728  
11,017  
45,845  

48% 

25%    $ 

94,761  

45%    $ 
11%      
30%      
(14)%     
32%      
7%      
25%    $ 

40,528  
30,695  
71,223  
2,910  
2,889  
17,739  
94,761  

Our  U.S.  revenue  increased  by  44%  in  2017,  compared  to  2016.  The  increase  in  U.S.  revenue  was  primarily  a  result  of 
revenue generated from our recently introduced truSculpt 3D, as well as continued growth of our enlighten III, excel HR and 
xeo products, partially offset by decline in sales of some of our legacy systems. 

48 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
      
  
      
         
  
      
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
      
  
   
    
   
    
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
      
  
   
    
   
    
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
      
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
      
  
  
  
   
Our  U.S.  revenue  increased  by  34%  in  2016,  compared  to  2015.  The  increase  in  U.S.  revenue  was  primarily  a  result  of 
revenue generated across all our major platforms, including our enlighten and excel HR products, as well as growth of our 
excel V, truSculpt and xeo products. 

Our total international revenue increased by 8% in 2017, compared to 2016, and represented 38% of our total revenue. The 
increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in our direct business in Japan, Australia, as well as 
increases in our distributor business in the Middle East, Europe and Asia, partially offset by a decline in revenue from our 
direct business in Europe and our Latin America distributors. 

Our total international revenue increased by 15% in 2016, compared to 2015, and represented 45% of our total revenue. The 
increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in our direct business in Japan as well as increases in our 
distributor business in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. This  was partially offset by a decline in our direct business in 
Europe. 

Revenue by Product Category: 

Our  Systems  revenue  increased  by  36%  in  2017,  compared  to  2016.  This  increase  in  Systems  revenue  was  primarily 
attributable to revenue generated by our recently launched products, truSculpt 3D and enlighten III. 

Our  Systems  revenue  increased  by  30%  in  2016,  compared  to  2015.  This  increase  in  Systems  revenue  was  primarily 
attributable to revenue generated by the enlighten platform (enlighten III was launched in December 2016) and excel HR, 
continued growth in xeo, excel V and truSculpt, partially offset by revenue declines in our other legacy products. 

Our Hand Piece Refills revenue decreased by 2% and 14% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, compared to the respective prior 
year periods. These decreases were due primarily to declines in Titan hand piece refill revenue caused by reduced utilization, 
partially offset by an increase in truSculpt 3D hand piece refill revenue. 

Our Skincare revenue increased by 14% and 32% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, compared to prior periods. This increase 
was primarily due to expanded product offerings of this distributed product, as well as an increase in the value of the Japanese 
Yen versus the U.S Dollar by approximately 4% and 10% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, when compared to prior periods. 

Our Service revenue decreased by 1% in 2017, compared to 2016. Service revenue increased by 7% in 2016, compared to 
2015. The increase in 2016, was due primarily to increased sales of system parts to our network of international distributors. 

Gross Profit 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Gross Profit ..........................................................   $ 
As a percentage of total revenue.......................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

     % Change      
26%  $

86,110       
57%    

     % Change      
26 %  $

68,135       
58%    

2015 

54,283  
56%

Cost  of  revenue  consists  primarily  of  material,  personnel  expenses,  royalty  expense,  product  warranty  costs  and 
manufacturing overhead expenses. The patents we licensed for applicable hair removal products expired in February 2016 
and as a result, all of our revenue from February 2016 onwards was not subject to royalties. 

The gross profit as a percentage of total revenues was 57% in 2017, compared to 58% in 2016, due primarily to increased 
warranty costs, as well as higher Service personnel costs due to an investments in additional headcount to fuel future growth. 

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue improved to 58% in 2016, compared to 57% in 2015, which was primarily 
attributable  to  a  $23.3  million  increase  in  total  revenue  which  resulted  in  an  improved  leverage  of  our  manufacturing 
department expenses, partially offset by a continued shift in product mix towards lower margin products, primarily as a result 
of our growth in both excel HR and enlighten products which have a higher cost structure than our other product platforms. 

49 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
         
  
  
  
  
 
 
Sales and Marketing 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Sales and marketing .............................................   $ 
As a percentage of total revenue.......................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

     % Change      
25%  $

52,070       
34%    

     % Change      
16 %  $

41,563       
35%    

2015 

35,942  
38%

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  consist  primarily  of  personnel  expenses,  expenses  associated  with  customer-attended 
workshops and trade shows, post-marketing studies and advertising. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net 
revenue, decreased to 34% in 2017, from 35% in 2016, and decreased to 35% in 2016, from 38% in 2015. These decreases 
were attributable to the increased leveraging of our sales and marketing expenses as revenue increased. 

In 2017, as compared to 2016, sales and marketing expenses increased $10.5 million due primarily to higher personnel and 
stock-based compensation expenses resulting from the incremental headcount in 2017 and increased variable compensation 
from revenue growth. The following provide further detail attributable to the increase: 

   ●  $7.2  million  increase  in  personnel  related  expenses,  due  primarily  to  higher  commissions  as  a  result  of   North 
America revenue growth and other higher personnel costs resulting primarily from an increased headcount; 
   ●  $1.4 million increase in promotional spending driven by graphic design, workshops and advertising as we continue

to invest in growth; 

   ●  $0.9 million increase in consultant fees and commissions related to the revenue increase in North America; 
   ●  $0.4 million increased travel expenses associated with the increased activity and headcount. 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.6 million in 2016, compared to 2015, which was primarily attributable to the 
following: 

   ●  $3.2 million increase in personnel related expenses in North America, due primarily to higher commissions as a

result of increased North American revenue and higher salaries due to an increase in headcount; 

   ●  $1.2 million increase in North America travel and entertainment expense, due primarily to increased activity and 

increase headcount; 

   ●  $1.1 million of increased promotional spending, primarily in North America; partially offset by 
   ●  $0.7 million of decreased personnel related expenses in our international direct and distributor business, primarily

due to reduced severance costs, lower salaries and benefit expenses. 

Research and Development 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Research and development ...................................   $ 
As a percentage of total revenue.......................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

     % Change      
15%  $

12,874       
8%    

     % Change      
5 %  $

11,232       
10%    

2015 

10,733  
11%

In 2017, as compared to 2016, research and development expenses increased by $1.6 million primarily due to higher personnel 
and  stock-based  compensation  expenses  from  an  increase  in  headcount,  as  well  as  increased  clinical,  operational  and 
development expenses as we continue to expand our product portfolio. 

The following provide further detail attributable to the increase: 

   ●  $0.9 million of higher personnel expenses driven primarily by an increase in headcount; and 
   ●  $0.5 million increase in consulting fees. 

Research and Development expenses increased $499,000 in 2016, compared to 2015, primarily attributable to: 

   ●  $0.7 million of increased personnel expenses; 
   ●  $0.2 million increase in expensed tools and equipment; partially offset by 
   ●  $0.3 million decrease in material spending. 

50 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
         
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
         
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
General and Administrative 

(Dollars in thousands) 
General and administrative ...................................   $ 
As a percentage of total revenue.......................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

     % Change      
9%  $

14,090       
9%    

     % Change      
7 %  $

12,943       
11%    

2015 

12,129  
13%

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, legal fees, accounting, audit and tax consulting 
fees, and other general and administrative expenses. General and Administrative expenses increased $1.1 million in 2017, 
compared to 2016, primarily due to: 

● 

$1.3  million  increase  in  personnel  costs  due  to  increased  headcount,  contract  employees  and  stock-based 
compensation expenses to support growth in our business.  

●         $0.6 million of higher accounting, tax and audit fees;  
●         $0.3 million of higher project consulting costs; offset by 
● 

$1.2 million expense reduction attributable to a litigation settlement and legal fees associated with a matter settled 
in 2016.  

General and Administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million in 2016, compared to 2015, primarily attributable to litigation 
settlement expenses and legal fees associated with a matter settled in the second quarter of 2016, partially offset by $0.6 
million of decreased U.S. medical excise tax, due to the two-year moratorium effective January 1, 2016. 

Lease Termination Income 

In July 2017, we agreed to terminate the building lease for a new facility in Fremont, California. In conjunction with this 
lease termination, we received a lump sum termination payment of $4.0 million from the landlord. 

Interest and other income (expense), net  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Interest and other income (expense), net ..............   $

2017 

     % Change      
174%   $

884      

     % Change      
10%  $

323      

2015 

293   

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

Interest and other income, net, increased 174% in 2017, compared to 2016, primarily driven by higher interest earned due to 
an increase in U.S. bond yields in 2017, offset by reduced income resulting from a decline in our cash, cash equivalents and 
marketable investments balances resulting primarily from repurchasing $35.2 million of our common stock. In addition, we 
had a $0.3 million reduction in foreign exchange losses. Interest and other income, net, increased by 10% in 2016, compared 
to 2015, due to, an increase in early payment discounts for accounts payable, partly offset by an increase in foreign exchange 
losses. 

Income Tax Provision  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Income (loss) before income taxes .......................   $
Income tax provision ............................................     
Effective tax rate ...............................................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

      $ Change      

2015 

2017 

11,960  
(18,033) 

   $ Change      
9,240    $
  $
(18,176)     

(151)%     

2,720     $ 
143       
5%    

6,948    $ 
(69)     

(4,228) 
212  

(5)% 

In 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $18.0 million. This tax benefit was primarily related to a ($26.3) million 
release of our valuation allowance against certain U.S deferred tax assets, which was partially offset by $7.3 million for the 
revised measurement of our U.S deferred tax assets resulting from the 2017 US Tax Act, $0.7 million current tax expense 
and $0.3 million of other deferred tax expense. In 2016 and 2015, we recorded an income tax provision of $143,000 and 
$212,000, respectively, which was primarily related to foreign tax expenses as we applied a full valuation allowance against 
all U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets arising during each of these years. 

51 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
       
  
  
  
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity is the measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, fund the planned expansion of our operations 
and acquire businesses. Our sources of cash include operations, stock option exercises, and employee stock purchases. We 
actively manage our cash usage and investment of liquid cash to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our daily 
needs. The majority of our cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and our foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount 
of cash in their local banks to cover their short-term operating expenses.  

At  December  31,  2017,  we  had  a  $45.1  million  of  working  capital,  and  our  cash  and cash  equivalents  and  marketable 
investments totaled $35.9 million. Our combined cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments balance decreased 
by $18.2 million in fiscal 2017 principally due to the repurchase of our common stock, increased inventory purchases related 
to the increasing demand of our products, and an increase in investments in sales, service and other management headcount 
to facilitate continued revenue expansion. The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and marketable 
investments: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities: 
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................   $ 
Marketable investments ......................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

Year ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

Change 

14,184    $
21,728      
35,912    $

13,775     $
40,299       
54,074     $

409   
(18,571 ) 
(18,162 ) 

Working Capital: ................................................................................   $ 

45,063    $

59,460     $

(14,397 ) 

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investment balances held in the U.S., in addition to cash expected to 
be generated from operations, is sufficient to fund our operations and will meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. 
Cash held outside the U.S. has historically been used to fund international operations. The majority of cash held outside the 
U.S. relates to undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries which are considered by us to be indefinitely reinvested. 
Amounts held by foreign subsidiaries are generally subject to U.S. income tax on repatriation to the U.S. There is mandatory 
repatriation of foreign income under the new 2017 Tax Act. 

Cash Flows 

In summary, our cash flows were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash flows provided by (used in): 

Year ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Operating activities .........................................................................   $ 
Investing activities ..........................................................................     
Financing activities .........................................................................     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...................................   $ 

14,287    $
17,694      
(31,572)     
409    $

1,992     $
(3,392 )     
4,307       
2,907     $

(1,359 ) 
32,646   
(30,222 ) 
1,065   

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

We generated net cash of $14.3 million in operating activities during 2017, which was primarily attributable to: 

   ●  $17.4 million provided by operations based on a net income of $30.0 million after adjusting for $5.1 million non-
cash stock-based compensation expense, $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization expense, and $18.7 million
net change in deferred tax assets; 

   ●  $15.3 million generated from a $9.3 million increase in accrued liabilities primarily associated with unpaid personnel
costs,  $4.4  million  increase  in  accounts  payable,  and  a  $1.6  million  increase  in  deferred  revenue  due  to  higher
extended service contracts sold; which was offset by 

   ●  $13.8 million of cash used to increase inventories due primarily to higher raw materials required for future product

revenue growth; and 

   ●  $4.2  million  used  as  a  result  of  an  increase  in  accounts  receivable  due  primarily  to  higher  product  revenue  in

December 2017, compared to December 2016. 

52 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We generated net cash of $2.0 million in operating activities during 2016, which was primarily attributable to: 

   ●  $7.3 million provided by operations based on a net income of $2.6 million after adjusting for non-cash related items 
of  $4.7  million,  consisting  primarily  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $3.7  million  and  depreciation  and
amortization expense of $1.0 million; 

   ●  $3.5 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily associated with personnel costs; partially
offset by $4.9 million used as a result of an increase in accounts receivable that resulted primarily from increased
product sales in December 2016, compared to December 2015; 

   ●  $2.9 million used to increase raw material inventories due to an expanded product line; and 
   ●  $0.8  million  used  as  a  result  of  a  decrease  in  deferred  revenue,  due  primarily  from  the  amortization  of  service
contracts from previous years that was not replaced by new contracts given our decision to not provide discounted
extended service contracts with our system sales. 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

We provided net cash of $17.7 million from investing activities in 2017, primarily attributable to: 

   ●  $18.5 million net proceeds from the maturities and sales of marketable investments; offset by 
   ●  $0.9 million used to purchase property and equipment 

We used net cash of $3.4 million in investing activities in 2016, which was primarily attributable to: 

   ●  $34.8 million in proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable investments; offset by 
   ●  $37.7 million used to purchased marketable investments; and 
   ●  $0.5 million used to purchase property and equipment. 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2017 was $31.6 million, which was primarily due to: 

   ●  $35.2 million used to repurchase our common stock; 
   ●  $1.5 million used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards; offset partially by 
   ●  $5.4 million net proceeds from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and

purchasing stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) program. 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 was $4.3 million, which was primarily due to: 

   ●  $4.9 million used to repurchase our common stock; 
   ●  $0.6 million of cash used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards; offset by 
   ●  $10.1 million net proceeds from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and

purchasing stock through the ESPP program. 

Adequacy of cash resources to meet future needs 

We had cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments of $35.9 million as of December 31, 2017. We believe that 
our existing cash resources are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for 
at least the next several years. 

53 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The following are our contractual obligations, consisting of future minimum lease commitments related to facility and vehicle 
leases as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

Payments Due by Period 

Contractual Obligations 
Operating leases ...................................................   $
Capital leases ........................................................     
Total leases .......................................................   $

Purchase Commitments 

Total 

Less Than 
1 Year 

13,801    $ 
957      
14,758    $ 

     1-3 Years       3-5 Years      
5,010    $
—      
5,010    $

5,686    $
485      
6,171    $

2,891    $
472      
3,363    $

More Than 
5 Years 

214  
—  
214  

We maintain certain open inventory purchase commitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for 
key components. Our liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed 
between  the  parties.  These  forecasted  time-horizons  can  vary  among  different  suppliers.  Our  open  inventory  purchase 
commitments were not material at December 31, 2017. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations 
table above. 

Income Tax Liability 

We  have  included  in our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet a  long-term income  tax  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and 
accrued interest of $379,000 as of December 31, 2017. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of 
the timing of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a 
result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such 
as  entities  often  referred  to  as  structured  finance,  variable  interest  or  special  purpose  entities,  which  would  have  been 
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. 
As of December 31, 2017, we were not involved in any unconsolidated transactions. 

Other 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  agreements  that  contain  a  variety  of  representations,  warranties,  and 
indemnification obligations. For example, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and 
executive officers. Our exposure under the various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as 
they involve future claims that may be made against us. As such, we have not accrued any amounts for such obligations. 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate fluctuations, 
inflation and foreign currency exchange. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We hold cash equivalents as well as short-term and long-term fixed income securities. Our investment portfolio includes 
fixed and floating rate securities. Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income. 

Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to fluctuations in interest rates, while floating 
rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment 
income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell 
securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. The primary objective of our investment 
activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. To achieve 
this  objective,  we  invest  in  debt  instruments  of  the  U.S.  Government  and  its  agencies  and  municipal  bonds,  high  grade 
corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper,  CDs  and  money  markets, and,  by  policy,  restrict  our  exposure  to  any  single  type  of 
investment or issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, we 

54 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
maintain investments at a weighted average maturity of generally less than eighteen months. Based on discounted cash flow 
modeling with respect to our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest 
rates of one percentage point, the fair value of our total investment portfolio would potentially decline by approximately 
$120,000. 

Inflation 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. If our 
costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through 
price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

In 2017 and 2016, our international revenue was approximately 38% and 45% of our total revenue, respectively. We use the 
U.S. dollar as the reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements. 

We  generate  revenue  in  Japanese  Yen,  Euros,  Australian  Dollars,  Canadian  Dollars,  British  Pounds  and  Swiss  Francs. 
Additionally,  a  portion  of  our  operating  expenses  and  assets  and  liabilities  are  denominated  in  each  of  these  currencies. 
Therefore,  fluctuations  in  these  currencies  against  the  U.S.  dollar  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations upon translation of our revenue denominated in these currencies, as well as the re-measurement of our international 
subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars. 

We have historically not engaged in hedging activities relating to our foreign currency denominated transactions, given we 
have a natural hedge resulting from our foreign cash receipts being utilized to fund our respective local currency expenses. 

55 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

CUTERA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are required to be included in Item 8: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ......................................................................................... 

Consolidated Balance Sheets ......................................................................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Operations ......................................................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) .......................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ......................................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ........................................................................................................................ 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................. 

Schedule II -Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  .......................................................................................................... 

Page 
57

59

60

61

62

63

64

90

All other required schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the 
required information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto. 

56 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Cutera, Inc. 
Brisbane, California 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Cutera,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  and  subsidiaries  as  of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and schedule 
listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the 
consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  and 
subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 26, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on  a  test basis,  evidence regarding  the  amounts  and disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our 
audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. 
San Jose, California 
March 26, 2018 

57 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Cutera, Inc.  
Brisbane, California 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Cutera, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the 
three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2017,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the 
accompanying index and our report dated March 26, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control over  financial  reporting  and for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in reasonable detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 
San Jose, California 
March 26, 2018 

58 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................   $
Marketable investments ................................................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9 and $21, 

respectively ...............................................................................................................     
Inventories ....................................................................................................................     
Other current assets and prepaid expenses....................................................................     
Total current assets ............................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets ...........................................................................................................     
Intangibles, net .................................................................................................................     
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................     
Other long-term assets ......................................................................................................     
Total assets .........................................................................................................   $

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ..........................................................................................................   $
Accrued liabilities .........................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ..........................................................................................     
Deferred revenue, net of current portion ......................................................................     
Income tax liability .......................................................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities.............................................................................................     
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders’ equity: 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

14,184     $
21,728       

20,777       
28,782       
2,903       
88,374       
2,096       
19,055       
—       
1,339       
374       
111,238     $

7,002     $
26,848       
9,461       
43,311       
2,195       
379       
460       
46,345       

13,775  
40,299  

16,547  
14,977  
2,251  
87,849  
1,907  
377  
2  
1,339  
380  
91,854  

2,598  
17,397  
8,394  
28,389  
1,705  
168  
582  
30,844  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued 

and outstanding: none ...............................................................................................     

—       

—  

Common stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 50,000,000 shares; Issued and 

outstanding: 13,477,973 and 13,773,389 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively ...............................................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................     
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) .......................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity .....................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ...........................................................   $

13       
62,025       
2,947       
(92 )     
64,893       
111,238     $

14  
88,114  
(27,046) 
(72) 
61,010  
91,854  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

59 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Net revenue: 

Products ..........................................................................................   $ 
Service ............................................................................................     
Total net revenue .....................................................................     

132,660    $
18,833      
151,493      

99,028     $
19,028       
118,056       

Cost of revenue: 

Products ..........................................................................................     
Service ............................................................................................     
Total cost of revenue ...............................................................     
Gross profit ..............................................................................     

Operating expenses: 

Sales and marketing ........................................................................     
Research and development .............................................................     
General and administrative .............................................................     
Lease termination income ...............................................................     
Total operating expenses .........................................................     
Income (loss) from operations ............................................................     
Interest and other income, net ............................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes .....................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ...........................................................     
Net income (loss) ...............................................................................   $ 

56,363      
9,020      
65,383      
86,110      

52,070      
12,874      
14,090      
(4,000)     
75,034      
11,076      
884      
11,960      
(18,033)     
29,993    $

40,149       
9,772       
49,921       
68,135       

41,563       
11,232       
12,943       
-       
65,738       
2,397       
323       
2,720       
143       
2,577     $

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:        
Basic ...............................................................................................     
Diluted ............................................................................................     

2.16    $
2.04    $

0.19     $
0.19     $

13,873      
14,728      

13,225       
13,753       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

77,022   
17,739   
94,761   

32,402   
8,076   
40,478   
54,283   

35,942   
10,733   
12,129   
-   
58,804   
(4,521 ) 
293   
(4,228 ) 
212   
(4,440 ) 

(0.32 ) 
(0.32 ) 

13,960   
13,960   

60 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(in thousands) 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Available-for-sale investments 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

  $ 

29,993    $

2,577     $

(4,440 ) 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale 

investments ..............................................................................     

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains on investments 

recognized during the year ......................................................     

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale 

investments ..............................................................................     
Tax provision ..............................................................................     
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ..............................     
Comprehensive income (loss) ............................................................   $ 

(15)     

(5)     

(20)     
—      
(20)     
29,973    $

30       

(3 )     

27       
10       
17       
2,594     $

(87 ) 

(7 ) 

(94 ) 
—   
(94 ) 
(4,534 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

61 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands, except share amounts) 

Common Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
     Amount       Capital 

   Shares 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated     

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive     
     Income (loss)      

     Deficit) 

Total 
Stockholders’   
Equity 

14    $  105,721    $ 

(25,232)   $ 

5    $ 

80,508   

—      
2      

577      
10,500      

—      
—      

—      
—      

577   
10,502   

Balance at December 31, 2014 ........     14,446,950    $ 
Issuance of common stock for 

employee purchase plan ..............     

55,872      
Exercise of stock options ................      1,141,904      
Issuance of common stock in 
settlement of restricted and 
performance stock units, net of 
shares withheld for employee 
taxes, and stock awards ...............     

154,119      
Repurchase of common stock .........      (2,818,038)     
—      
Stock-based compensation expense      
Net loss............................................     
—      
Net change in unrealized loss on 

available-for-sale investments .....     

—      
Balance at December 31, 2015 ........     12,980,807    $ 
Deferred tax relating to adoption of 

ASU 2016-09 ...............................     

—      

Issuance of common stock for 

employee purchase plan ..............     

79,922      
Exercise of stock options ................      1,051,138      
Issuance of common stock in 
settlement of restricted and 
performance stock units, net of 
shares withheld for employee 
taxes, and stock awards ...............     
Repurchase of common stock .........     
Stock-based compensation expense      
Net income ......................................     
Net change in unrealized loss on 

116,833      
(455,311)     
—      
—      

available-for-sale investments .....     

—      
Balance at December 31, 2016 ........     13,773,389    $ 
Issuance of common stock for 

employee purchase plan ..............     
Exercise of stock options ................     
Issuance of common stock in 
settlement of restricted and 
performance stock units, net of 
shares withheld for employee 
taxes, and stock awards ...............     

160,309      
Repurchase of common stock .........      (1,022,602)     
—      
Stock-based compensation expense      
Net income ......................................     
—      
Net change in unrealized loss on 

—      
(3)     
—      
—      

(1,018)     
(40,082)     
4,084      
—      

—      
—      
—      
(4,440)     

—      
13    $ 

—      
79,782    $ 

—      
(29,672)   $ 

—      

—      
1      

—      

768      
9,342      

49      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

(618)     
(4,873)     
3,713      
—      

—      
—      
—      
2,577      

—      
14    $ 

—      
88,114    $ 

—      
(27,046)   $ 

—      
(1)     
—      
—      

(1,469)     
(35,165)     
5,110      
—      

—      
—      
—      
29,993      

—      
—      
—      
—      

(94)     
(89)   $ 

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

17      
(72)   $ 

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

(20)     
(92)   $ 

(1,018 )
(40,085 )
4,084   
(4,440 )

(94 )
50,034   

49   

768   
9,343   

(618 )
(4,873 )
3,713   
2,577   

17   
61,010   

1,059   
4,376   

(1,469 )
(35,166 )
5,110   
29,993   

(20 )
64,893   

78,479      
488,398      

—      
—      

1,059      
4,376      

—      
—      

available-for-sale investments .....     

—      
Balance at December 31, 2017 ........     13,477,973    $ 

—      
13    $ 

—      
62,025    $ 

—      
2,947    $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

62 

Form 10-K 
  
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
         
         
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) ........................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided 

by (used in) operating activities: 
Stock-based compensation ......................................................     
Depreciation and amortization .................................................     
Change in deferred tax assets ..................................................     
Other ........................................................................................     

Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable .................................................................     
Inventories ...............................................................................     
Other current assets and prepaid expenses ..............................     
Other long-term assets .............................................................     
Accounts payable ....................................................................     
Accrued liabilities ....................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities .......................................................     
Deferred revenue .....................................................................     
Income tax liability ..................................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .............     

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of property, equipment and software .......................     
Disposal of property and equipment ...........................................     
Proceeds from sales of marketable investments ..........................     
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments ..................     
Purchase of marketable investments ...........................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ..............     

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Repurchase of common stock .....................................................     
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock 

purchase plan ...........................................................................     
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards .......     
Payments on capital lease obligation ..........................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .............     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..........................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ...........................................   $ 
Supplemental cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest ..................................................................   $ 
Cash paid for income taxes .........................................................   $ 

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

29,993    $

2,577     $

(4,440 ) 

5,110      
1,016      
(18,678)     
(52)     

(4,229)     
(13,805)     
(591)     
6      
4,404      
9,345      
—      
1,557      
211      
14,287      

(855)     
53      
33,640      
45,812      
(60,956)     
17,694      

3,713       
982       
22       
(7 )     

(4,899 )     
(2,899 )     
(432 )     
4       
639       
3,461       
(329 )     
(826 )     
(14 )     
1,992       

(537 )     
20       
9,008       
25,810       
(37,693 )     
(3,392 )     

4,084   
1,186   
(55 ) 
282   

(536 ) 
(1,090 ) 
241   
(23 ) 
(1,124 ) 
2,687   
(289 ) 
(2,319 ) 
37   
(1,359 ) 

(746 ) 
—   
21,171   
35,918   
(23,697 ) 
32,646   

(35,167)     

(4,873 )     

(40,085 ) 

5,435      
(1,469)     
(371)     
(31,572)     
409      
13,775      
14,184    $

70    $
220    $

10,111       
(618 )     
(313 )     
4,307       
2,907       
10,868       
13,775     $

43     $
222     $

11,079   
(1,018 ) 
(198 ) 
(30,222 ) 
1,065   
9,803   
10,868   

20   
160   

285   

Assets acquired under capital lease .............................................   $ 

365    $

801     $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

63 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
CUTERA, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cutera,  Inc.  (“Cutera”  or  the  “Company”)  is  a  global  provider  of  laser  and  other  energy-based  aesthetic  systems  for 
practitioners worldwide. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, and markets laser and other energy-based product 
platforms  for  use  by  physicians  and  other  qualified  practitioners  which  enable  them  to  offer  safe  and  effective  aesthetic 
treatments  to  their  customers.  The  Company  currently  markets  the  following  key  system  platforms:  excel  V,  excel  HR, 
enlighten, Juliet, Secret RF, truSculpt and xeo. The Company’s systems offer multiple hand pieces and applications, which 
allow customers to upgrade their systems. The sales of (i) systems, system upgrades and hand pieces (classified as “Systems” 
revenue);  (ii)  hand  piece  refills  applicable  to  Titan  and  truSculpt  3D  (classified  as  “Hand  Piece  Refills”);  and  (iii)  the 
distribution of third party manufactured skincare products (classified as "Skincare” revenue); and collectively classified as 
“Products” revenue. In addition to Products revenue, the Company generates revenue from the sale of post-warranty service 
contracts, parts, detachable hand piece replacements (except for Titan and truSculpt 3D) and service labor for the repair and 
maintenance of products that are out of warranty, all of which is classified as “Service” revenue. 

Headquartered  in  Brisbane,  California,  the  Company  has  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  that  are  currently  operational  in 
Australia,  Belgium,  Canada,  France,  Germany,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  Spain,  Switzerland  and  the  United  Kingdom.  These 
subsidiaries market, sell and service the Company’s products outside of the United States. 

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-
company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the 
United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could 
differ materially from those estimates. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates their estimates, including those related to warranty obligation, sales commission, 
accounts receivable and sales allowances, valuation of inventories, fair values of acquired intangible assets, useful lives of 
intangible  assets  and  property  and  equipment,  assumptions  regarding  variables  used  in  calculating  the  fair  value  of  the 
Company's equity award, fair value of investments, contingent liabilities, recoverability of deferred tax assets, and effective 
income tax rates, among others. Management bases their estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 
that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of 
assets and liabilities. 

Risks and Uncertainties 

The  Company's  future  results  of  operations  involve  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties.  Factors  that  could  affect  the 
Company's future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited 
to,  rapid  technological  change,  continued  acceptance  of  the  Company's  products,  stability  of  world  financial  markets, 
management  of  international  activities,  competition  from  substitute  products  and  larger  companies,  ability  to  obtain 
regulatory  approval,  government  regulations,  patent  and  other  litigations,  ability  to  protect  proprietary  technology  from 
counterfeit versions of the Company's products, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals. If the Company 
fails to adhere to ongoing Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, Quality System Regulation, the FDA may withdraw its 
market clearance or take other action. The Company's manufacturers and suppliers may encounter supply interruptions or 
problems during manufacturing due to a variety of reasons, including failure to comply with applicable regulations, including 
the FDA's Quality System Regulation, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede 
the Company's ability to meet demand. 

64 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, and Marketable Investments 

The Company invests its cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of U.S. federal and 
municipal governments and their agencies, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. All highly liquid investments 
with  stated  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  from  date  of  purchase  are  classified  as  cash  equivalents;  all  highly  liquid 
investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the 
Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and its foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in 
their local banks to cover their short term operating expenses. 

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase 
and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities have been classified and 
accounted for as available-for-sale. Investments with remaining maturities more than one year are viewed by the Company 
as available to support current operations, and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Investments in marketable securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized 
gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable 
securities  are  determined  on  a  specific  identification  method,  and  such  gains  and  losses  are  reflected  as  a  component  of 
interest and other income, net. 

Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques 
that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as 
considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value. Carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, 
including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their fair values as of 
the balance sheet dates because of their generally short maturities. 

The fair value hierarchy distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained 
from  independent  sources  (observable  inputs)  and  (2)  an entity’s  own  assumptions  about  market  participant  assumptions 
developed  based  on  the  best  information  available  in  the  circumstances  (unobservable  inputs).  The  fair  value  hierarchy 
consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical 
assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3).  The  three  levels  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy are described below in accordance to ASC 820: 

   ●  Level  1:  Quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for  assets  or

liabilities. 

   ●  Level  2:  Directly  or  indirectly  observable  inputs  as  of  the  reporting  date  through  correlation  with  market  data,
including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not
active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that
do  not  require  significant  judgment  since  the  input  assumptions  used  in  the  models,  such  as  interest  rates  and
volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data from actively quoted markets for substantially the full
term of the financial instrument. 

   ●  Level  3:  Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  reflect  the  use  of  significant
management  judgment.  These  values  are  generally  determined  using  pricing  models  for  which  the  assumptions
utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions. 

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize 
the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair 
value. 

Impairment of Marketable Investments 

After determining the fair value of available-for-sales debt instruments, gains or losses on these securities are recorded to 
other comprehensive income (loss), until either the security is sold or the Company determines that the decline in value is 
other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors that the Company considers in classifying impairments as either 
temporary or other-than-temporary impairments are the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer 
for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value or the maturity of the investment, the 
length  of  the  time  and  the  extent  to  which  the  market  value  of  the  investment  has  been  less  than  cost  and  the  financial 
condition  and  near-term  prospects  of  the  issuer.  There  were  no  other-than-temporary  impairments  in  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. 

65 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Allowance for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts 

The allowance for sales returns is based on the Company’s estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances 
related to current period product revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in 
customer demand and acceptance of the Company's products. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s 
assessment of the collectability of customer accounts and the aging of the related invoices, and represents the Company's best 
estimate of probable credit losses in its existing trade accounts receivable. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by 
considering  factors  such  as  historical  experience,  credit  quality,  the  age  of  the accounts  receivable  balances,  and  current 
economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. 

Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  risk  consist  principally  of  cash,  cash 
equivalents,  marketable  investments  and  accounts  receivable.  The  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  primarily 
invested in deposits and money market accounts with three major financial institutions in the U.S. In addition, the Company 
has operating cash balances in banks in each of the international locations in which it operates. Deposits in these banks may 
exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any. Management believes that these financial institutions are 
financially sound and, accordingly, believes that minimal credit risk exists. To date, the Company has not experienced any 
losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. 

The Company invests in debt instruments, including bonds of the U.S. Government, its agencies and municipalities. The 
Company has also invested in other high grade investments such as commercial paper and corporate bonds. The Company 
has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity. 
By policy, the Company restricts its exposure to any single issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure 
due  to  adverse  shifts  in  interest  rates,  the  Company  maintains  investments  at  an  average  maturity  of  generally  less  than 
eighteen months. 

Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and are typically unsecured and are derived from 
revenue earned from worldwide customers. The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and 
monitoring procedures. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit 
losses. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was one customer who represented 12% of the Company’s net accounts 
receivable. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, domestic revenue accounted for 62%, 55%, and 
52%, respectively, of total revenue, while international revenue accounted for 38%, 45%, and 48%, respectively, of total 
revenue. No single customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for any of the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016, and 2015. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, cost being determined on a standard cost basis which 
approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course 
of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The cost basis of the Company’s 
inventory is reduced for any products that are considered excessive or obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand 
and market conditions. 

The Company includes demonstration units within inventories. Demonstration units are carried at cost and amortized over 
an estimated economic life of two years. Amortization expense related to demonstration units is recorded in Products cost of 
revenue or in the respective operating expense line based on which function and purpose for which the demonstration units 
are being used. Proceeds from the sale of demonstration units are recorded as revenue and all costs incurred to refurbish the 
systems prior to sale are charged to cost of revenue. 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, demonstration inventories, net of accumulated depreciation, included in finished goods 
inventory balance was $1.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively.  

66 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  recognized  is  recognized  on  a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally as follows: 

Leasehold improvements ..................................................................................   
Office equipment and furniture (in years) ........................................................   
Machinery and equipment (in years) ................................................................   

Useful Lives 
Lesser of useful life or term of lease 
3 
3 

Upon  sale  or  retirement  of  property  and  equipment,  the  costs  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization  are 
removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are 
charged to operations as incurred. 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for 2017, 2016 and 2015, was $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 
million respectively. Amortization expense for vehicles leased under capital leases is included in depreciation expense. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment, applying a fair-
value based test, at least annually during the fourth fiscal quarter, or if circumstances indicate their value may no longer be 
recoverable. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible 
assets. The Company continues to operate in one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit and, therefore, 
goodwill  was  tested  for  impairment  at  the  enterprise  level.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  there  has  been  no  impairment  of 
goodwill. All acquired intangible assets have been fully amortized as of December 31, 2017. 

Warranty Obligations 

The Company provides a standard one-year warranty on all systems sold to end-customers. Warranty coverage provided is 
for labor and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, the Company generally 
provides a 14 to 16 month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor. 

The Company accounts for the estimated warranty cost of the standard warranty coverage as a charge to costs of revenue 
when revenue is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty reserves include the number of units sold, historical 
product performance, and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses 
the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjusts the amount as necessary. 

To determine the estimated warranty reserve, the Company utilizes actual service records to calculate the average service 
expense per system and applies this to the equivalent number of units exposed under warranty. The Company updates these 
estimated charges every quarter. 

Revenue Recognition 

Products revenue is recognized when title and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that: 

   ●  Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 
   ●  The price is fixed or determinable; 
   ●  Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; and 
   ●  Collectability is reasonably assured. 

Transfer of title and risk of ownership occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the 
product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of customer and distributor discounts. When 
collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company recognizes revenue upon receipt of cash payment. Sales to customers 
and distributors do not include any return or exchange rights. In addition, the Company’s distributor agreements obligate the 
distributor to pay the Company for the sale regardless of whether the distributor is able to resell the product. Shipping and 
handling charges are invoiced to customers based on the amount of products sold. Shipping and handling fees are recorded 
as revenue and the related expense as a component of Products cost of revenue. 

67 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Multiple-element Arrangements 

A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated 
services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company determined that its 
multiple-element arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate units of 
accounting: Product, service contracts, training, and in some cases, marketing support and installation. 

For multiple-element arrangements, judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement 
to  the  multiple  elements  of  the  arrangement.  For  multiple  element  arrangements the  Company allocates  revenue  to  all 
deliverables  based  on  their  relative  selling  prices  in  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“FASB”) 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25. Because the Company has neither vendor-specific objective evidence 
(“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the Company's systems, the allocation of revenue has been 
based on the Company's best estimate of selling prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the 
Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for 
the Company's deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the 
system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions 

With respect to the sale of its earlier generation of the truSculpt product, the Company includes unlimited refills as part of 
the truSculpt standard warranty and the Company does not account for the truSculpt warranty as a separate deliverable under 
the  multiple-element  arrangement  revenue guidance.  Upon  a  truSculpt  sale,  the  Company  recognizes  the  estimated  costs 
which will be incurred under the warranty obligation in Products cost of revenue. In May 2017, the Company launched a 
more  advanced  version  of  its  body  system  called truSculpt  3D.  Customers  are required  to  purchase  hand piece  refills  as 
needed on a truSculpt 3D. Revenue from the sale of such refills is recorded as Product revenue in the period in which such 
sales are made. 

Customer Marketing Arrangements 

The  Company  has  a  customer  marketing  and  incentive  program  called  “Cutera  Bucks”  for  its  North  America  customers 
through which it offers various sales incentives and discounts and pays or reimburses customers for qualifying expenses 
associated with practice set-up, advertising procedures related to the system purchased, and other expenses. The Company 
records such incentives as a reduction of revenue at the time when the sale of the system is recorded. 

Service Revenue 

The Company also offers customers extended service contracts. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Revenue from services performed in the absence of a service 
contract, including installation and training revenue, is recognized when the related services are performed and collectability 
is reasonably assured. 

Service  revenue  billed  on  a  time  and  material  basis,  from  customers  whose  systems  are  not  under  a  service  contact,  is 
recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $18.8 
million, $19.0 million, and $17.7 million, respectively. 

Bill and Hold Arrangement 

In 2017 the Company segregated certain products for one order at the request of a customer for a limited period of time at a 
third-party storage facility (“bill -and -hold”). Revenue recognition for the bill-and-hold transaction requires consideration 
of, among other things, whether the customer has made a written fixed commitment to purchase the product; the existence of 
a  substantial  business  purpose  for  the  arrangement;  the  bill-and-hold  arrangement  is  at  the  request  of  the  customer;  the 
scheduled delivery date must be reasonable and consistent with the buyer's business purpose; title and risk of ownership must 
pass to the customer and no additional performance obligations exist by the Company, at the time of the bill-and-hold the 
product  is  complete  and  ready  for  shipment  and  the  product  has  been  segregated  from  the  Company's  inventory.  The 
Company recognized revenue of $938,000 for a bill-and-hold transaction in 2017. There were no such transactions in 2016 
and 2015. 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of material, finished and semi-finished products purchased from third-party manufacturers, 
labor,  stock-based  compensation  expenses,  overhead  involved  in the  Company's internal  manufacturing  processes, 

68 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
technology license amortization and royalties, costs associated with product warranties and any inventory or intangible write-
downs. 

The Company's system sales include a control console, universal graphic user interface, control system software, high voltage 
electronics and a combination of applications (referred to as hand pieces). Hand pieces are programmed to have a limited 
number of uses to ensure the safety of the device to patients. The Company sells refurbished hand pieces, or "refills," of its 
Titan and truSculpt 3D products and provides for the cost of refurbishment of these hand pieces as part of cost of revenue. 
When customers purchase a replacement hand piece (or “refill”) or are provided a replacement hand piece under a warranty 
or service contract, the Company ships the customer a previously refurbished unit. Upon the receipt of the expended hand 
piece from the customer, the Company capitalizes the expended hand piece as inventory at the estimated fair value. Cost of 
revenue includes the costs incurred to refurbish hand pieces. 

Research and Development Expenditures 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include costs related to research, design, development, testing 
of products, salaries, benefits and other headcount related costs, facilities, material, third party contractors, regulatory affairs, 
clinical and development costs. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are included as part of sales and marketing expense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for 
2017, 2016 and 2015 were $1.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  compensation  costs  in accordance with  the  accounting  standards  for  share-based 
compensation,  which  require  that  all  share-based  payments  to  employees  and  non-employees  be  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values. 

   ●  The fair value of stock options ("options") on the grant date is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model  using  the  single-option  approach.  The  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  requires  the  use  of  highly
subjective and complex assumptions, including the option's expected term and the price volatility of the underlying
stock, to determine the fair value of award. The Company recognizes the expense associated with options using a
single award approach over the requisite service period. The Company accounts for all stock options awarded to
non-employees at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as
calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  model.  The  Company  subjects  stock  options  granted  to  non-employees  to 
periodic revaluation at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest. 

   ●  The fair value of Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") is based on the stock price on the grant date using a single-award 
approach. The RSUs are subject to a service vesting condition and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period. For RSUs to non-employees, the Company recognizes expense on an accelerated attribution
method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the changes
in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs. 

   ●  The fair value of Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) that have operational measurement goals, are measured at the
market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. PSUs with market-based measurement goals are valued
using the Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model uses the 
same  input  assumptions  as  the  Black-Scholes  model,  however,  it  further  incorporates  into  the  fair-value 
determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense for
market-based PSU awards is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the
requisite service has been provided. For PSUs provided to non-employees, the Company recognizes expense on an 
accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting
period,  with  the  changes  in  fair  value  recorded  to  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  the  period  in  which  the
change occurs. 

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for the portion of the equity award that is expected to vest over 
the  requisite  service  period  for  those  awards  and  develops  an  estimate  of  the  number  of  share-based  awards  which  will 
ultimately vest, primarily based on historical experience. The estimated forfeiture rate is reassessed periodically throughout 
the  requisite  service  period.  Such  estimates  are  revised  if  they  differ  materially  from  actual  forfeitures.  As  required,  the 
forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. For the award types discussed above, 
if an employee terminates employment prior to being vested in an award, then the award is forfeited. 

69 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
For RSUs and PSUs, the Company issues shares on the vesting dates, net of applicable tax withholding requirements to be 
paid by the Company on behalf of its employees and non-employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be 
fewer than the actual number of RSUs and PSUs that vest. The Company records the liability for withholding amounts to be 
paid by the Company as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued. 

Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-
based awards for options exercised and for RSUs and PSUs vested during the period (excess tax benefits), are classified as 
operating cash flows. 

Income Taxes 

The Company account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. 
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial 
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the 
period that includes the enactment date. 

For deferred tax assets which are not subject to a valuation allowance, the Company has determined that its future taxable 
income will be sufficient to recover all of the deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in the recoverability of 
the deferred tax assets, the Company could be required to record a valuation allowance against the net carrying value of its 
deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to the Company’s tax provision in the period in which they determined 
that the recovery was not probable. 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to 
be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including 
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results 
of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess 
of its net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce 
the provision for income taxes. The measurement of deferred taxes often involves an exercise of judgment related to the 
computation and realization of tax basis. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment that tax 
positions taken, and the resulting tax basis, are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. 
Also, assessing tax rates that the Company expects to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are 
expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of the Company’s income among the 
states in which the Company operates. These matters, and others, involve the exercise of significant judgment. Any changes 
in the Company’s practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially 
impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. 

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that the Company 
believes  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  recovered.  The  Company  evaluates  its  deferred  tax  assets  quarterly  to  determine 
whether adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowance are appropriate. In making this evaluation, the Company relies 
on its three year cumulative profit, estimated timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, 
and its forecasts of future earnings, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. 

The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Income Taxes subtopic of ASC 740 on the 
basis of a two-step process whereby (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained 
on  the  basis  of  the  technical  merits  of  the  position  and  (2)  for  those  tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not 
recognition threshold, it recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon 
ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. 

The impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more 
likely than not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood 
of being sustained. The Company has provided taxes and related interest and penalties due for potential adjustments that may 
result  from  examinations  of  open  U.S.  Federal,  state  and  foreign  tax  years.  The  Company  will  reverse  the  liability  and 
recognize a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the determination that the tax position is effectively 
settled through examination, negotiation, or litigation, or the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine 
and challenge the tax position has expired. The Company will record an additional charge in the Company’s provision for 
taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the 
ultimate assessment to be. 

70 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive  income  (loss)  includes  all  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  except  those  resulting  from  investments  or 
contributions by stockholders. For the periods presented, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted solely 
of the unrealized gains or losses on the Company's available-for-sale investments, net of tax. 

Foreign Currency 

The U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries. Monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured 
into  U.S.  Dollars  at  the  applicable  period  end  exchange  rate.  Sales  and  operating  expenses  are  re-measured  at  average 
exchange rates in effect during each period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net 
income (loss) and are insignificant for each of the three years ended December 31, 2016. The effect of exchange rate changes 
on cash and cash equivalents was insignificant for each of the three years presented in the period ended December 31, 2017. 

Segments 

The  Company  operates  in  one  segment.  Management  uses  one  measurement  of  profitability  and  does  not  segregate  its 
business for internal reporting. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, substantially all long-lived assets were maintained in the 
U.S. See Note 11 for details relating to revenue by geography. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

New Revenue Standard: 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, which sets forth a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers to improve 
comparability. Subsequently, the FASB has issued several standards related to ASU 2014-09 (collectively, the “New Revenue 
Standard”). The New Revenue Standard requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers 
in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In 
addition, the New Revenue Standard requires expanded disclosures. This New Revenue Standard permits the use of either 
the full retrospective or modified retrospective method (also referred to as the cumulative effect transition method) when 
adopted. The New Revenue Standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. 

The New Revenue Standard’s core principle is that a reporting entity will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods 
or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for 
those goods or services. In applying this new guidance to contracts within its scope, an entity will: 

(1)  identify the contract(s) with a customer; 
(2)  identify the performance obligation in the contract; 
(3)  determine the transaction price; 
(4)  allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
(5)  recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. 

The Company will adopt the New Revenue Standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective 
method. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record an adjustment to retained earnings for the following items in the first 
quarter of 2018: 

   ●  Adjustment  to  its  deferred  revenue  balance  for  the  differences  in  the  amount of  revenue  recognition  for  the
Company’s revenue streams as a result of allocation of revenue based on standalone selling prices to the Company’s
various performance obligations.  

   ●  Adjustment for capitalizing the incremental contract acquisition costs, such as sales commissions paid in connection
with  system  sales  with  multi-year  service  contracts.  These  contract  acquisition  costs  will  be  capitalized  and
amortized  over  the  estimated customer  life  under  the  New  Revenue  Standard.  Under  the  prior  guidance,  the
Company expensed such costs when incurred.  

   ●  Adjustment for accruing financing costs for multi-year post-warranty service for customers who pay more than one
year in advance of receiving the service. The Company will estimate interest expense for such advance payment
under the New Revenue Standard going forward.  

71 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard is expected to result in a net increase in the Company's retained earnings 
by approximately $4.8 million - $5.5 million, majority of which relates to the capitalization of contract acquisition costs. The 
Company's evaluation of the adjustment will be completed in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. 

In preparation of adopting the New Revenue Standard, the Company has implemented additional internal controls and is 
enhancing its processes to enable future preparation of financial information in accordance with the New Revenue Standard. 
The New Revenue Standard requires significantly expanded disclosures about revenue in the Company’s financial statement 
beginning with the first quarter of 2018. These expanded disclosures will include quantitative and qualitative disclosures 
regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. 

Pursuant to ASC paragraphs 606-10-55-30 through 55-34 and ASC paragraph 460-10-25-6, the Company will continue to 
account for standard warranty coverage as it has historically. 

The New Revenue Standard is principle based and interpretation of those principles may vary from company to company 
based  on  their  unique  circumstances.  It  is  possible  that  interpretation,  industry  practice,  and  guidance  may  evolve  as 
companies and the accounting profession work to implement this new standard. While substantially complete, the Company 
is still in the process of finalizing its evaluation of the effect of the New Revenue Standard and will finalize its accounting 
assessment and quantitative impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. 
As the Company completes its evaluation of this new standard, new information may arise that could change the Company’s 
current understanding of the impact to revenue and expense recognized. Additionally, the Company will continue to monitor 
industry activities and any additional guidance provided by regulators, standards setters, or the accounting profession and 
adjust the Company’s assessment and implementation plans accordingly. 

Other Accounting Pronouncements: 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which amends the existing accounting standards 
for leases. The new standard requires lessees to record a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance 
sheet  (with  the  exception  of  short-term  leases).  The  new  standard  also  requires  expanded  disclosures  regarding  leasing 
arrangements. The new standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and early adoption 
is permitted. The new standard is required to be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and requires application 
of the new standard at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. The Company finances its fleet of vehicles 
used by its field sales and service employees and has facility leases. Several of the Company’s customers finance purchases 
of its system products through third party lease companies and not directly with the Company. The Company does not believe 
that the new standard will change customer buying patterns or behaviors for its products. The Company will adopt the new 
standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company expects that upon adoption, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities will be 
recognized in the balance sheet in amounts that will be material. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which intends to reduce diversity in 
practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance will be 
effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. The Company is still assessing the impact of the adoption of this 
guidance to the consolidated financial statements 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than 
Inventory, which requires the recognition of the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than 
inventory, when the transfer occurs. This ASU will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. This ASU is 
required to be adopted using the modified retrospective approach, with a cumulative catch-up adjustment to retained earnings 
in  the  period  of  adoption.  The  Company  does  not  believe  that  adopting  this  ASU  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
consolidated financial Statements. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 320), which amended the guidance on 
the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flow. The amendment requires entities to include 
restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in its cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flow. The amendment 
will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018 and is required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company 
does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  clarified  its  guidance  to  simplify  the  measurement  of  goodwill  by  eliminating  the  Step  2 
impairment test. The new guidance requires companies to perform the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value 
of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendment will be effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter 
of fiscal year 2021. The amendment is required to be adopted prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does 
not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

72 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

In January 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-11, "Simplifying the Measurement of 
Inventory." The guidance requires that inventory that is measured on a FIFO or average cost basis be measured at lower of 
cost and net realizable value, as opposed to the lower of cost or market. The Company applied this guidance prospectively 
and there was no material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as a result of 
adoption. 

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The following tables summarize cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (in thousands): 

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Cash ..............................................................................................................................   $
Cash equivalents: 
Money market funds .....................................................................................................     
Commercial paper .........................................................................................................     
Total cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................     

Marketable securities: 

U.S. government notes ..................................................................................................     
U.S. government agencies ............................................................................................     
Municipal securities ......................................................................................................     
Commercial paper .........................................................................................................     
Corporate debt securities ..............................................................................................     
Total marketable securities .......................................................................................     

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

14,058     $

6,672  

126       
—       
14,184       

11,870       
—       
200       
1,833       
7,825       
21,728       

6,053  
1,050  
13,775  

8,398  
3,916  
1,325  
12,299  
14,361  
40,299  

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities .........................................   $

35,912     $

54,074  

The following table summarizes unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s marketable investments (in thousands): 

December 31, 2017 
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................    $ 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Market 
Value 

14,184    $ 

—    $ 

—    $

14,184  

Marketable investments 

U.S. government notes ..............................................................      
U.S. government agencies ........................................................      
Municipal securities ..................................................................      
Commercial paper .....................................................................      
Corporate debt securities ..........................................................      
Total marketable securities ...................................................      

11,885      
—      
201      
1,836      
7,838      
21,760      

—       
—      
—      
—       
2      
2      

(15)     
—      
(1)     
(3)     
(15)     
(34)     

11,870  
—  
200  
1,833  
7,825  
21,728  

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities .....    $ 

35,944    $ 

2    $ 

(34)   $

35,912  

73 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
December 31, 2016 
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................    $ 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Market 
Value 

13,775    $ 

—    $ 

—    $

13,775  

Marketable investments 

U.S. government notes ..............................................................      
U.S. government agencies ........................................................      
Municipal securities ..................................................................      
Commercial paper .....................................................................      
Corporate debt securities ..........................................................      
Total marketable securities ...................................................      

8,403      
3,918      
1,325      
12,299      
14,366      
40,311      

4      
—      
—      
2      
3      
9      

(9)     
(2)     
—      
(2)     
(8)     
(21)     

8,398  
3,916  
1,325  
12,299  
14,361  
40,299  

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities .....    $ 

54,086    $ 

9    $ 

(21)   $

54,074  

No investments were in a continuous unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  marketable  investments  classified  by  the 
contractual maturity date of the security as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

Due in less than one year (fiscal year 2018) ..................................................................................................   $ 
Due in 1 to 3 years (fiscal year 2019) ...........................................................................................................     
Total marketable securities ........................................................................................................................   $ 

19,109   
2,619   
21,728   

Amount 

Fair Value Measurements 

The following table summarizes financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified 
under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above (in thousands): 

December 31, 2017 
Cash equivalents: 

   Level 1 

     Level 2 

     Level 3 

Total 

Money market funds .................................................................    $ 
Commercial paper .....................................................................      
Short term marketable investments: 
Available-for-sale securities .....................................................      
Total assets at fair value ........................................................    $ 

126    $ 
—      

—    $ 
—      

—      
126    $ 

21,728      
21,728    $ 

—    $
—      

—      
—    $

126  
—  

21,728  
21,854  

December 31, 2016 
Cash equivalents: 

   Level 1 

     Level 2 

     Level 3 

Total 

Money market funds .................................................................   $ 
Commercial paper .....................................................................     
Short term marketable investments: 
Available-for-sale securities .....................................................     
Total assets at fair value ........................................................   $ 

6,053    $ 
—      

—    $ 
1,050      

—      
6,053    $ 

40,299      
41,349    $ 

—    $
—      

—      
—    $

6,053  
1,050  

40,299  
47,402  

The Company’s Level 1 financial assets are money market funds with fair values that are based on quoted market prices. The 
Company’s Level 2 investments include U.S. government-backed securities and corporate securities that are valued based 
upon observable inputs that may include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided 
markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. The average remaining 
maturity of the Company’s Level 2 investments as of December 31, 2017 is less than 36 months and all of these investments 
are rated by S&P and Moody’s at A or better. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy 
as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2017 
or 2016. 

74 

Form 10-K 
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
  
  
 
 
NOTE 4—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands): 

Raw materials ................................................................................................................................   $ 
Work in process .............................................................................................................................     
Finished goods ...............................................................................................................................     
Total ...........................................................................................................................................   $ 

19,160    $ 
2,744      
6,878      
28,782    $ 

* The Raw materials balance in prior year was reclassified for consistency with current year. 

December 31, 

2017 

2016*  
9,072  
1,894  
4,011  
14,977  

Property and Equipment, net 

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less allowances for depreciation. The straight-line method of depreciation 
is used for all property and equipment. 

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands): 

Leasehold improvements ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Office equipment and furniture ......................................................................................................     
Machinery and equipment ..............................................................................................................     

Less: Accumulated depreciation ....................................................................................................     
Total Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................   $ 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

640    $ 
2,370      
6,277      
9,287      
(7,191)     
2,096    $ 

652  
2,973  
5,435  
9,060  
(7,153) 
1,907  

Included in machinery and equipment are financed vehicles used by the Company’s North American sales employees. As of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the gross capitalized value of the leased vehicles was $1.6 million and $1.4 million and the 
related accumulated depreciation was $725,000 and $492,000 respectively. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  comprise  a  patent  sublicense  acquired  from  Palomar  in  2006,  intangible  assets  and 
goodwill related to the acquisition of Iridex’s aesthetic business unit, and, customer relationships in the Benelux countries 
acquired from a former distributor in 2013. The components of intangible assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization & 
Impairment 
Amount 

Net 
Amount 

December 31, 2017 
Patent sublicense ............................................................................................   $ 
Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition .................................     
Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition .................................     
Other intangible .............................................................................................     
Goodwill ........................................................................................................     
Total ...........................................................................................................   $ 

December 31, 2016 
Patent sublicense ............................................................................................   $ 
Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition .................................     
Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition .................................     
Other intangible .............................................................................................     
Goodwill ........................................................................................................     
Total ...........................................................................................................   $ 

1,218    $ 
2,510      
780      
155      
1,339      
6,002    $ 

1,218    $ 
2,510      
780      
155      
1,339      
6,002    $ 

1,218     $ 
2,510       
780       
155       
—       
4,663     $ 

1,218     $ 
2,508       
780       
155       
—       
4,661     $ 

—   
—   
—   
—   
1,339   
1,339   

—   
2   
—   
—   
1,339   
1,341   

75 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
Amortization expense in the 2017, 2016, and 2015 fiscal years for intangible assets was $2,000, $141,000, and $452,000, 
respectively. Intangible assets were fully amortized and there were no additions as of December 31, 2017. 

Accrued Liabilities 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Accrued payroll and related expenses ..............................................................................   $
Sales and marketing accruals ...........................................................................................     
Accrued sales tax ..............................................................................................................     
Warranty liability .............................................................................................................     
Other accrued liabilities ...................................................................................................     
Total ..............................................................................................................................   $

12,567     $
3,710       
2,920       
3,508       
4,143       
26,848     $

9,036  
706  
2,373  
2,461  
2,821  
17,397  

NOTE 5—WARRANTY AND SERVICE CONTRACTS 

The Company has a direct field service organization in the U.S. Internationally, the Company provides direct service support 
through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, and Switzerland, as well 
as through third-party service providers in Spain and United Kingdom. In several other countries, where it does not have a 
direct presence, the Company provides service through a network of distributors and third-party service providers. 

After the original warranty period, maintenance and support are offered on a service contract basis or on a time and materials 
basis. The Company provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. 

Warranty Accrual (in thousands): 

Balance at beginning of year ............................................................................................   $
Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year .......................................................     
Less: Settlements and expirations during the year ...........................................................     
Balance at end of year ..................................................................................................   $

2,461     $
7,583       
(6,536 )     
3,508     $

1,819  
5,375  
(4,733) 
2,461  

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Deferred Service Contract Revenue (in thousands):  

Balance at beginning of year ............................................................................................   $
Add: Payments received ...................................................................................................     
Less: Revenue recognized ................................................................................................     
Balance at end of year ..................................................................................................   $

9,431     $
14,369       
(13,081 )     
10,719     $

10,469  
12,344  
(13,382) 
9,431  

Costs incurred under service contracts in 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to $6.0 million, $6.7 million, and $6.2 million, 
respectively, and are recognized as incurred. 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

76 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 6—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans: 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Plan  

In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Stock Plan, or 1998 Plan, under which 4,650,000 shares of the Company’s common 
stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and consultants. 

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common 
stock were originally reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for 
issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan included shares reserved but un-issued under the 1998 Plan and shares returned 
to the 1998 Plan as the result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares. In 2012 the stockholders approved a 
“fungible  share”  provision  whereby  each  full-value  award  issued  under  the  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan  results  in  a 
requirement to subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan. 

Options granted under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock 
options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options may only 
be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable. Options 
granted under the Plan to employees generally vest over a four year term from the vesting commencement date and become 
exercisable 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/48th on the last day of each 
calendar month until all of the shares have become exercisable. During 2013 and 2012 the officers of the Company were 
granted  options  that  vest  over  a  three  year  term  at  the  rate  of  one-third  on  the  one  year  anniversary  of  the  vesting 
commencement date and 1/36th thereafter. In 2014 the officers of the Company were granted RSUs and PSUs but were not 
granted any options. The contractual term of the options granted in 2013 and 2012 was seven years. 

In  accordance  with  the  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  prior  to  2012,  the  Company’s  non-employee  directors  were  granted 
$60,000  of  grant  date  fair  value,  fully  vested,  stock  awards  annually  on  the  date  of  the  Company’s  Annual  Meeting  of 
stockholders. Commencing with 2012, the Company’s non-employee directors get $60,000 of RSUs annually that cliff-vest 
on the one year anniversary of the grant date. In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company issued 
21,605, 45,350 and 21,020 RSUs, respectively, to its non-employee directors. Included in the 2016 grants, was 6,500 RSUs 
granted to one of the Company's non-employee directors for consulting services to the Company, which vest over a period 
of four years from the grant date. 

In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company’s Board of Directors granted 270,707, 229,865 and 
107,417 RSUs, respectively, to its executive officers and certain members of the Company’s management. The RSUs granted 
to the employees vest at the rate of one-fourth on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-fourth in each of the 
subsequent  three  years.  The  annual  RSUs  granted  to  the  executive  officers  vests at  the  rate  of  one-third  on  the  one-year 
anniversary of the grant date, and one-third in each of the subsequent two years. In addition, on December 15, 2017, the 
Company’s Board granted 100,000 RSUs to the President and Chief Executive Officer, which vest according to the following 
schedule: 15%, 15%, 25% and 45% on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date, respectively. The 
Company  measured  the  fair  market  values  of  the  underlying  stock  on  the  dates  of  grant  and  recognizes  the  stock-based 
compensation expense over the vesting period. On the vesting date, the Company issues fully-paid up common stock, net of 
stock withheld to settle the recipient’s minimum statutory tax liability. 

In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company’s Board of Directors granted its executive officers and 
certain senior management employees 117,418, 204,976 and 74,667 of PSUs, respectively. Of the PSU’s granted in 2017, 
104,500 vested over 12 months and 12,918 granted on October 31, 2017 vested over two months. The PSUs granted in 2016 
and 2015 vested over a period of 12 months and 8.5 months, respectively. All PSUs vesting was subject to the recipient’s 
continued service and achievement of pre-established goals that were operational (in 2017, 2016 and 2015) and market-based 
(only  in  2015).  The  operational  PSU  goals  were  related  to  revenue  growth,  operating  income  improvement  and specific 
product releases. The market-based goal was related to the Company’s stock price in 2015. On the vest date of the PSUs, the 
Company issues fully-paid up common stock, based on the degree of achievement of the pre-established targets, net of the 
stock withheld to settle the recipient’s minimum statutory tax liability. 

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the 2004 Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan, or 2004 ESPP, eligible employees are permitted to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll 
deductions. The 2004 ESPP offering and purchase periods are for approximately six months. The 2004 ESPP has an evergreen 

77 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
provision based on which shares of common stock eligible for purchase are increased on the first day of each fiscal year by 
an amount equal to the lesser of: 

i.  600,000 shares; 
ii.  2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such date; or 
iii.  an amount as determined by the Board of Directors. 

The Company’s Board of Directors did not increase the shares available for future grant on January 1, 2018, 2017 and 2016. 
The price of the common stock purchased is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning 
or end of a six month offering period. In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, under the 2004 ESPP, the 
Company issued 78,479, 79,922 and 55,872 shares, respectively. At December 31, 2017, 691,584 shares remained available 
for future issuance. 

Option Activity 

Activity under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized as follows: 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual
Life 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

(in years)      

Shares 
Available 
For Grant     

Number of 
Shares 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in $ 
millions ) (1)   
5.7  

3.4    $ 

(162,000 )     

300,866       
(430,580 )     
92,379       

129,760        3,462,567    $ 
Balances as of December 31, 2014 .....................     
Additional shares reserved(2) ................................      1,300,000       
—      
129,000    $ 
Options granted ....................................................     
(129,000 )     
—       (1,141,904)   $ 
Options exercised .................................................     
(300,866)   $ 
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)...............     
—      
Stock awards granted ...........................................     
—      
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ......     
Balances as of December 31, 2015 .....................      1,263,425        2,148,797    $ 
162,000    $ 
Options granted ....................................................     
—       (1,051,138)   $ 
Options exercised .................................................     
(143,187)   $ 
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)...............     
143,187       
—      
Stock awards granted ...........................................     (1,018,005 )     
—      
495,050       
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ......     
721,657        1,116,472    $ 
Balances as of December 31, 2016 .....................     
278,250    $ 
(278,250 )     
Options granted ....................................................     
(488,398)   $ 
Options exercised .................................................     
—       
(66,405)   $ 
66,405       
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)...............     
—      
(873,881 )     
Stock awards granted ...........................................     
—      
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ......     
258,935       
Additional shares reserved(3) ................................      1,600,000       
—      
839,919    $ 
Balances as of December 31, 2017 .....................      1,494,866       
467,794    $ 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2017 ................     
Vested and expected to vest, net of estimated 

9.39      

13.26      
9.20      
12.37      
—      
—      
9.31      
11.55      
8.89      
12.93      
—      
—      
9.56      
31.00      
8.96      
16.54      
—      
—      
—      
16.46      
9.53      

3.4    $ 

7.9  

3.7    $ 

8.7  

3.99    $ 
2.74    $ 

24.4  
16.8  

forfeitures, as of December 31, 2017 .............     

789,779    $ 

15.61      

3.86    $ 

23.6  

(1)  Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $45.35 on December 31, 2017, $17.35 on December 30, 2016, 

$12.79 on December 31 2015 and $10.68 on December 31, 2014. 

(2)  Approved by stockholders in 2015. 
(3)  Approved by the board of directors and stockholders in 2017. 

78 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
       
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between 
the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number 
of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options 
on December 31, 2017. The aggregate intrinsic amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s common 
stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $8.0 million, $3.6 million, and $5.1 million, 
respectively. The options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2017 were in the following exercise price ranges: 

Range of  
Exercise Prices 
$6.88 – $7.15 ....................................................................................   
$7.44 – $8.72 ....................................................................................   
$8.80 .................................................................................................   
$9.28 – $9.97 ....................................................................................   
$10.03 – $10.86 ................................................................................   
$10.90 – $11.67 ................................................................................   
$11.98 – $17.90 ................................................................................   
$18.55 – $25.70 ................................................................................   
$39.30 ...............................................................................................   
$47.40 ...............................................................................................   
$6.88 – $47.40 ..................................................................................   

   Options Exercisable 

   Options Outstanding 
Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(in years)    
1.43  
0.87  
2.45  
3.24  
4.46  
4.22  
4.66  
5.87  
6.83  
6.96  
4.11   

Number 
Outstanding   
84,739  
15,978  
141,956  
95,535  
88,044  
91,021  
109,896  
88,500  
77,000  
47,250  
839,919  

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
Outstanding   

84,739  $ 
15,978    
141,956    
73,402    
51,517    
50,356    
49,033    
813    
—     
—     
467,794  $ 

6.92 
8.30 
8.80 
9.69 
10.38 
11.36 
13.36 
18.55 
 —  
— 
9.53 

Stock Awards (RSU and PSU) Activity Table 

Information with respect to RSUs and PSUs activity is as follows (in thousands): 

Number 
of 
Shares 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant- 
Date Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Fair Value(1) 
(in thousands)      

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 ...................      
Granted .................................................................      
Vested (3)...............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ...................      
Granted .................................................................      
Vested (3)...............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ...................      
Granted .................................................................      
Vested (3)...............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 ...................      

434,321      $ 
203,104      $ 
(222,220)    $ 
(43,575)    $ 
371,630      $ 
480,191      $ 
(172,990)    $ 
(233,514)    $ 
445,317      $ 
412,208      $ 
(224,799)    $ 
(122,139)    $ 
510,587      $ 

9.31        
14.81        
11.79      $ 
9.09        
12.39        
10.80        
12.56      $ 
11.36        
11.15        
28.74        
10.91      $ 
13.56        
24.88        

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (2) 
(in thousands)   
4,639  

       $ 

3,285(4)         

       $ 

4,753  

1,906(5)         

       $ 

7,726  

5,168(6)         

       $ 

23,155  

Represents the value of the Company’s stock on the date that the restricted stock units and performance stock units vest.
(1) 
(2)  Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $45.35 on December 31, 2017, $17.35 on December 31, 

2016, $12.79 on December 31, 2015 and $10.68 on December 30, 2014. 

(3)  The number of restricted stock units vested includes shares that the Company withheld on behalf of the employees to 

satisfy the statutory tax withholding requirements. 

(4)  On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.6 million. 
(5)  On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.2 million. 
(6)  On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.5 million. 

79 

Form 10-K 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
         
   
  
         
   
         
   
  
         
   
         
   
  
         
   
  
  
  
  
Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Stock options ......................................................................................   $ 
RSUs ..................................................................................................     
PSUs ...................................................................................................     
ESPP ..................................................................................................     
Total stock-based compensation expense .......................................   $ 

815    $
1,813      
2,093      
389      
5,110    $

989     $
1,508       
967       
249       
3,713     $

1,438   
1,297   
1,167   
182   
4,084   

As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  unrecognized  compensation  cost,  net  of  expected  forfeitures,  was  $11.5  million  for  stock 
options and stock awards, which will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average remaining amortization period of 
2.77 years. For the ESPP, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $252,000, which will be 
recognized over an estimated weighted-average amortization period 0.33 years. 

The Company issues new shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, vesting of RSUs and PSUs, and the 
issuance of ESPP shares. The amount of cash received from these issuances, net of taxes withheld and paid, in 2017, 2016 
and 2015 was $4.0 million, $9.5 million and $10.1 million. 

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was recorded 
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Cost of revenue ..................................................................................   $ 
Sales and marketing 

Employee ........................................................................................     
Non-employee ................................................................................     
Research and development .................................................................     
General and administrative .................................................................     
Total stock-based compensation expense ...................................   $ 

660    $

341     $

1,629      
13      
936      
1,872      
5,110    $

1,179       
-       
596       
1,597       
3,713     $

447   

1,054   
-   
662   
1,921   
4,084   

80 

Form 10-K 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
Valuation Assumptions and Fair Value of Stock Options and ESPP Grants 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted under its equity 
incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under its employee stock purchase plan. The Company based the weighted 
average estimated values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the employee stock purchase plan, as well 
as the weighted average assumptions used in calculating these values, on estimates at the date of grant, as follows: 

Stock Options 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Stock Purchase Plan 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Expected term (in years) (1) ...............................    
Risk-free interest rate (2)....................................    
Volatility(3) .......................................................    
Dividend yield(4) ...............................................    

3.70      
1.73%   
40%   
—%   

3.83      
1.09%   
40%   
—%   

3.24      
0.90%   
30%   
—%   

0.50      
1.14%   
42%   
—%   

0.50      
0.46%   
39%   
—%   

0.50  
0.17%
36%
—%

Weighted average estimated fair value at grant 

date ...............................................................  $ 

9.98    $

3.72    $

4.78    $

8.21    $

3.22    $

3.51  

(1)  The expected term represents the period during which the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding.
The estimated term is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of
the awards, vesting requirements, and expectation of future employee behavior, including post-vesting terminations. The 
expected term of groups of employees that have similar historical exercise patterns has been considered separately for
valuation purposes. 

(2)  The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury debt securities with maturities close to the expected term of the

option as of the date of grant. 

(3)  Estimated  volatility  is  based  on  historical  volatility. The  Company  also  considers  implied  volatility  when  there  is

sufficient volume of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market. 
(4)  The Company has not historically issued any dividends and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. 

The Company periodically estimates forfeiture rates based on its historical experience within separate groups of employees 
and adjusts the stock-based payment expense accordingly. The forfeiture rates used in 2017 ranged from 0% to 13%. 

Non-Employee Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized based on the fair value 
of the stock options, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as they are earned. The awards generally vest 
over the time period the Company expects to receive services from the nonemployee. The Company revalues stock options 
granted to non-employees at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest. 

The Company granted 7,745 stock options and 2,478 RSUs to one non-employee during the year ended December 31, 2017 
and  zero  shares  during  the  year  ended  2016  and  2015.  The  7,745  stock  options  vests  over  4  years  at  25%  on  the  first 
anniversary of the grant date and 1/48th each month thereafter. The 2,478 RSUs vests over 4 years at 25% each anniversary 
of the grant date. These RSUs and stock options were granted in exchange for consulting services to be rendered and are 
measured and recognized as they are earned. 

Stock Awards Withholdings 

For Stock Awards granted to employees, the number of shares issued on the date the Stock Awards vest is net of the tax 
withholding requirements paid on behalf of the employees. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company withheld 64,490, 56,157, 
and 68,101 shares of common stock, respectively, to satisfy its employees’ tax obligations of $1,469,000, $619,000 and $1.0 
million, respectively. The Company paid this amount in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Although shares withheld 
are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases for accounting and disclosure purposes, as they reduce the 
number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting. 

Stock Repurchase Program 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.0 million authorized for the repurchase of the Company's common stock under its 
Stock Repurchase Program. On February 18, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock 
Repurchase Program from $10 million to $40 million and on February 8, 2016 the Board of Directors approved the expansion 
of  the  Company's  Stock  Repurchase  Program  by  an  additional  $10  million.  In  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and 

81 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
2015, the Company repurchased 455,311 and 2,818,038 shares of its common stock for approximately $4.9 million and $40.0 
million, respectively. 

On February 13, 2017 and July 28, 2017, the Company's Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase 
Program  by  an  additional  $5  million  and  $25  million,  respectively.  In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the 
Company repurchased 1,022,602 shares of its common stock for approximately $35.2 million. As of December 31, 2017 the 
Company fully utilized all remaining authorized funds under the Company’s Stock Repurchase Program.  

 NOTE 7— LEASE TERMINATION INCOME 

On May 2, 2017, the Company entered into a building lease with the intent to relocate its corporate headquarters to a new 
facility in Fremont, California. On July 6, 2017, the Company agreed to terminate this lease in return for a lump sum receipt 
from the subsequent lessor of $4.0 million. Simultaneously with the execution of the lease termination, the Company entered 
into  an  amendment  to  its  existing  lease  agreement  for  the  Company  to  maintain  its  corporate  headquarters  in  its  current 
facility in Brisbane, California. This amendment extends the term of the lease from December 31, 2017 to January 31, 2023. 
The  $4.0  million  is  reported  as  “Lease  termination  income,”  as  a  component  of  operating  expenses,  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations as of December 31, 2017. 

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions. 
For  financial  statement  reporting  purposes,  income  (loss)  before  provision  for  income  taxes  include  the  following  (in 
thousands): 

U.S. ....................................................................................................   $ 
International .......................................................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes .....................................................   $ 

11,203    $
757      
11,960    $

2,207     $
513       
2,720     $

(4,588 ) 
360   
(4,228 ) 

The federal and statement income tax provision (benefit) is summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Current: 

Federal ............................................................................................   $ 
State ................................................................................................     
International ....................................................................................     
Total Current ...............................................................................     

Deferred: 

Federal ............................................................................................     
State ................................................................................................     
International ....................................................................................     
Total deferred tax benefit ............................................................     
Total tax expense (benefit) ......................................................   $ 

148    $
71      
511      
730      

(17,393)     
(1,348)     
(22)     
(18,763)     
(18,033)   $

—     $
16       
131       
147       

(24 )     
(2 )     
22       
(4 )     
143     $

(7 ) 
23   
218   
234   

33   
—   
(55 ) 
(22 ) 
212   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and (b) operating losses and tax 
credit carryforwards. 

82 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
The  tax  effects  of  significant  items  comprising  the  Company’s  deferred  taxes after December  31,  2017  and  2016 are  as 
follows (in thousands): 

Deferred Tax Assets: 

Net operating loss carryforwards ..................................................................................   $
Stock-based compensation ............................................................................................     
Other accruals and reserves ..........................................................................................     
Credits...........................................................................................................................     
Foreign ..........................................................................................................................     
Accrued warranty .........................................................................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ......................................................................................     
Other .............................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance ..........................................................     
Valuation allowance .........................................................................................................     
Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance .............................................................     
Deferred tax liability on goodwill ....................................................................................     
Net deferred tax asset ................................................................................................   $

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

8,604     $
1,179       
1,663       
11,781       
399       
847       
1,592       
303       
26,368       
(7,242 )     
19,126       
(71 )     
19,055     $

15,487  
1,486  
2,160  
9,006  
377  
890  
2,627  
95  
32,128  
(31,751) 
377  
(85) 
292  

Net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands): 

Net operating losses, federal ........................................................................................   $ 
Net operating losses, state ............................................................................................     
Tax credits, federal .......................................................................................................     
Tax credits, state ...........................................................................................................   $ 

34,700      
20,773       
6,109      
6,872       

Amount 

Expiration 
Years 
2029-2035  
Various  
2024-2036  
Various  

The effective tax rate of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Statutory rate ...............................................................................     
State tax .......................................................................................     
General Business Credits ............................................................     
Stock-based compensation ..........................................................     
Foreign Rate Differential ............................................................     
Change in Federal Tax Rate ........................................................     
Other*..........................................................................................     
Meals and Entertainment* ...........................................................     
Valuation allowance ....................................................................     
Effective tax rate ......................................................................     

34.00%      
(5.59) 
(2.72) 
(21.55) 
(0.50) 
60.98  
0.65  
2.15  
(218.17) 
(150.75)%     

34.00 %     
(14.56 )      
(9.25 )      
14.36        
(0.16 )      
—        
(2.15 )      
7.56        
(24.57 )      
5.23 %     

34.00% 
1.94  
15.92  
(19.19) 
(1.47) 
—  
(1.35) 
(3.23) 
(31.63) 

(5.01)% 

* Other balance in 2016 and 2015 was reclassified for consistency with current year. 

The Company assesses the ability to realize its net deferred tax assets by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and 
negative, including (1) cumulative results of operations in recent years, (2) sources of recent income (loss), (3) estimates of 
future taxable income and (4) the length of net operating loss and tax credit carryforward periods. Such assessment is required 
on  a  jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction  basis.  In  making  such  assessment,  significant  weight  is  given  to  evidence  that  can  be 
objectively verified. 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of U.S. Net Operating Loss 
(“NOL”), tax credit and other deferred tax assets relating to book-to-tax temporary differences. From the third quarter of 
2009,  the  Company  had  determined  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  all  of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  in  the  U.S. 
jurisdictions would not be realized. As a result, the Company had recorded and maintained a full valuation allowance against 
those net deferred tax assets to reduce them to their estimated net realizable value through September 30, 2017. 

83 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
As of December 31, 2017, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the net deferred tax assets 
will be realized for federal and U.S. states, except California, and therefore recorded a net valuation allowance release of 
$26.3 million. As a result, the Company continued to maintain a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets 
relating to the states of California and for the R&D credit carry forwards for the state of Massachusetts. 

As of each reporting date, the Company’s management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact 
management’s view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2017, in part because in the 
current year, the Company achieved three years of cumulative pre-tax income in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, management 
determined that sufficient positive evidence exists as of December 31, 2017, to conclude that it is more likely than not that 
deferred taxes of $26.3 million are realizable, and therefore, reduced the valuation allowance accordingly. 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had approximately $34.7 million and $20.8 million of federal and state net operating 
loss  carryforwards,  respectively,  available  to  offset  future  taxable  income.  The  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards, if not utilized will generally begin to expire in 2029 through 2035. At December 31, 2017, the Company had 
research and development tax credits available to offset federal, California and Massachusetts tax liabilities in the amount of 
$6.1  million, $6.6 million and $0.3  million, respectively.  Federal  credits  will  begin  to  expire  in  2024, California  state  tax 
credits have no expiration, and Massachusetts tax credits begin to expire in 2021. 

The utilization of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership 
change  limitations  set forth  in  Internal  Revenue  Code  Sections  382  and  383  and  similar  state  provisions. Such  annual 
limitation could result in the expiration of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. 

Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions based on the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be 
sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. 
The Company performs a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate 
the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that 
the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step 
is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Although 
the Company believes it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax 
outcome  of  these  matters  will  not  be  different.  The  Company  adjusts  these  reserves  in  light  of  changing  facts  and 
circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of 
these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period 
in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes 
to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties. 

The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2005 
through 2017 tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and California state tax authorities due to the 
Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards. For significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2011 through 2017 tax years 
generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities. 

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 
2017 and December 2016 (in thousands): 

Beginning of the year unrecognized tax benefits .............................................................   $
Increases related to prior year tax positions .....................................................................     
Increases related to current year tax positions ..................................................................     
End of the year unrecognized tax benefits .......................................................................   $

707     $
643       
169       
1,519     $

651  
—  
56  
707  

2017 

2016 

It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of 
December 31, 2017, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $97,298 related to uncertain tax positions. 

84 

Form 10-K 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
2017 Tax Act 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) was signed into law making significant 
changes to the Code. The 2017 Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, 
(i) reducing the U.S. federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on 
certain un-repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (iii) generally eliminating U.S federal income taxes on dividends from 
foreign subsidiaries; (iv) requiring a current inclusion in U.S. federal taxable income of certain earnings of controlled foreign 
corporations; (v) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits can be 
realized; (vi) creating the base erosion anti-abuse tax (BEAT), a new minimum tax; (vii) creating a tax on global intangible 
low-taxed  income  (GILTI)  of  foreign  subsidiaries;  (viii)  creating  a  new  limitation  on  deductible  interest  expense;  (ix) 
changing  rules  related  to  uses  and  limitations  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  created  in  tax  years  beginning  after 
December 31, 2017; and (x) modifying the officer’s compensation limitation. 

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provided a measurement period 
of up to one year from the enactment date of the 2017 Tax Act for companies to complete the accounting for the 2017 Tax 
Act and its related impacts. The income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete include: the 
impact of the transition tax, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the 21% corporate tax rate, and the 
impact to the aforementioned items on state income taxes. The Company has made reasonable provisional estimates for each 
of the items applicable, however, these estimates may be affected by other analyses related to the 2017 Tax Act, including 
but not limited to, any deferred adjustments related to the filing of its 2017 federal and state income tax returns and further 
guidance yet to be issued. 

ASC 740 requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment, accordingly the effects 
must be recognized on companies’ calendar year-end financial statements, even though the effective date for most provisions 
is January 1, 2018. As a result the Company re-measured its net U.S. deferred tax assets at the 21% future tax rate recorded a 
net decrease of approximately $7.3 million.  

At  December  31,  2017,  according  to  the  2017  Tax  Act  for  estimating  the  Company's  foreign  undistributed  earnings,  the 
Company estimated an aggregate deficit in "accumulated earnings and profits," which is how foreign undistributed earnings 
are determined for the one-time transition tax and for U.S. income tax purposes. The deficit was primarily a result of 2017 
stock option exercises by foreign employees, which exceeded current year and prior year foreign earnings. As a result, the 
one-time transition tax did not have a significant impact on the Company’s 2017 tax provision and there was no undistributed 
accumulated earnings and profits as of December 31, 2017. 

The Company's current effective tax rate does not include foreign taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These 
earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding, should these earnings be actually remitted to the U.S. The 
Company's future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where the Company 
has lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where the Company has higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax 
laws, accounting principles, interpretations thereof, and due to changes in the valuation allowance of the Company's U.S. 
deferred tax assets. 

The Company considered the impact of the Act on its need for valuation allowance assessment. The Company’s ASC 740-
30 assertion remains unchanged and continues to assert that it will indefinitely reinvest its undistributed earnings.  

NOTE 9—NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. 
In periods of net income, diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money equity awards (stock options, 
restricted stock units, performance stock units and employee stock purchase plan contributions), which is calculated based 
on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. In accordance with ASC 718, the assumed 
proceeds under the treasury stock method include the average unrecognized compensation expense of in-the-money stock 
options and restricted stock units. This results in the assumed buyback of additional shares, thereby reducing the dilutive 
impact of equity awards. 

Diluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share for the periods in which the Company had a net loss because 
the inclusion of outstanding common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive. 

85 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) and the weighted average number of 
shares used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Numerator: 

Net Income (loss) ............................................................................   $ 

29,993    $

2,577     $

(4,440 ) 

Denominator: 

Weighted-average shares outstanding in basic calculation .............     
Add: dilutive effect of potential common shares ............................     

13,873      
855      

13,225       
528       

13,960   
—   

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted net income per 

share ...............................................................................................     

14,728      

13,753       

13,960   

Net income (loss) per share: 

Net income (loss) per share, basic ..................................................   $ 
Net income (loss) per share, diluted ...............................................   $ 

2.16    $
2.04    $

0.19     $
0.19     $

(0.32 ) 
(0.32 ) 

The following number of weighted shares outstanding, prior to the application of the treasury stock method, were excluded 
from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share for the years presented because including them would 
have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands): 

Options to purchase common stock ....................................................     
Restricted stock units .........................................................................     
Employee stock purchase plan shares ................................................     
Performance stock units .....................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................     

NOTE 10—DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

42      
9      
—      
—      
51      

220       
24       
—       
—       
244       

2,575   
296   
93   
24   
2,988   

In the U.S., the Company has an employee savings plan (“401(k) Plan”) that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under 
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to 
100% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory annual limitations. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company made 
discretionary contributions under the 401(k) Plan of $288,000, $262,000 and $244,000 respectively. 

For the Company’s Japanese subsidiary, a discretionary employee retirement plan has been established. In addition, for some 
of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries, the Company deposits funds with insurance companies, third-party trustees, or 
into government-managed accounts consistent with the requirements of local laws. The Company has fully funded or accrued 
for its obligations as of December 31, 2017, and the related expense for each of the three years then ended was not significant. 

NOTE 11—SEGMENT INFORMATION AND REVENUE BY GEOGRAPY AND PRODUCTS 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that 
is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources 
and  in  assessing  performance.  The  Company’s  chief  operating  decision  maker,  as  defined  under  the  FASB’s  ASC  280 
guidance, is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are 
held accountable for operations. Accordingly, the Company has a single reportable segment structure. All of the Company’s 
principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States. The Company’s chief operating decision 
maker viewed its operations, managed its business, and used one measurement of profitability for the one operating segment 
– which sells aesthetic medical equipment and services, and distributes skincare products, to qualified medical practitioners. 
Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the U.S. 

86 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table summarizes revenue by geographic region, based on the location of the customer, and by product category 
(in thousands): 

Revenue mix by geography: 

United States ...................................................................................   $ 
Japan ...............................................................................................     
Asia, excluding Japan .....................................................................     
Europe.............................................................................................     
Rest of the world.............................................................................     
Consolidated total .......................................................................   $ 

Revenue mix by product category: 

Products ..........................................................................................   $ 
Hand Piece Refills ..........................................................................     
Skincare ..........................................................................................     
Total product revenue .................................................................     
Service ............................................................................................     
Consolidated total .......................................................................   $ 

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Facility Leases 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

94,581    $
17,264      
13,719      
8,317      
17,612      
151,493    $

125,883    $
2,435      
4,342      
132,660      
18,833      
151,493    $

65,513     $
14,727       
13,445       
7,539       
16,832       
118,056     $

92,721     $
2,498       
3,809       
99,028       
19,028       
118,056     $

48,916   
11,504   
15,596   
7,728   
11,017   
94,761   

71,223   
2,910   
2,889   
77,022   
17,739   
94,761   

As of December 31, 2017, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for facilities and other leased assets 
under long-term non-cancelable operating leases as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2018 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2023 and thereafter ........................................................................................................................................     
Future minimum lease payments  ..............................................................................................................   $ 

Amount 

2,891   
2,871   
2,815   
2,515   
2,495   
214   
13,801   

Gross rent expense recognized in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1.5 million, $1.6 million and 
$1.5 million, respectively. 

87 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
    
       
        
    
      
        
        
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Vehicle Leases 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company was committed to future minimum lease payments for vehicles leased under long-
term non-cancelable capital leases as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2018 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
Future minimum lease payments  ..............................................................................................................   $ 

Amount 

472   
381   
104   
957   

Purchase Commitments 

The Company maintains certain open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous 
supply for key components. The Company’s liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted 
time-horizon  as  agreed  between  the  parties.  These  forecasted  time-horizons  can  vary  among  different  suppliers.  The 
Company’s open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers were not significant at December 31, 2017. 

Indemnifications 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties, 
and indemnification obligations. For example, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its 
directors  and  executive  officers  and  certain  key  employees.  The  Company’s  exposure  under  its  various  indemnification 
obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against the Company. 
As such, the Company has not accrued any amounts for such obligations.  

Contingencies 

The Company is named from time to time as a party to other legal proceeds product liability, commercial disputes, employee 
disputes, and contractual lawsuits in the normal course of business. A liability and related charge are recorded to earnings in 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements for legal contingencies when the loss is considered probable and the amount 
can be reasonably estimated. The assessment is re-evaluated each accounting period and is based on all available information, 
including discussion with outside legal counsel. If a reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss cannot be made, but a 
range of probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses is recognized if no amount within the range is 
a better estimate than any other. If a material loss is reasonably possible, but not probable and can be reasonably estimated, 
the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company expenses 
legal fees as incurred. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had accrued $91,000 and $138,000, respectively, 
related to various pending contractual and product liability lawsuits.  The Company does not believe that a material loss in 
excess of accrued amounts is reasonably possible. 

Certain of these lawsuits and claims are described in further detail below. It is not possible to predict what the outcome of 
these matters will be and the Company cannot guarantee that any resolution will be reached on commercially reasonable 
terms, if at all. 

In January, 2018, the Company and Nicholas Brown were served with a complaint by Cynosure, Inc. (Plaintiff) alleging that 
Nicholas Brown working for the Company violates certain non-compete provisions of an agreement he was a party to while 
employed  by  Plaintiff.  The  Plaintiff  alleges  causes  of  action  for  breach  of  contract  by Nicholas  Brown  and  intentional 
interference with contractual relations by the Company. 

Nicholas Brown was hired by the Company as a sales representative in the Boston area in November 2017. Prior to being 
hired, he worked for the Plaintiff in Boston, also as a sales representative. The Company believes the non-compete provisions 
of his agreement are unenforceable as a matter of Massachusetts law.  

The Company has engaged counsel and intends to defend this matter vigorously. As of December 31, 2017, based on available 
information regarding this matter, the Company is unable to reasonably assess the ultimate outcome of this case or determine 
an estimate. 

88 

Form 10-K 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 13—RELATED PARTIES 

In 2017 and 2016, the Company paid $196,000 and $182,100, respectively, to Mr. Dave Gollnick for product development, 
clinical sales and marketing support services. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, the Company granted Mr. Gollnick 6,500 
RSUs with a grant-date fair value of $87,100, that vest over three years at the rate of 33.33% per year on each of the three 
anniversaries from the vesting commencement date of October 28, 2016, subject to him continuing to provide consulting and/ 
or board services to the Company. The Company’s Audit Committee approved the extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting 
agreement through December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200 per hour for a maximum of 40 hours per week. 

The Company signed an agreement with a real estate firm, T3 Advisors, effective September 2017, to assist the Company in 
real  estate  related  issues  (including  strategic  planning  and  search  for  new  facilities).  One  of  T3  Advisors’  Senior  Vice 
President "Mr.  Austin  Barrett"  is  related  to  Greg  Barrett  –  a  member  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors.  In  2017,  the 
Company paid $38,000 to T3 Advisors for Real estate brokerage services. 

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

Quarter ended: 
Net revenue ...............................    $ 
Cost of revenue .........................      
Gross profit ...............................      
Operating expenses: 

Dec. 31, 
2017 

Sept. 30, 
2017 

June 30, 
2017 

March 31, 
2017 

Dec. 31, 
2016 

Sept. 30, 
2016 

June 30, 
2016 

March 31, 
2016 

47,632      $  38,173      $  36,389      $  29,299       $  37,875      $  30,281      $  27,477      $  22,423  
9,949  
20,299        
12,474  
27,333        

15,963        
22,210        

15,343        
21,046        

13,778         
15,521         

15,962        
21,913        

12,538        
17,743        

11,472        
16,005        

Sales and marketing ..............      
Research and development ...      
General and administrative ...      
Lease termination income .....      
Total operating expenses ..      
Income (loss) from operations ..      
Interest and other income, net ...      
Income (loss) before income 

15,362        
3,481        
3,947        
-        
22,790        
4,543        
138        

13,148        
3,467        
3,379        
(4,000)      
15,994        
6,216        
197        

12,787        
2,981        
3,548        
-        
19,316        
1,730        
276        

10,773         
2,945         
3,216         
-         
16,934         
(1,413 )      
273         

11,561        
2,897        
3,010        
-        
17,468        
4,445        
(204)      

10,574        
2,914        
2,716        
-        
16,204        
1,539        
166        

10,712        
2,712        
3,997        
-        
17,421        
(1,416)      
217        

8,716  
2,709  
3,220  
-  
14,645  
(2,171) 
144  

taxes .....................................      
Income tax provision (benefit) ..      
Net income (loss) ......................    $ 

4,681        
(18,199)      
22,880      $ 

6,413        
225        
6,188      $ 

2,006        
59        
1,947      $ 

(1,140 )      
(118 )      
(1,022 )    $ 

4,241        
28        
4,213      $ 

1,705        
61        
1,644      $ 

(1,199)      
30        
(1,229)    $ 

(2,027) 
24  
(2,051) 

Net income (loss) per share—

basic .....................................    $ 

1.66      $ 

0.44      $ 

0.14      $ 

(0.07 )    $ 

0.31      $ 

0.12      $ 

(0.09)    $ 

(0.16) 

Net income (loss) per share—

diluted ..................................    $ 

1.57      $ 

0.42      $ 

0.13      $ 

(0.07 )    $ 

0.30      $ 

0.12      $ 

(0.09)    $ 

(0.16) 

Weighted average number of 
shares used in per share 
calculations: 

Basic .................................      
Diluted ..............................      

13,744        
14,569        

13,973        
14,767        

13,935        
14,629        

13,840         
13,840         

13,591        
14,201        

13,163        
13,544        

13,131        
13,131        

13,010  
13,010  

89 

Form 10-K 
 
  
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
  
  
     
         
         
         
          
         
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
         
          
         
         
         
   
        
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
  
  
 
 
SCHEDULE II 

CUTERA, INC. 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance 

Year ended December 31, 2017 ................................................    $ 
Year ended December 31, 2016 ................................................    $ 
Year ended December 31, 2015 ................................................    $ 

31,751    $ 
27,616    $ 
26,046    $ 

617    $ 
6,755    $ 
3,327    $ 

25,126    $ 
2,620    $ 
1,757    $ 

7,242  
31,751  
27,616  

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Year 

     Additions      Deductions     

Balance 
at End of 
Year 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable 

Year ended December 31, 2017 ................................................    $ 
Year ended December 31, 2016 ................................................    $ 
Year ended December 31, 2015 ................................................    $ 

21    $ 
4    $ 
—    $ 

14    $ 
21    $ 
4    $ 

26    $ 
4    $ 
—    $ 

9  
21  
4  

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Year 

     Additions      Deductions     

Balance 
at End of 
Year 

ITEM 9. 

None. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As required 
by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of 
our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on 
the  foregoing,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls 

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  Our  internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

   ●  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of our assets; 

   ●  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in  accordance with U.S. GAAP,  and  that  our receipts  and  expenditures are being  made  only  in  accordance with
authorizations of our management and directors; and 

   ●  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or

disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  does  not  expect  that  our  internal 
controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can 

90 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a 
control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative 
to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute 
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness 
of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such 
term is defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of our assessment under 
the framework in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal control 
over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, has been audited by an independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report,  which  is  included  under  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 
2017, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial statements. 

91 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

PART III 

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference to 
our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which we intend to 
file pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within 120 days after December 31, 
2017. 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item concerning our directors and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the 
information set forth in the section titled “Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement. Information required 
by this item concerning our executive officers is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section entitled 
“Executive Officers of the Company” in our Proxy Statement. Information regarding our Section 16 reporting compliance 
and  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  set  forth  in  the  section  entitled 
“Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder  Matters”  in  our  Proxy 
Statement.  

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set 
forth in the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation for Directors” in our Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  item  regarding  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  is 
incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in our Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is 
incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” 
and “Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item regarding principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference to the 
information set forth in the section titled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement.  

92 

Form 10-K 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed as Item 8 of this Annual Report. 

The financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a) filed as Item 8 of this Annual Report. 

Exhibits. 

Exhibit No.    

    3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1*

10.2*

10.3*

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7*

    10.8*

    10.9

    10.10*

    10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14

10.15

10.16

Description 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2015 
and incorporated herein by reference)  
Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Annual Report on Form 
10-K filed on March 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  directors  and  executive  officers  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  our
registration statement on Form S-1 filed on January 15, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference) 
1998 Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our registration statement on Form S-1 filed on January 15, 2004 
and incorporated herein by reference)  
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 
March 16, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 5, 2003 by and between the Registrant and Gal-Brisbane, 
L.P. for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
our registration statement on Form S-1 filed on January 15, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Settlement Agreement between the Registrant and Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006
(filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein
by reference) 
Non-Exclusive Patent License between the Registrant and Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June
2, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2006 and incorporated
herein by reference) 
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q filed on November 14, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix B to our definitive proxy statement
on Form 14A filed on May 1, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference) 
First  Amendment  to  Brisbane  Technology  Park  Lease  dated  August  11,  2010  by  and  between  the
Company and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC, as successor-in-interest to Gal-Brisbane, L.P., the original 
landlord, for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  between  Kevin  P.  Connors  and  the  Registrant  (filed  as
Exhibit 10.20 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by
reference) 
Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  between  Ronald  J.  Santilli  and  the  Registrant  (filed  as
Exhibit 10.21 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by
reference) 
Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement between James Reinstein and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 
10.23 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)
Lease Termination Agreement dated July 6, 2017 by and between the Registrant and SI 28, LLC (filed as
Exhibit 10.26 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by
reference) 
Second  Amendment  to  Lease  dated  July  6,  2017  by  and  between  the  Company  and  BMR-Bayshore 
Boulevard LP (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2017 and 
incorporated herein by reference) 
Transition Agreement dated July 12, 2017 by and between the Company and Ronald J. Santilli (filed as
Exhibit 10.28 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2017 and incorporated herein
by reference) 

93 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.17*

Chief Financial Officer Consulting Agreement dated July 12, 2017 by and between the Company and 
Sandra  A.  Gardiner  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.29  to  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on 
November 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference) 
Subsidiaries 
21.1  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
23.1  
Power of Attorney 
24.1   
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
31.1  
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
XBRL Instance Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.INS  
101.SCH  
101.CAL  
101.DEF  
101.LAB  
101.PRE  

*   Management contract or compensatory plan 

ITEM 16. 

SUMMARY OF 10K 

None 

94 

Form 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brisbane, State of California, 
on the 26th day of March, 2018. 

SIGNATURES 

CUTERA, INC. 

By: 

/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN 
James A. Reinstein 
President and Chief Executive Officer    

Power of Attorney 

KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes 
and appoints James A. Reinstein, and Sandra A. Gardiner, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact 
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any 
and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits 
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them or their substitute or substitutes, may 
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/JAMES A. REINSTEIN 

James A. Reinstein 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ SANDRA A.GARDINER 

Sandra A. Gardiner 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer ) 

/s/ J. DANIEL PLANTS 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

J. Daniel Plants 

/s/ DAVID B. APFELBERG 

David B. Apfelberg 

Director 

/s/ GREGORY A. BARRETT 

Gregory A. Barrett 

Director 

/s/ DAVID A. GOLLNICK 

David A. Gollnick 

Director 

/s/ELISHA W. FINNEY 

Elisha W. Finney 

/s/ TIM O’SHEA 
Tim O’Shea 

/s/CLINT H. SEVERS 
Clint H. Severson 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Date 

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

March 26, 2018

Form 10-K 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 15 U.S.C. SECTION 7241, AS 
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, James A. Reinstein, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cutera, Inc.: 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this annual report is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 26, 2018 

/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN 
James A. Reinstein 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Form 10-K 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 15 U.S.C. SECTION 7241, AS 
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

I, Sandra A. Gardiner, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cutera, Inc.: 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this annual report is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 26, 2018 

/s/   SANDRA A.GARDINER 
Sandra A. Gardiner 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
             (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Form 10-K 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.1 

CERTIFICATION OF 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In  connection  with  the  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Cutera,  Inc.  a  Delaware  corporation,  for  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of the undersigned officers of Cutera, Inc. 
certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to 
his respective knowledge: 

(1) 

(2) 

the  annual  report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 
the  information  contained  in  the  annual  report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial
condition and results of operations of Cutera, Inc. for the periods presented therein. 

Date: March 26, 2018 

Date: March 26, 2018 

/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN 
James A. Reinstein 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ SANDRA A. GARDINER 
Sandra A. Gardiner 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Form 10-K 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Corporate Information (as of April 23, 2018) 

MANAGEMENT TEAM 
James A. Reinstein, President, Chief 

Executive Officer and Director 

Sandra A. Gardiner, Executive Vice 
President & Chief Financial Officer 

Larry E. Laber, Executive Vice President, 

Sales, North America 

Darren W. Alch, VP, General Counsel 

and Corporate Secretary 

Marina Kamenakis, Vice President, 

Global Marketing 

Michael Karavitis, Executive Vice 

President, Chief Technology Officer 
Michael Palumbo, VP, Global Service 
Ray Lee, Vice President, Regulatory 

Affairs and Quality Assurance 

Cindee Van Vleck, Vice President, Global 

Human Resources  

ANNUAL MEETING 
Annual meeting of stockholders will be 
held on June 14, 2018, 9:00 a.m. (PDT) at: 
3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 
94005. 

TRANSFER AGENT 
Computershare Trust Company, Inc.  
350 Indiana St., Suite 800 
Golden, Colorado 80401 
303-262-0600 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM 
BDO USA, LLP,  
San Jose, California 

CORPORATE LEGAL COUNSEL 
Thompson & Knight LLP, Dallas, Texas  

ABOUT US 
Brisbane, California-based Cutera is a 
leading provider of laser, light and other 
energy-based aesthetic systems for 
practitioners worldwide. Since 1998, we 
have been developing innovative, easy-to-
use products that enable physicians and 
other qualified practitioners to offer safe 
and effective aesthetic treatments to their 
patients. For more information, call 1-888-
4CUTERA or visit www.cutera.com. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
J. Daniel Plants3, Chairman of the Board, 
Cutera, Inc.; Managing Partner, Voce 
Capital Management LLC 

James A. Reinstein, President, Chief 

Executive Officer and Director, Cutera, 
Inc. 

David B. Apfelberg, MD3, Adjunct Clinical 
Professor of Plastic Surgery, Stanford 
University Medical Center 

Gregory Barrett4,5,7, Former President 

and Chief Executive Officer, DFINE, Inc. 

Elisha Finney2,7, Former Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer, 
Varian Medical Systems 

David A. Gollnick, Former Vice President 
of North American Sales and Former 
Executive Vice President of Research 
and Development, Cutera, Inc. 

Timothy J. O'Shea1,6, , Former Managing 

Director, Oxo Capital 

Clint H. Severson1,5,8, President and Chief 

Executive Officer, Abaxis, Inc. 

1- Audit Committee member 
2- Chairman of Audit Committee  
3- Compensation Committee member 
4- Chairman of Compensation Committee 
5- Nominating and Corporate Governance 

Committee member 

6- Chairman of Nominating and Corporate 

Governance Committee 

7- Enterprise Risk Committee member 
8- Chairman of Enterprise Risk Committee 

CORPORATE/STOCKHOLDER 
INFORMATION 
Our Form 10-K was filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on 
March 26, 2018. For additional copies of 
this report, Form 10-K, or other financial 
information, without charge, please visit 
the Investor Relations page on our website 
at: www.cutera.com or write to 
ir@cutera.com. 

STOCK LISTING 
AND MARKET DATA 
Our common stock is traded on The 
NASDAQ Global market under the symbol 
"CUTR." We have not declared or paid any 
cash dividends on our capital stock since 
our inception. We currently expect to retain 
future earnings, if any, for use in the 
operation and expansion of our business 
and do not anticipate paying any cash 
dividends in the foreseeable future. As of 
April 23, 2018, we had approximately 
5,000 holders of record of our common 
stock. 

The following table sets forth quarterly 
high and low closing sales prices per 
share of our common stock as reported on 
The NASDAQ Global Market for the 
periods indicated. 

Common Stock 

2017 

2016 

  High 

  Low    High     Low   
48.50  $ 37.35  $ 17.50  $ 11.94 
41.35     25.55     12.25    10.52 
26.55     19.20     12.15    10.00 
10.43 

17.45

12.87

21.90

4th Qtr.  $ 
3rd Qtr.     
2nd Qtr.     
1st Qtr.    

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Cutera, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index 
and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index

$600

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$0

12/12

12/13

12/14

12/15

12/16

12/17

Cutera, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Medical Equipment

*$100 invested on 12/31/12 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.